|
ABAI Business Meeting |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
W474a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Domain: Theory |
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Panelists: CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom), JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales), GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates), MARC N. BRANCH (University of Florida), PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University - Emeritus), MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International), MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work at the University of Illinois at Chicago), M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University), JENNIFER R. ZARCONE (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: This is the annual ABAI Business Meeting where the leadership of the Association will provide an update of on-going activities and major developments in the Association. Attendees will learn from ABAI's president the direction of the ABAI Council and from ABAI's CEO the status of finances and administration. Attendees will also hear from the board coordinators including Science, Education, Practice, Program, Membership, Affiliated Chapters and Publications. |
CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom) |
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales) |
GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates) |
MARC N. BRANCH (University of Florida) |
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University - Emeritus) |
MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work at the University of Illinois at Chicago) |
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University) |
JENNIFER R. ZARCONE (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Keyword(s): abai business meeting, council, finance, president |
|
|
|
|
PDS EVENT: Applied Animal Behavior |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W182 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AAB/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Joanna Thompson (McNeese State University) |
TERRI M. BRIGHT (Simmons College and Massachusetts Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals) |
SUSAN G. FRIEDMAN (Utah State University) |
NATHANIEL HALL (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group in conjunction with the Association for Behavior Analysis International Student Committee offer a panel discussion with behavior analysts who currently work as experts in applied animal behavior across multiple settings. Settings include university, zoo, and private practice. These panelists will offer overviews of applied animal behavior with specific emphasis on training, settings, career opportunities, and the importance of behavior analysts contributing to the field of applied animal behavior analytic research. |
Keyword(s): animal behavior, applied settings, applied, animal, behavior analysis |
|
|
|
|
Improving the Health and Well-Being of Individuals with Autism through Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W183c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Catherine K. Martinez (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Catherine K. Martinez, M.S. |
Abstract: Individuals with autism and other intellectual disabilities often engage in dangerous behaviors or behaviors that put them in potentially dangerous situations. The research presented in this symposium focuses on evaluating assessment and treatment procedures that target improving the health and well-being of individuals with autism and other intellectual disabilities. The first two papers in this symposium will focus on treating dangerous behaviors; rumination and pica. The third paper will focus on increasing tolerance to medical and dental procedures. All presenters will discuss the applied implications of their studies and areas for future research. |
Keyword(s): medical treatments, pica, problem behavior, rumination |
|
Evaluating a Gum Chewing Procedure for Decreasing Post-Meal Rumination in a Young Boy with Autism |
LOGAN MCDOWELL (Florida International University), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University) |
Abstract: Rumination, or the regurgitation and consumption of previously eaten food, is a common problem behavior seen in children and adults with autism and other developmental disabilities. Rumination can lead to serious medical complications including gum erosion, digestive difficulties, and malnutrition. Typically, rumination has been treated with either antecedent interventions such as thickening liquids and starch satiation, or punishment procedures including contingent delivery of hot sauce or other aversive stimuli. In this study, we evaluated a gum chewing procedure designed to treat post meal and intermittent rumination in a young boy diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Following a functional behavior screening, we determined that the child’s rumination was maintained by automatic reinforcement. We then attempted to decrease the rumination using gum chewing as a functionally similar behavior. The study was conducted in two phases: an acquisition phase, in which the subject was taught how to chew gum, and an intervention phase, in which gum was provided following meals and made available per request throughout the day. Results indicated that the gum chewing was an effective replacement behavior for rumination, as rumination decreased to near zero rates when gum was available and reliably increased upon return to baseline. |
|
Further Analysis of Response Effort Assessment Manipulations for the Assessment and Treatment of Pica |
REBECKA CAMPBELL (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Meagan Gregory (Florida Institute of Technology), Alexandrea Hope Wiegand (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Pica, the consumption of inedible items, is a behavior that can result in dangerous and potentially fatal outcomes. Given the severity of the behavior, identifying efficacious assessment and treatment procedures is critical. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the efficacy of a response effort analysis as an assessment procedure for the treatment of pica for three individuals diagnosed with Autism. The response effort analysis, was conducted to evaluate the relation of response effort and consumption of pica and alternative items. Results showed that items ranked higher during the preference assessment competed more effectively with pica. Further, when response effort to obtain the alternative item was lower than the effort to obtain the pica item, two of the three participants allocated their responding towards the alternative item. However, results for one participant showed that when response effort was higher for the alternative item responding was allocated toward the pica item. Following the response effort assessment, a treatment procedure was implemented to determine whether the response effort analysis identified items that effectively competed with pica. The results suggest that the intrusiveness of the intervention required to decrease rates of pica may depend on the results of the response-effort analysis. Findings are discussed in terms of efficacy of treatment and response allocation. |
|
Increasing Compliance to Medical/Dental Procedures Using Stimulus Fading/Differential Reinforcement |
CATHERINE K. MARTINEZ (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: During routine checkups or when ill, disruptive behavior (i.e., aggression, physically withdrawing) often prevent medical/dental personnel from employing standard procedures. The purpose of this study was to increase compliance to these procedures for children with autism. A treatment package including differential reinforcement of compliance and stimulus fading (fading in instruments by proximity, duration, and intensity) was implemented in a multiple-probe design across procedures. The package was effective in decreasing disruptive behavior and increasing compliance to all targeted medical and dental procedures. Additionally, trials to mastery often decreased over the course of treatment, and generalization was demonstrated across staff members. |
|
|
|
|
Can Assistive Technology Provide Clinical Benefits for Individuals Diagnosed With ASD? |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W184bc (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Michael Casale (West Health Institute ) |
ANDY SHIH (Autism Speaks) |
MATTHEW GOODWIN (The Groden Center) |
MICAH ECKHARDT (MIT Media Labs) |
Abstract: Anecdotal evidence indicates that individuals diagnosed with ASD often have an affinity for various technologies such as laptop computers and iPads. However, there are few instances of studies rigorously demonstrating the clinical utility of such technologies. The aim of the panel is to explore the clinical usefulness of various technologies and how they may or may not be able to provide clinical benefits to individuals diagnosed with ASD. We will address the current research literature surrounding such technologies looking at both their ability to provide clinical benefit for treating those with ASD as well as the limitations of the current research literature (e.g., generalization of learning). In addition, we will discuss the challenges faced when deploying such technologies in ‘real-world’ clinical setting (e.g, variance in physical settings, variance in cognitive functioning) and the implications for future designs. Finally, we will explore how ‘new-to-the-world’ technologies (e.g, Microsoft Kinect, Google Glass) may be able to provide an even greater opportunity for more effective treatments for individuals diagnosed with ASD. |
Keyword(s): Assistive Technology, Autism, Virtual Environments |
|
|
|
|
Technological Innovations in Data Collection |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Andre Maharaj (Florida International University) |
|
Utilizing an Automated Motion Sensor System to Record and Analyze Modeled Replications of Stereotypy |
Domain: Theory |
ANDRE MAHARAJ (Florida International University), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University), Steven Cadavid (Cadavid Concepts) |
|
Abstract: Repetitive or stereotypic physical behaviors are frequently detected in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). These behaviors do not appear to be either reactionary or maintained by environmental consequences. While traditional methods of measuring stereotypy have utilized paper and pencil techniques, the Kinect sensor from Microsoft provides an impartial automated system via which these movements may be detected. Software designed to record and export the sensor data was used to analyze the modeled performance of body rocking from side-to-side and front-to-back, as well as hand flapping, with the aim of identifying behavior patterns relevant to children with ASD. A standard configuration of each behavior was selected, with a predetermined threshold value, and a dynamic time warping algorithm was applied to identify relevant patterns. The data obtained indicated that the system correctly identified 90% of side-to-side rocking, 90% of hand flapping and 100% of front-to-back rocking, with a highly restrictive threshold value of 20 degrees along the x, y and z axes, respectively. The results imply a proof of concept, demonstrating the possibility of an accessible automated solution to the monitoring and identification of physical stereotypic behavior. |
|
CANCELLED: Can Mobile Technology Effectively Record Skills and Behavioral Data In A One-On-One and Group Settings? |
Domain: Applied Research |
BARRY KATZ (Operant Systems, Inc.) |
|
Abstract: The recording, reporting and the management of session data of program targets and instances of inappropriate behaviors are the bane of a behavior analyst's existence. On average the behavior analyst manages between 20-25 programs and 2-5 behaviors for each student a day. What method and procedure is best suited to collect skills acquisition and behavior management data both in a one-on-one as well as group setting? The research question will compare a paper based to a mobile solution and determine which is more effective in managing the data collection process involved in planning, observing, recording, analyzing and modifying a student's plan. A multiple baseline design will be used to assess the training procedures outlined by TeachMe Skills. Finally, social validity measures will be taken to compare staff members' satisfaction with each method. |
|
|
|
|
|
Trigger Analysis with Behavioral Description: Combining Experimental and Descriptive Methods |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W180 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Scott T. Gaynor, Ph.D. |
Chair: Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: : ENNIO C. CIPANI (National University) |
Abstract: Experimentally manipulating antecedent and/or consequent variables has generally been conducted in analogue assessment conditions. In some individual clinical cases, the discriminative stimuli for problem behavior in the natural setting(s) may have unique stimulus control over such behavior. If this is the case, then a false negative may occur during an analogue assessment with one or more functions. Hence, in those particular cases, a method that would allow for an experimental manipulation in the natural setting(s) would be preferable. A technique termed trigger analysis (Rolider, 2003) requires a clinician to induce a hypothesized establishing operation (EO), with personnel in the natural target setting(s). The data collected can then provide the relative probability of the problem behavior (as well as latency data) across a number of inducements (trials) over time. In this tutorial, Dr. Cipani will illustrate such a procedure for use in natural context assessments. This assessment methodology can be enhanced by the observer providing a descriptive analysis of functional and nonfunctional behaviors under such EO inducements. By combining both the experimental (trigger analysis) and descriptive (behavioral description) methodologies, a clinician can obtain valuable information on the response class that produces the abolishing operation (AO), as well as an anecdotal analysis of behaviors which are currently ineffectual in abolishing the EO. This can then lead to a better understanding of the strength of alternate more desirable forms in the client’s repertoire (see Appendix A; Cipani & Schock, 2011 for an operant analysis of replacement behaviors). This information has implications for treatment design. A function-based classification system comprising 13 categories (Cipani & Schock, 2011) will be used to exemplify the procedures in this assessment method. In particular, Dr. Cipani will demonstrate how trigger analysis with behavioral description would apply to such functions as (A) access to attention or tangible reinforcers, and (B) escape and/or avoidance of unpleasant social situations, difficult tasks/assignments, or lengthy tasks assignments. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Psychologists, behavior analysts, graduate students, and anyone interested in trigger analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to (1) Delineate the assessment procedures of the assessment method: trigger analysis with behavioral description; (2) Develop hypothetical data for a putative function involving the descriptive component of this method; and (3) Explain how this hypothetical data would suggest function-based intervention. |
|
ENNIO C. CIPANI (National University) |
Ennio Cipani, Ph.D., is a licensed psychologist (since 1983) in California and a full professor in the school psychology program at National University. He has published numerous articles, chapters, books, and software in the areas of child behavior management and behavioral consultation. His books include Punishment on Trial (2004--free online for students, practitioners and faculty at http://www.pennaba1.org/links.html#books) and a textbook he co-authored with Keven Schock entitled Functional Behavioral Assessment, Diagnosis and Treatment: A Complete System for Education and Mental Health Settings (2nd edition, 2011; see book review at http://www.nepsy.com/articles/book-reviews/functional-behavioral-assessment-diagnosis-and-treatment/. Dr. Cipani has been doing in-home and in-school behavioral consultation for families with children with severe problem behaviors since 1981. He has had clinical experience with a wide range of children who have developmental disabilities as well as assessing and treating children in the mental health and social service system (with a broad range of mental-disorder diagnoses). He has dealt with a variety of behavior problems, conducting assessment and intervention activities in natural environments (i.e., homes and classrooms) and then training direct-line people to engage in a parenting or teaching management repertoire that produces changes in child behavior. This breadth of clinical experience is reflected in the above two books, which present many case examples from his clinical practice. In addition to having his own caseload responsibility since 1981, he also was clinical director of Cipani & Associates. In this role, he enhanced his problem-solving acumen from supervising the clinical work of some of the finest master’s level employees a behavior analyst could want; most notably Steve Taylor, Ron Pekarek, Jennifer Young, Steve Witherspoon, Dr. Dan Martin, and Yolanda Bell. |
Keyword(s): Trigger analysis |
|
|
|
|
What Counts as Behavior? |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W178a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: William M. Baum, Ph.D. |
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University) |
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis) |
Dr. William Baum received his BA in psychology from Harvard College in 1961. Originally a biology major, he switched to psychology after taking courses from B. F. Skinner and R. J. Herrnstein in his freshman and sophomore years. He attended Harvard University for graduate study in 1962, where he was supervised by Herrnstein and received his Ph.D. in 1966. He spent the year 1965-66 at Cambridge University, studying ethology at the Sub-Department of Animal Behavior. From 1966 to 1975, he held appointments as post-doctoral fellow, research associate, and assistant professor at Harvard University. He spent two years at the National Institutes of Health Laboratory for Brain, Evolution, and Behavior and then accepted an appointment in psychology at the University of New Hampshire in 1977. He retired from there in 1999. He currently has an appointment as associate researcher at the University of California, Davis, and lives in San Francisco. His research concerns choice, molar behavior/environment relations, foraging, and behaviorism. He is the author of a book, Understanding Behaviorism: Behavior, Culture, and Evolution. |
Abstract: A final definition is impossible, but we can rule out some possibilities and propose others based on what we currently know. Behavior is not simply movement, but must be defined by its function. Also, our understanding of behavior must agree with evolutionary theory.Dr. Baum willsuggest four basic principles: (1) Only whole organisms behave; (2) Behavior is purposive; (3) Behavior takes time; and (4) Behavior is choice. Saying that parts of an organism behave is nonsense, and, moreover, evolutionary theory explains the existence of organisms mainly through their adaptive behavior. Behavior is purposive because it is shaped by its consequences, through an organism’s lifetime or through interactions with the environment across many generations of natural selection. Behavior takes time in that behavior is interaction with the environment which cannot take place at a moment. Moreover, identifying an activity requires a span of time. Behavior is choice in the sense that a suitable span of time always includes time spent in more than one activity. Activities include parts that are themselves activities on a smaller time scale and compete for time. Thus, behavior constitutes time allocation. An accounting problem arises whenever behavior is attributed to multiple consequences. It remains to be solved. |
Target Audience: Experimental and applied behavior analysts interested in how to measure and define behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants should be able to: -Explain why behavior must be extended in time. -Explain why time allocation is the measure of behavior. -Explain why only whole living organisms behave. |
Keyword(s): choice, evolutionary theory, time allocation |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Numerical and Reading Skills |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W196a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EDC |
Chair: João S. Carmo (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
|
Evaluating an Online Reading Program With Children With Intellectual Disabilities: Feasibility and Pilot Research |
Domain: Service Delivery |
EMILY TYLER (Bangor University), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Richard P. Hastings (University of Warwick) |
|
Abstract: Many children with Intellectual Disabilities (ID) struggle to learn to read. However, information and guidelines regarding teaching reading or other academic skills for children with ID are scarce, and often inadequate. MimioSprout Early Reading (MSER) is an online reading program. Although designed for typically developing children, there is some evidence MSER can be beneficial for children with ADHD and autism. Through a series of case studies conducted as previous pilot work, we have demonstrated that children with ID can also access and benefit from MSER with minimal or no adaptations. In the present research, we conducted a pilot RCT to investigate the feasibility of a RCT design evaluating an online reading program with children with ID attending special needs schools in the UK. Twenty-two children with mild-moderate ID (aged between 5 and 17 years) were randomly allocated to either the MSER group or a waiting list control group. Following pretest reading assessments, the MSER group enrolled in MSER for approximately 6 months. This talk will discuss the feasibility objectives of the study in relation to informing the design of future evaluations, as well as discussing reading outcomes and the potential for MSER to improve reading instruction for children with ID. |
|
Teaching Numerical Skills to Preschoolers Using Stimulus Control Technology |
Domain: Basic Research |
JANAINA DE FATIMA CASTRO ZAMBONE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), João S. Carmo (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
|
Abstract: Pre-arithmetic skills takes an important role in future learning of more complex mathematics skills such as addition and subtraction. The objective of this work was to plan, implement and evaluate a program for teaching pre-arithmetic repertoires to students of early childhood education. Three preschoolers served as participants, ages from four to five years old. Procedures involved pre-testing of arithmetic skills, training those skills under 90% of correct responses in pre-test, and post-testing. Pre and post-tested skills consisted of (a) naming and discrimination of numerals, (b) discriminations of quantities, (c) numeral-quantity relation, (d) production of number sequences, (e) ordinal relations, (f) production of sets and subsets, (g) counting, and (h) comparing sets. All tasks were conducted in a MTS or CRMTS format, and were computer programmed. Results indicates that participants showed different repertoires in pre-tests, even though attended the same preschool. Worse scores were in tasks (e), (f), (g), and (h). Training was effective to establish growing repertoires, and all participants showed an average increase of 95% to 100% of correct responses during post-tests. The program was effective to assess initial repertoires as well as to teach new pre-arithmetic skills. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Use of Trial-Based Functional Analysis in Applied Settings |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W194b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mack D. Burke (Texas A&M University) |
CE Instructor: Mack D. Burke, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The purpose of this symposium is to provide an overview of three studies focused on aspects of Trial-Based Functional Analysis (TBFA). Traditional functional analyses of challenging behavior can be difficult to implement in applied settings such as classrooms. The use of trial-based functional analyses of challenging behavior may provide a viable alternative to identifying behavioral functions in applied settings. Study 1 provides an overview of the state of the literature on TBFA. Study 2 provides results of a multiple probe design for training Head Start teachers in TBFA in early childhood settings. Study 3 provides results of examining function vs. non-function interventions identified based on the results of a TBFA conducted with young children engaged in challenging behavior in early childhood settings. |
Keyword(s): Challenging behavior, Function-based interventions, Functional analysis, Functional assessment |
|
A Systematic Review of the Literature on Trial-Based Functional Analysis of Challenging Behavior |
SAMAR ZAINI (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Michelle Ninci (Texas A&M University), Leslie Neely (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Traditional functional analyses of challenging behavior can be difficult to conduct in applied settings such as classrooms and in the community. Recently, the use of trial-based functional analyses of challenging behavior has gained attention in the literature as a potential means of maintaining tight experimental control of environmental variables while also capturing relevant establishing operations for challenging behavior in applied settings. The purpose of this paper is to systematically review the literature to date on the use of trial-based functional analysis published in peer-reviewed journals. Studies were identified using electronic database searches, hand searches, and ancestral searches. After applying specific inclusion criteria, a total of 14 studies evaluating the use of trial-based functional analysis were synthesized. Results of this synthesis show that trial-based functional analyses have been conducted in a variety of applied settings, with natural change agents serving as implementers and have been successful in identifying functions of challenging behavior. Implications for practice and for research will be discussed. |
|
Training Early Childhood Teachers to Implement Trial-Based Functional Analyses (TBFAs) |
HEATHER HATTON (Texas A&M University), Mack D. Burke (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Michelle Ninci (Texas A&M University), Samar Zaini (Texas A&M University), Lisa Sanchez (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to provide results from an study focused on training Headstart teachers to implement Trial-Based Functional Analyses (TBFAs). TBFAs provide an alternative to analog functional analysis, can be completed in less time, and occur in the same environment as the challenging behavior is exhibited. This study employed a multiple-baseline design across 4 participants. Two assistant teachers worked in the same classroom at Head Start location, while two lead teachers worked in independent classrooms at a separate center. In baseline teachers read an article on TBFAs and attempted to implement the procedures in role-play scenarios representing each trial condition (demand, attention, and tangible). During intervention, teachers received training that consisted of direct instruction, viewing videos of in-vivo demonstrations, and role-play activities with performance feedback. In the post-intervention condition, the teachers implemented the procedures in same role-play scenarios as baseline. Teachers received performance feedback and repeated the role-plays until they reached 100% implementation fidelity. Finally, during generalization, teachers implemented TBFAs in each condition with a student in their classroom. Again, teachers received performance feedback and repeated the trial until they reached criterion. This study demonstrated that classroom teachers in early childhood settings can feasibly conduct TBFAs after a short training process. The data demonstrate a strong functional relationship between the training and the ability of early childhood teachers to implement TBFAs with fidelity. |
|
Validation of Trial-Based Functional Analysis in Early Childhood Settings |
JENNIFER NINCI (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Mack D. Burke (Texas A&M University), Heather Hatton (Texas A&M University), Samar Zaini (Texas A&M University), Lisa Sanchez (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: The technology of the functional analysis (FA) has come to be considered the gold standard in the functional assessment and treatment of challenging behavior. The traditional FA permits controlled experimental analysis of behavioral functions via comparison of analog test and control conditions in a multi-element design. The trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) is adapted from the traditional FA and similarly utilizes analog conditions to simulate contingencies potentially maintaining a challenging behavior. The TBFA differs from the traditional FA in that the procedures and measures are designed to capture the natural maintaining contingencies through analog discrete trials embedded into ongoing activities. Previous studies demonstrate that the TBFA can be linked to successful treatments. The purpose of this study is to validate the putative reinforcers identified in TBFAs by matching the assessment results to function-based and non-function based treatments in an alternating treatments design. Results will be provided baaed on TBFAs conducted in Head Start programs using early childhood teachers who have been trained to implement the TBFA in their classrooms. Social validity measures will be included and implications for practitioners will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Large-Scale Analyses of Single-Case Design Research: Effects of NCR on Challenging Behavior and Function-Based Treatment of Elopement |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W187c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: David M. Richman (Texas Tech University) |
Discussant: James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
CE Instructor: Layla Abby, M.S. |
Abstract: One primary advantage of single-case design research is that it allows for demonstration of experimental control of the dependent variable via manipulation of the independent variable for individual participants. That is, single-case designs result in high degrees of confidence with regards to internal validity of the experimental findings, but generalization of these findings beyond the single participant are unknown pending replication of findings across additional participants and investigators. Behavior analysts often struggle to document the external validity of our findings by showing how well our treatments work for a relatively large number of people with similar characteristics. If behavior analysts are going to continue to contribute to the development of interventions that are labeled as evidence-based or empirically-supported best practices, we need to advance and refine our ability to assess the effect size of the interventions we already know work well for individual participants. The focus of this symposium will be on two examples analyzing (1) the effect size of noncontingent reinforcement on challenging behavior, and (2) large scale outcomes for function-based treatment of elopement. |
Keyword(s): Elopment, Meta-analysis, Noncontingent reinforcement, Problem behavior |
|
Meta-Analysis of Noncontingent Reinforcement Effects on Challenging Behavior |
LAYLA ABBY (Texas Tech University), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Lucy Barnard-Brak (Texas Tech University), Laura Melton Grubb (Texas Tech University), Amanda Bosch (Sam Houston State University) |
Abstract: Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) occurs when reinforcers are delivered independent of the target responses, and numerous single-case design studies have shown that it is an effective treatment for problem behavior. A meta-analysis of single-subject design data will permit researchers to quantitatively synthesize the results of published studies to enhance the evaluation of NCR as an empirically supported intervention. The current study utilized hierarchical linear modeling techniques to quantitatively analyze NCR via (1) documenting the effect size of NCR for decreasing challenging behavior, (2) assessing NCR effect size when functional reinforcers were used vs. highly preferred arbitrary reinforcers, and (3) documenting how schedule thinning affected the effect size of NCR. Of the 326 studies initially identified, 57 studies (with 91 participants) met inclusion criteria. Results suggest that (1) NCR resulted in a strong effect size (d = -1.58) for problem behavior, (2) treatments using functional reinforcers were slightly more effective than arbitrary reinforcers, and (3) thinning the schedule of reinforcement following stable treatment only slightly decreased the overall effect size of treatment (d = -1.34). |
|
Clinical Outcomes for the Treatment of Elopement in Children with Developmental Disabilities |
JESSICA ALVAREZ (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Elopement is typically defined as any instance in which an individual leaves a caregiver or designated area without permission (Bodfish, 1992). This behavior is extremely concerning because of the potentially lethal consequences, such as drowning or being struck by an automobile. The treatment literature is limited to a small number of studies and participants. In addition, the potential for publication bias makes it difficult to ascertain whether positive outcomes reported in that literature are representative of what can be expected in clinical settings. The present study attempted to address this gap in the literature by reviewing the records from a clinical program that specialized in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior, including elopement. All clients who were referred for the treatment of elopement that received a functional analysis of elopement (Piazza, Hanley, Bowman, Ruyter, Lindauer, & Saiontz, 1997) were included. Data from a total of 13 participants were analyzed for treatment outcomes. Across all clients a calculated Cohen's D effect size from the non-overlap of all pairs index (Parker & Vannest, 2009) equaled 2.01. Such results suggest that function-based interventions for elopement can be highly effective. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Reactivity in Staff Management |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W192c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes three papers investigating the influence of reactivity on staff and teacher behavior during the implementation of staff management procedures. Reactivity occurs when behavior changes as a result of observation. In staff management, the concern is that staff will only engage in correct procedure implementation when they are being observed and not in the absence of supervision. In the first study Fuesy and Miltenberger demonstrate the effects of reactivity during to observation during the implementation of behavior plans by staff in a group home setting. In the second study by Minard and Miltenberger, teachers in a preschool setting were observed to increase their positive interactions only when being observed. However, the use of video monitoring lead to increased performance in the absence of the supervisor. In the third paper, Rickerson and Weil evaluate staff management procedures to increase proper hand washing by staff in a group home setting. The results show that the frequency and accuracy of hand washing increased but only when the supervisor was present, again demonstrating the effects of reactivity. |
Keyword(s): reactivity, staff management |
|
An Evaluation of Staff Reactivity Following Performance Feedback and Self-Monitoring Procedures in a Group Home Setting |
SAMANTHA LYNN FUESY (University of South Florida; ABA Solutions), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Research has investigated staff management procedures that produce treatment adherence and maintenance overtime. Treatment integrity is one of the most important aspects of staff management; without adequate treatment adherence, behavior analysts are unable to determine whether treatment is effective, function has been identified, or intervention revisions are needed. The literature on staff management procedures has demonstrated that performance feedback and self-monitoring are effective procedures for increasing treatment integrity of behavior plans in the presence of the observer, however, few studies have evaluated the effectiveness of these procedures when the observer is absent. This study evaluated the effectiveness of performance feedback and self-monitoring procedures and the level of reactivity to the presence of an observer exhibited by staff trained to implement individualized behavior plans. The results showed that staff performance increased with the intervention almost exclusively in the conspicuous observation condition. |
|
Evaluating and Controlling Reactivity Following Supervisor Training and Feedback |
NICOLE MINARD (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This study was designed to evaluate self-monitoring and feedback procedures with preschool teachers and reactivity that occurred in a preschool classroom due to a supervisors presence. Preschool teachers positive interactions following the implementation of a self-monitoring and feedback procedure only slightly increased without the presence of a supervisor. Reactivity was identified with the presence of the supervisor as accurate reporting increased most in the supervisors presence. Following the identification of reactivity, positive interactions remained at high levels during the reactivity control and maintenance conditions. |
|
Impacting Correct Hand Washing Among Human Service Employees: Findings from Obtrusive and Unobstrusive Observations |
Tamika Rickerson (University of South Florida), TIMOTHY M. WEIL (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Hand washing has been proven to be effective in preventing many serious diseases; however, both the general public and many healthcare professionals fail to wash their hands. Very little research has been conducted outside of healthcare settings to evaluate the adherence of hand-washing procedures. This study investigated if hand washing adherence in a residential setting can be improved with the use of verbal and graphical feedback a probabilistic bonus. Results suggested that the probabilistic bonus had a substantial impact on hand washing performance: more so than signs, educational in-service, and verbal-graphical feedback alone. Reactivity data were collected and showed performance was weak to non-existent throughout all phases until the probabilistic bonus; but that performance was still variable and occurred at low levels in this contingency phase. That is, the probabilistic bonus appeared to improve performance even when staff did not know they were being watched, however, performance was only moderate and variable |
|
|
|
|
Designing Systems to Support Inclusion |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W185d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jamie Pagliaro (Rethink Autism) |
Discussant: Patricia I. Wright (Easter Seals) |
CE Instructor: Pamela J. White, M.Ed. |
Abstract: While the concept of "including" students with disabilities has only recently entered the collective consciousness of educational reformers nationwide, it is far from being a new fad or trend. The Least Restrictive Environment (LRE) component of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) has been a cornerstone of special education policy for nearly 40 years now. Mandating that, "to the maximum extent appropriate," children with disabilities be educated alongside children who are not disabled, while still receiving the supports and services they need to be successful, LRE has not, since it became law in 1975, been amended and is one of the few pieces of education policy that has remained relatively uncontroversial over the years, at least in theory. Despite this consistency, meeting the requirements of LRE, creating a culture of inclusion, and ensuring staff and student success in this model of education continues to be a struggle for many schools and service providers. This presentation will review some of the quantifiable benefits of including students with disabilities in general education, and highlight both specific practices for implementing behaviorally-based teaching in group settings and an online curriculum model for supporting implementation fidelity. Promising avenues for "scaling" inclusive practices through technology will also be discussed. |
Keyword(s): classroom, curriculum, inclusion, school-based |
|
From Chaos to Cohesion... Social Skills Groups that Promote Inclusion |
PAMELA J. WHITE (Inspire Behavior Therapy & Consulting), Tarsah Dale (Inspire Behavior Therapy & Consulting) |
Abstract: Social skills deficits often preclude a child from reaping the benefits of, or even participating in, inclusive settings. Social skills groups can be effective in teaching children with autism social competence skills (e.g., Cotunga, 2009; Barry et al., 2003; Solomon, Goodlin-Jones, & Anders, 2004). However, working with children to develop social skills in a group setting can present significant challenges to clinicians and educators trained in highly individualized teaching strategies, such as discrete trial teaching, shaping and chaining procedures, and incidental teaching. This presentation will describe the process of developing social skills groups for children with a wide range of abilities, in a structure that works across age groups. The essential features of the social skills group model - structure, curricula, data collection, and communication- will be reviewed. Common obstacles and strategies for generalizing individualized teaching strategies to a group format will also be discussed. Finally, several case studies will be used to illustrate how participation in these types of group instructional settings can lead to more meaningful and successful outcomes in a variety of inclusive settings. |
|
An Online Curriculum Model to Support Inclusive Practices |
LIN CHONG (Rethink Autism), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: This presentation looks at the research basis and process behind creating an online training curriculum for teachers, therapists and paraprofessional staff working with students in an inclusive environment, utilizing the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis. The main considerations are how to present research-based teaching strategies in video modeling format, providing practical strategies for educators of students at various levels of inclusion and creating written and technical support to ensure fidelity and facilitate data tracking. Response to Intervention (RTI) and Positive Behavior Support (PBS) frameworks will also be discussed, providing a contextual basis for introducing the curriculum model in public school districts and large systems that provide support to both general and special education students. Literature and research around best practice teaching strategies for the classroom, such as choral responding (Heward et al, 1996), giving clear directions (Gettinger & Seibert, 2002; Gettinger, 1988) and class participation (Heward, 1994) will also be reviewed. |
|
|
|
|
From Action to Interaction to Learning: How Parental Responsiveness Promotes Children's Language Development |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
W375e (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Anna I. Petursdottir, Ph.D. |
Chair: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
CATHERINE TAMIS-LEMONDA (New York University) |
Catherine S. Tamis-LeMonda is a professor of developmental psychology at New York University’s Steinhardt School of Culture, Education, and Human Development, and director of the Center for Research on Culture, Development, and Education. Her research examines infants’ developing language, play, cognition, motor skills, and social understanding across the first four years of life, with a focus on reciprocal associations among emerging skills. Of special interest are the social and cultural contexts of early skill development, especially the ways in which mothers’ and fathers’ interactions with children shape children’s developmental trajectories in different populations within the United States and internationally. She uses multiple methods in her research (naturalistic, observational, experimental, surveys, qualitative interviews, and direct child assessments), and is an expert on the microanalysis of real-time behavioral interactions between infants and parents. This research highlights how infants’ engagements with the world function to elicit “contingently responsive” input from parents, which in turn facilitates language learning and development. Her research has been funded by the National Institute of Child Health and Development, National Institute of Mental Health, the National Science Foundation, Administration for Children and Families, the Ford Foundation, and the Robinhood Foundation. Dr. Tamis-LeMonda has more than 100 publications in peer-reviewed journals and books, and has co-edited the volumes Child Psychology: A Handbook of Contemporary Issues, Handbook of Father Involvement: Multidisciplinary Perspectives, and The Development of Social Cognition and Communication. |
Abstract: Parent-infant interaction is the primary context in which infants learn culturally valued skills. In the domain of language development, parental verbal responsiveness has consistently been found to promote infants' learning of new words. Why might this be? Here, the speaker will highlight several features of responsiveness that explain these parent-child associations: (1) Responsive behaviors are temporally connected (contiguous) and dependent upon (contingent) infant actions (i.e., exploratory or communicative behaviors), and thereby facilitate infants' mapping of words to their referents; (2) Parents are more likely to use lexically rich language in response to infant actions than in the presence of infant off-task behaviors; (3) Responsive behaviors are multi-modal in their structures, thereby provide infants with physical cues (e.g., gestures) to the words that are spoken. These principles have been demonstrated in several longitudinal studies of infant-parent interactions in families from diverse socio-cultural backgrounds (e.g. European-American, African-American, and Dominican and Mexican immigrants). Frame-by-frame coding is applied to video-recorded interactions to examine how mothers respond ("response type") to specific infant behaviors ("infant-given behavior"), and relate "infant-to-mother behavioral sequences" to children's current and later language skills. The developmental significance of parental responsiveness is observed across cultural communities and reflects universal processes of early language learning. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysis researchers, graduate students, and practitioners. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this event, participants should be able to (1) Understand why the first years of life (infancy) are foundational to later learning and school readiness, and how parents can promote early language development; (2) Understand the value of "microgenetic" coding systems for documenting the real-time process of learning seen in infant-parent interactions; and (3) Discuss how and why early learning processes generalize across cultural communities that otherwise might differ along several meaningful dimensions (e.g., parental education, income, beliefs, and practices). |
Keyword(s): infants, language development, parental responsiveness |
|
|
|
|
Collaboration and Community Outreach: Establishing Comprehensive Service Delivery for Individuals with Autism |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W184a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Amy-Jane Griffiths (The Center for Autism & Neurodevelopmental Disorders, Chapman University) |
|
Interagency Collaboration: Working Together to Improve Behavior Intervention Outcomes for Youth With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Domain: Service Delivery |
AMY-JANE GRIFFITHS (The Center for Autism & Neurodevelopmental Disorders, Chapman University), Kelly McKinnon (Kelly McKinnon & Associates), Hayley Taitz (Chapman University), Jared Izumi (Chapman University) |
|
Abstract: Improving the quality of life and the education of children with disabilities and their families requires the collective knowledge, skills, experience and expertise of all family members and professionals. Many youth with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) and neurodevelopmental disorders receive support and services from a variety of agencies, including schools, physicians, ABA providers, and other rehabilitative services. Although these service providers are working very hard to assist the child and family, they may be working in isolation, and could potentially contradict the work done in other settings. In this session, we will discuss an interagency collaboration model that we have used in our agency in order to bring together service systems, identify common goals, and improve outcomes for our children and their families. Specifically, we will discuss the importance of collaboration, a series of steps and tips for developing collaborative interagency relationships, and positive outcomes associated with such collaborations. With an emphasis on working together, children will benefit from continuity in delivery of services and support and improved outcomes in their areas of need. |
|
Collaboration With a Community-Based Preschool on Implementing a Positive Behavior Support Plan |
Domain: Applied Research |
DAISY WANG (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
|
Abstract: Collaboration with community-based childcare facilities can be a challenging or a fruitful experience. When the community partner feel their methods or beliefs are challenged, it is difficult to achieve "buy in" and work seamlessly as a team. On the other hand, with genuine collaboration, it is possible to partner with early childhood educators to develop contextually sensitive and clinically sound interventions. This presentation outlines a successful experience of working with a community-based preschool in Vancouver, British Columbia. The participant exhibited aggression toward other children in the facility, which had severe negative impact with establishing friendships and even his placement in the classroom. Through weekly team meetings, the author helped facilitate the development, implementation, and ongoing monitoring of a Positive Behavior Support plan for challenging behaviors for a young child with autism. At the end of a 3 month period, aggression was completely eliminated and the child had developed friendship with a few children in the class. A workable model and video feedback from the preschool staff are provided. |
|
Autism Intervention Via Parental Training in Northern Brazil |
Domain: Applied Research |
MARILU MICHELLY CRUZ DE BORBA (Universidade Federal do Para), Romariz Barros (Universidade Federal do Para) |
|
Abstract: Early and intensive, one-to-one, behavioral intervention to autism is highly effective but inaccessible to a great portion of the affected population in northern Brazil. This applied research evaluated the efficacy of an parental-based ABA intervention program to develop basic repertoire in six children (2 to 6 years old) diagnosed with autism in Belm, Par State - northern Brazil. The following repertoires were focused in the intervention: "sit down", "attend when called by name", "wait", "visual tracking", "imitation with and without objects". Phase 1 (lasting 32 hours) was to teach basic behavior-analysis concepts to caregivers via PSI. Meanwhile, children were evaluated to establish individualized intervention plans. In Phase 2, the caregivers were taught to carry out the intervention programs, using role-playing and demonstration with teaching assistants. In Phase 3, caregivers carried out the intervention programs with their children in the laboratory setting. In Phase 4, the caregivers were allowed to administer the intervention programs at home. Five of the children reached independent responding in all programs (with exception of one program for one child). The data reported here shows that our simplified parental intervention program is a promising alternative to give a more comprehensive access to ABA intervention to autism. |
|
The Reality of Working With Individuals With Autism in Peru using an ABA Approach |
Domain: Service Delivery |
MAPY CHAVEZ CUETO (Alcanzando), Antuanete Chavez (Alcanzando) |
|
Abstract: Working with individuals with autism has particular challenges in every culture. We have met these challenges as a newly funded organizacion in Lima, Peru. Six-Years after relocating to Lima, Peru, a Peruvian-born, American-raised certified behavior analyst shares what the data show in Alcanzando, an ABA Early Intervention Center located in Lima, Peru. We will discuss the challenges of working in our home country, as well as dissemination and outreach. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluating Integrity of Behavioral Services Delivered to Children with Autism |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W183b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics) |
Discussant: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (The University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Todd G. Kopelman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Interventions for children with autism are often implemented by parents, trained staff, or students. The integrity with which components of the intervention are followed can be closely linked to overall outcome effectiveness. This symposium focuses on describing novel procedures used in four different treatment programs for children with autism to evaluate treatment integrity. Suess will discuss the integrity of parents who were trained through telehealth consultation to conduct in-home Functional Communication Training with their child. Higbee will describe two studies in which on-line training was used to teach students and teachers to conduct discrete trial training (DTT) with young children with autism. Brunson will present on a study examining the maintenance and generalization of DTT procedures that are taught to parents via telehealth consultation. Higbee will detail a study focused on evaluating and increasing the integrity with which therapists conduct DTT with children with autism through the use of video recordings. |
|
Evaluating the Integrity of Parents Who Conduct In-Home FCT With Coaching via Telehealth |
ALYSSA N. SUESS (The University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Shannon Dyson (The University of Iowa), Jennifer Kuhle (The University of Iowa), John F. Lee (The University of Iowa), Scott D. Lindgren (The University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics) |
Abstract: Evaluating parent integrity with treatment procedures is relevant to telehealth since parents do not have physical contact with a behavior consultant. We conducted a retrospective, descriptive evaluation of the integrity with which parents of three children with autism conducted functional communication training (FCT) in their homes. All training was provided to the parents via telehealth by a behavior consultant in a hospital setting. FCT trials coached by the behavior consultant were conducted during weekly 1-hr visits. Parents made video recordings of treatment trials in which they conducted the procedures independent of coaching. We evaluated the levels of integrity during coached and independent trials within a multielement design and recorded parents omission and commission errors during different components of the treatment over time. The results showed no consistent differentiation between the coached and the independent trials. Some errors (e.g., omission errors associated with reinforcing manding) occurred more frequently overall, but none of the errors appeared to have a strong relationship with treatment outcomes. All children showed reductions in problem behavior during the final treatment trials. These results suggest that behavior analysts can use telehealth to implement FCT with acceptable integrity and to achieve substantial reductions in childrens problem behavior. |
|
Using Teleconsultation to Maintain Parent Implementation of Discrete-Trial Training Procedures |
LASHANNA BRUNSON (West Virginia University Center for Excellence in Disabilities ), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), James E. Cook (West Virginia University), Nicholas Larson (West Viginia University), Shrinidhi Subramaniam (West Virginia University), Susannah Poe (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Learning behavior-analytic skills, specifically discrete-trial training (DTT), may be of particular importance for parents of young children with autism living in rural areas who may have difficulty accessing providers. The current study used a multiple baseline design to examine the extent to which DTT skills trained in-vivo maintain across time and generalize to new teaching programs. Participants were rural parents of children with autism spectrum disorders under the age of 12. Parents conducted a baseline session with their child at an area clinic and were provided a written manual on DTT to read prior to their next appointment. During the second appointment, parents worked with a clinician to complete a behavioral skills training package aimed at developing the skills necessary to conduct DTT sessions and demonstrated mastery of the skills. Clinicians met with the parents via webcam bi-weekly and weekly following training and provided praise for components implemented correctly and corrective feedback for components implemented incorrectly. During the teleconsultation phase, parents maintained skills at mastery level and generalized the skills to new programs. This suggests that teleconsultation can be an alternative method for service delivery when traditional methods are not available. |
|
Discrete Trial Training: Assessment of Treatment Integrity by Sequential Analysis |
DENYS BRAND (The University of Auckland), Oliver C. Mudford (University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Discrete trial teaching (DTT) is often used to teach academic and other skills. Previous research has shown that therapists fidelity to DTT protocol must be high (>90%) to promote optimal learning. Our aim was to identify, and then correct, therapists within-trial treatment integrity errors in DTT for 8 children with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disability. All components of discrete trials were coded and time-stamped from video recordings of therapist-learner dyads in their typical setting (home or school). Between 110 and 1531 discrete trials per dyad were included. Markov transition matrices identified treatment integrity errors for all dyads. Errors that were consistent across all dyads included learner self-corrections, response prompt errors, and incorrect application of error correction procedures. With 4 dyads, program consultants were advised of the errors so that therapist re-training could be targeted. At follow-up, increases in treatment integrity were observed for 3 of the 4 dyads. We conclude that Markov transition matrices may be a useful tool in evaluating treatment integrity in DTT and can have clinical utility. |
|
Evaluation of an Interactive Online Program for Training Teachers to Implement DTT with Individuals with Autism |
THOMAS S. HIGBEE (Utah State University), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos
), Joy S. Pollard (Utah State University) |
Abstract: As behavior analytic teaching techniques have become more widespread in applied practice with young children with autism, the need for improved training procedures to facilitate the rapid dissemination of these techniques has become apparent. Interactive online training is one approach that has emerged to fill this need. Interactive online training incorporates behavior analytic teaching procedures, such as programmed instruction and video modeling, to help the learner acquire the targeted skills. Researchers have recently begun to systematically evaluate the effectiveness of this approach to train practitioners to implement behavior analytic techniques with young children with autism. This presentation will describe two studies that were completed in Brazil investigating the effectiveness of interactive online training to teach university students and special education teachers to implement discrete trial teaching (DTT) with young children with autism. Participants performance of DTT with children with autism was measured both before and after the training modules, within a multiple baseline across participants design, to evaluate the effectiveness of the training package. All participants acquired the targeted skills and their behavior generalized to new teaching programs and maintained over time. |
|
|
|
|
Translational Research in Health Behavior |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W175a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Philip Erb (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Mikhail Koffarnus (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute) |
Abstract: This symposium will feature basic and human laboratory research, as well as research conducted in naturalistic settings, all centered on health behavior. The topics to be addressed include historical variables that predict delay discounting and drug self-administration, mechanisms underlying the relation between substance abuse and sexual risk behavior, and contingency management approaches to reduce cigarette smoking. Jeff Stein will discuss effects of pre-exposure to reinforcement delays on discounting and alcohol/sucrose self-administration. Patrick Johnson will discuss effects of alcohol and oral methamphetamine on delayed and probabilistic hypothetical sexual outcomes. Allison Kurti will discuss the effects of a combined (exercise plus contingency management) behavioral intervention to reduce cigarette smoking relative to its independent components. Finally, Paul Romanowich will discuss effects of different incentive schedules on the initiation and maintenance of smoking abstinence in hard-to-treat smokers. |
Keyword(s): contingency management, delay discounting, health, substance abuse, translational |
|
Impulsive Choice and Prolonged Pre-Exposure to Reward Delay in Rodent Models of Drug Self-Administration |
JEFFREY S. STEIN (Utah State University), Renee Renda (Utah State University), Kennan J. Liston (Utah State University), Shayne Barker (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University) |
Abstract: In humans, high levels of impulsive choice (delay discounting) are associated with drug abuse and dependence. In rodents, similar impulsive-choice measures are associated with greater drug self-administration (SA) across a range of experimental paradigms (e.g., acquisition, escalation, and reinstatement of drug SA). Together, these findings implybut do not confirmthat impulsive choice (or its underlying neurobiology) predisposes organisms toward drug vulnerability. With few exceptions, however, this possibility has not been subjected to experimentation (i.e., determining whether experimental changes in impulsive choice produce predictable changes on drug SA, or vice versa). In this ongoing research line, we have sought to develop and refine an historical treatment variable (prolonged pre-exposure to reinforcement delay, or PPRD) to: (a) reduce impulsive choice in rats, and (b) evaluate its concomitant effects on subsequent drug self-administration. Across two experiments, PPRD has reduced impulsive choice in delay-exposed (DE; n = 62) compared to delay-nave (DN; n = 46) rats. Topics for discussion will include: potential mechanisms of PPRDs effect on impulsive choice, generality of this effect across time and intervening experience, and preliminary examinations (and interpretation) of post-PPRD alcohol and sucrose self-administration. |
|
Effects of Commonly Abused Drugs on Discounting of Delayed or Probabilistic Sexual Outcomes in Recreational Users |
MATTHEW W. JOHNSON (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Patrick S. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Substance abuse is associated with increased likelihood of engagement in sexual risk behavior, which may increase vulnerability to transmission of sexually transmitted infections (STIs). One possible mechanism underlying the relation between substance abuse and sexual risk behavior is steep discounting of delayed or probabilistic outcomes. In an attempt to model the acute effects of commonly abused substances on discounting, we are administering oral methamphetamine (20 & 40 mg) or oral alcohol (1 g/kg) to recreational users in two independent within-subject, double-blind, placebo-controlled laboratory studies. On session days, participants are administered a placebo or active dose and are asked to complete tasks assessing discounting of delayed or probabilistic hypothetical sexual outcomes. In both tasks, participants are given repeated hypothetical choices between unprotected or protected sex (i.e., with a condom) with self-selected photographed individuals. The tasks differ in that either condom access is delayed (delay discounting) or unprotected sex results probabilistically in STI infection (probability discounting). Data collected thus far reveal a pattern of steeper discounting of condom-protected sex in alcohol (n = 10), but not methamphetamine (n = 8), sessions relative to discounting in placebo sessions. Important individual differences in drug effects and their implications for public health will be discussed. |
|
Translational Research on Innovative, Behavioral Treatments for Cigarette Smokers |
ALLISON KURTI (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Innovative smoking cessation interventions may be inspired by a behavioral economic view of addiction, which suggests that cessation may be promoted by increasing the reinforcing value of abstinence, decreasing the reinforcing value of smoking, or both. Previous work conducted in our laboratory, in which exercise decreased smoking motivation and increased the latency to smoke, suggests that exercise may decrease the value of smoking. One treatment that increases the value of abstaining is contingency management. This work assessed the effects of a combined (exercise plus CM) approach to smoking reduction, and the mechanisms through which its effects were achieved. Thus far, 12 smokers (targeted N= 20) have undergone the following sessions: (1) CM + exercise, (2) CM control (non-contingent incentives) + exercise, (3) CM + non-exercise, (4) CM control + non-exercise. Results to date indicate a main effect of CM, in that latencies to smoke (in min) are longer after CM (M= 15.2) versus CM-control conditions (5.4). Exercise also decreases smoking reinforcement (M= 33% decrease in global QSU score; Cox et al., 2001) relative to non-exercise (27% increase). Mediation analyses will be conducted to assess whether effects of exercise on smoking are mediated through smoking motivation and/or temporal discounting. |
|
The Effects of Percentile versus Escalating Incentive Schedules on Smoking with Equal Incentive Magnitude for Initial Abstinence |
PAUL ROMANOWICH (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Richard Lamb (University of Texas Health Science Center San Antonio) |
Abstract: Percentile incentive schedules have increased abstinence in hart-to-treat (HTT) smokers, relative to escalating incentive schedules. However, participants receiving incentives on a percentile schedule typically earn more for their first abstinent breath carbon monoxide (BCO) sample, relative to participants in equivalent escalating incentive schedules. Many studies have shown that larger incentive magnitude increases abstinence rates. The present study tested whether the magnitude of the first abstinent BCO sample caused differential rates of abstinence initiation and maintenance in 93 HTT smokers. Smokers were randomized to either percentile, escalating, or random incentive schedules. The magnitude of the first abstinence BCO sample (< 3 ppm) was held constant at $5.00 for participants in the percentile and escalating incentive schedule groups. Results showed similar patterns of abstinence initiation between the percentile and escalating incentive groups (percentile = 64%; escalating = 66%). However, Figure 1 shows that once initiated, abstinence was more likely to be maintained by escalating incentive participants. Percentile group participants were no better than random incentive participants at maintaining abstinence. In HTT smokers, the magnitude of the first abstinent BCO sample seems to be responsible for the better outcomes (both abstinence initiation and maintenance) previously observed for percentile incentive schedules. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Can Be "All Fun and Games": Gamification Research and Applications |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W190b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jillian Rung (Utah State University) |
Discussant: Janet S. Twyman (University of Massachusetts Medical School/Center on Innovations in Learning) |
CE Instructor: Bethany R. Raiff, Ph.D. |
Abstract: While games have been a part of human culture for many years, gamification, or the application of game elements to another activity, is an under-utilized tool within the experimental analysis of behavior and within applied methodologies for promoting behavior change. A brief history of games and features of games are discussed, along with a behavior-analytic perspective of game elements; the future implications of gamification for basic and applied research are described. Current research adopting gamification in a behavioral intervention to increase fruit and vegetable consumption in school-aged children, as well as within a contingency management program for smoking cessation are reviewed. Novel developments in the experimental analysis of behavior using gaming environments are described, which allow us to explore behavior within complex environments where contingencies are constantly changing. These methods thus far support the utility of gamification as an engaging, sustainable approach to behavioral interventions, and as an effective, time-efficient mode of assessing dynamic reinforcement contingencies in humans. |
Keyword(s): contingency management, decision making, gamification |
|
Playing to Learn: Formulating a Behavior Analytic Account of Games |
ZACHARY H. MORFORD (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Games have been a ubiquitous part of human culture for thousands of years. While games began simply in human culture, today games come in a wide variety of forms, including board games, dice games, card games, athletic games, and video games. The conditions surrounding games result in people spending millions of dollars and billions of hours on games each year. As such, these conditions warrant a closer examination regarding how games are designed behavior analytically. In this talk, a brief history of games is provided and a few important definitions of games are reviewed. Many of these definitions fail to adequately identify the common elements of all games. Thus a conceptual analysis of games is discussed from a behavior analytic perspective, with an emphasis placed on the critical and non-critical features of games. Lastly, a brief discussion will be provided regarding the implications for this analysis, and how it relates to both applied and basic research in behavior analysis. |
|
Playing Games with Food: Using Gamification to Increase Fruit and Vegetable Consumption in Elementary-School Cafeterias |
BROOKE ASHLEY JONES (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University), Heidi Wengreen (Utah State University), Sheryl Aguilar (Utah State University) |
Abstract: School-based interventions designed to increase fruit and vegetable (FV) consumption can be effective, but the most effective ones require that schools allocate time, effort, and financial resources to program implementation. The present project used a behaviorally based gamification approach to develop an intervention designed to increase FV consumption while minimizing the school's labor/material costs. During the intervention, the school (N=180 students in grades K-8) played a cooperative game in which school-level goals were met by consuming either fruit or vegetables. School-level consumption was quantified using a weight-based waste measure in the cafeteria. Results of Study 1 showed that over a period of 18 school days, fruit consumption increased by 67% and vegetable consumption by 43% above baseline levels. Use of an alternating-treatment time-series design with differentiated levels of FV consumption on days when fruit or vegetable was targeted for improvement supported the role of the intervention in these overall consumption increases. These findings suggest that gamification principles may prove practically useful in addressing concerns about poor dietary decision making by children in schools. In Study 2, we further explore the gamification approach by examining the effects of (a) a longer-term intervention and (b) individual-level (in addition to group-level) consumption. |
|
Internet and Videogame-based Contingency Management for Promoting Healthy Behavior |
BETHANY R. RAIFF (Rowan University), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida), Darion Rapoza (Entertainment Sciences, Inc.) |
Abstract: We developed an Internet-based Contingency Management (CM) intervention, where participants earn monetary incentives contingent on web-camera verified evidence of healthy behavior, such as smoking abstinence and diabetes management. Not only has our Internet-based CM intervention been effective at initiating smoking abstinence and diabetes regimen adherence (e.g., in a current clinical trial, 43% of videos submitted indicate smoking abstinence, compared with only 14% of videos submitted by a control group), participants have also rated the intervention favorably on a number of dimensions. To overcome barriers to Internet-based CM, such as the cost of incentives and long-term sustainability, we are currently developing a videogame-based CM intervention for smoking abstinence. Smokers will be able to earn game-based resources, or access to special features in the game, in place of monetary incentives. Videogame-based CM will promote widespread access to an innovative, fun, sustainable intervention at a relatively low cost (the game will be available to play for free), thereby offering the potential to have a substantial public health impact. |
|
Impulsivity and Risk Taking in a Gaming Environment |
MICHAEL YOUNG (Kansas State University), Tara Webb (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jillian Rung (Utah State University), Anthony McCoy (Kansas State University) |
Abstract: Individuals frequently face decisions where the nature of outcomes change as a function of time; for example, the longer one waits to reserve a flight, the more likely it is that the price has increased as the departure date nears, while the likelihood of having available seats declines. Dynamically changing situations in which magnitude and probability are in flux have typically been measured in isolation, or only in one direction (increasing magnitude while decreasing probability). Using a video game engine, choice was assessed under conditions in which waiting produced a continuously increasing probability of an outcome with a continuously decreasing magnitude (Experiment 1) or a continuously increasing magnitude of an outcome with a continuously decreasing probability (Experiment 2). Performance in both experiments reflected a greater desire for a higher probability even though the corresponding wait times produced substantive decreases in overall performance. The differential weighting of these two aspects allows us to understand how individuals make decisions in complex contingencies where magnitude and probability are constantly changing. |
|
|
|
|
Diverse Applications of Preference Assessment Procedures |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W186 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: A substantial body of research exists on the identification, use, and efficacy of reinforcers with individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Increasingly, researchers are focusing on extensions to preference assessment methodology. This symposium includes four data-based presentations from two institutions that highlight unique applications of preference assessment methods. The first paper examines the utility of single-stimulus, paired-choice and competing stimulus assessments in the treatment of severe behavior problems in young children with developmental delays. The second describes the identification, assessment, and application of preferred stimuli with pediatric patients in a minimally conscious state in a rehabilitation setting. In the third presentation, preference assessments were conducted with an adolescent with Smith Lemli Opitz syndrome to assess dimensions of task effort and task preference. The final presentation describes the use of paired-choice preference assessments with bilingual children with disabilities to assess preferences for language and across three social contexts. Methodological extensions as well as implications for use of preference assessments are discussed. |
|
An Examination of the Use of Preference Assessments with Preschool Children Exhibiting Severe Problem Behavior |
ASHLEY ROBINSON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), jaclyn Brande (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The identification of effective reinforcers is often critical for the success of behavioral interventions utilizing a positive reinforcement framework. Preference assessments have been consistently shown to be a successful means for identifying items that are preferred by individuals and may, subsequently, serve as reinforcers during assessment and treatment. However, there is a dearth of research on the use of preference assessments with young children with developmental disabilities presenting with severe problem behavior. The purpose of the present study was to examine the utility of indirect (e.g., interviews) and direct preference assessment techniques with children ages 0-5 years exhibiting problem behavior maintained by social or automatic reinforcement. Results support the use of paired-choice, single stimulus, and competing stimulus preference assessments with preschool children exhibiting a range of problem behaviors. Figures 1-2 represent example data with interobserver agreement averaging 97.45. Modifications to standard assessment procedures in addition to implications for incorporating preference assessment results into behavioral interventions for this population will be discussed. |
|
Preference Assessments with Youth in a Minimally Conscious State in a Pediatric Rehabilitation Setting |
LUCY LEIBOWITZ (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Valerie Paasch (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Keith J. Slifer (The Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University), Adrianna M. Amari (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Minimally Conscious State (MCS) is a state of partial conscious awareness following a brain injury. Those in a MCS show evidence of subtle, inconsistent but reproducible command following, gesturing, verbalizations, and/or purposeful behavior (Giacino et al., 2002). The extent to which salient stimuli can be identified to help arouse or calm individuals in a MCS can impact the rehabilitation course. Applied Behavioral Analysis (ABA) is uniquely suited to systematically assess individuals reactions to potential stimuli. Data will be presented displaying the systematic approach to presenting and assessing stimuli across sensory domains with pediatric cases with varying levels of consciousness treated as inpatients in a rehabilitation setting. Clinicians first conducted a survey with caregivers adapted from the RAISD (Fisher et al., 1996) and consulted with staff to further identify potentially salient stimuli. Based on these interviews, in-vivo stimulus preference assessments evaluated the varying items across sensory domains. Data presented show the idiosyncratic responses (neutral, negative, positive - arousing, and positive - calming) to stimuli, as well as clinical applications (vent weaning, therapy participation, relaxation) of positive stimuli during rehabilitation. Discussion will focus on the unique and important nature of using ABA methods of preference assessments with this population. |
|
An Evaluation of the Influence of Various Dimensions of Effort on Choice Responding |
KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (The University Of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University Of Iowa), Alyssa N. Suess (The University Of Iowa), Jessica Emily Schwartz (The University Of Iowa), Nicole H. Lustig (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate choices between dimensions of effort (task amount and task strategy) and preference (type of task) on choice responding. Jake was a 14 year old male diagnosed with Smith-Lemli-Opitz Syndrome. All procedures were conducted in an outpatient clinic and IOA averaged 99%. During Phase 1, a preference assessment was conducted within a concurrent schedules design to determine Jakes relative preferences between completing an academic task (single-digit subtraction) with or without an instructional strategy (use of a calculator) and the amount of work required. Results (Figure 1, top left panel) showed that Jake always chose to complete the lesser amount of work. During Phase 2, a second preference assessment evaluated Jakes relative preferences between completing the same academic task with a calculator or a more preferred vocational task (photo copying). Results (top right panel) showed that Jake continued to choose the option with the lesser amount of work. These results suggested that response effort, in the form of amount of work, influenced Jakes choice responding more than preference. |
|
Evaluation of Choices by Bilingual Children with Disabilities Across Social Contexts: The Role of Stimulus and Language Preference |
YANIZ C. PADILLA DALMAU (Virginia Institute of Autism), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (The University of Iowa), Jessica Emily Schwartz (The University of Iowa), Gregory Breznican (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
Abstract: Stimulus and language preferences of four children with disabilities who were exposed to Spanish and English in their natural environment were evaluated during three sequentially administered paired-stimulus preference assessments across three contexts: attention/talking, tangible/playing, and demands/working. The purposes of this study were to (a) identify whether participants displayed a language preference and if so, if their language preference was consistent across the three social contexts and to (b) evaluate the interaction between language and stimulus preference within each context. Nine choice options (four in English, four in Spanish, and one no stimulus/no language) were presented in pairs for a total of 36 choice trials per preference assessment. Data were collected on participants choices and IOA averaged 97.92%. The results of this study showed that (a) children demonstrated language preferences for their L1 or L2, and these preferences were not always consistent across social context(see Figures 1-4) and (b) all children showed displacement of stimuli across the preference hierarchy due to language, but the magnitude of the displacement varied across context and participant (see Figure 5). These results suggest that the language of presentation may influence the results of preference assessments and that the influence of language may vary across context. |
|
|
|
|
Applications of Technology for Prompting, Reinforcement, and Data Collection: Teaching Individuals with Varying Skill Levels |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W187ab (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College) |
Discussant: Paul Argott (EPIC School) |
CE Instructor: Sharon A. Reeve, Ph.D. |
Abstract: As behavior analysts, it is important to stay current in technological advancements to ensure their effective use. The four studies in this symposium applied various aspects of technology for prompting, reinforcement, and data collection. In the first study, classroom clickers were used to increase quiz scores in college students. The second study used self-directed video prompting on iPads to increase vocational skills in young adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities. In the third study, an electronic token economy application was compared to a tangible, traditional token economy in pre-adolescents with autism. The purpose of the final study was to compare direct observation methods such as momentary time sampling and partial interval recording of interfering behavior such as stereotypy, self-injury, aggression, and disruptions with the use of a tablet-based application. Collectively, all studies demonstrated effective and innovative use of technology with individuals with varying skill levels that may be useful in clinical applications. |
|
The Effects of Clickers on College Students' Quiz Scores Accuracy in a Teacher Preparation Course |
CHRISTINA A. ROUSE (The Ohio State University), Jennifer Marie Cullen (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: An alternating treatments design was used to examine the effects of using classroom clickers in a teacher preparation class. On alternating class sessions, the students participated in one of two conditions, no clickers and clickers. During the no-clickers condition, the instructor delivered lectures using PPT presentations with accompanying guided notes, called on individual students to answer questions throughout the lecture, and required students to work on their group projects for about 20 to 25 minutes at the end of the lecture. After working on their group projects, the students took a 12-item quiz that covered the material from the lecture. The quizzes contained 10 multiple choice questions and 2 short answer questions. During the clicker condition, all classroom procedures were the same, except that the students used clickers to answer questions as a whole class throughout the lecture. When presented with a PPT slide with a multiple choice question, the students each used an individual electronic clicker to select the correct response. Then the students and instructor were able to immediately see the poll of responses on the LCD screen and receive immediate feedback. Results demonstrated a clear functional relation of clickers on higher mean quiz scores. |
|
Effects of Self-Directed Video Prompting Using iPads on the Vocational Task Completion of Young Adults with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
JENNIFER MARIE CULLEN (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University), Evette A. Simmons-Reed (The Ohio State University), Mike Hanes (The Ohio State University Nisonger Center) |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities struggle to find integrated employment because of their challenges with vocational task acquisition and completion. In this study, self-directed video prompting on iPads was used with three adult male participants with intellectual and developmental disabilities completing vocational tasks. A multiple probe across tasks design was used to examine the effects of the intervention on the accuracy of vocational task acquisition in integrated employment settings. Prior to intervention with self-directed video prompting in the integrated employment setting, a multiple probe across participants design was used to determine the effects of a training package for teaching iPad usage consisting of modeling and least-to-most prompting on a training task. All three participants acquired device usage in two to five trials. A functional relation was demonstrated for all three participants. The participants acquired three new vocational tasks in the course of the study and demonstrated generalization to new materials, settings, or people in two of their three tasks. |
|
Comparing Electronic and Tangible Token Systems to Teach Tacting to Pre-adolescents with Autism |
BRIDGET SPANARKEL (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell College), David W. Sidener (Garden Academy) |
Abstract: The present study compared two different token systems to teach tacting to three pre-adolescents with autism. The token systems used were the iReward application for the iPad, in which star tokens are graphically displayed on the screen, and a more typical token board in which star stickers are placed with Velcro on to a clipboard. An adapted alternating treatments design was embedded in a multiple-probe across participants design. Results indicated that both electronic and tangible token boards increased the percentage of correct tacts by participants. However, the electronic token system resulted in more rapid acquisition of tacts for two of three participants. Additionally, there was 100% agreement for both interobserver agreement and procedural integrity measures. Social validity measures demonstrated that typically developing peers, parents, instructors, and staff members found the electronic token system to be as practical, fair, acceptable, and reasonable as tangible token boards. In addition, participants themselves reported that they preferred using the electronic token boards over tangible token boards. These results indicate that electronic token systems may provide parents, teachers, and caregivers a means of reinforcing the behavior of individuals with autism that is more portable, practical, and socially acceptable than tangible token systems. |
|
A Comparison of Direct Observational Methods Using an App for Data Collection |
RUTH M. DEBAR (Caldwell College), Carolina Lenis (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College) |
Abstract: The purpose of this investigation was to replicate and extend previous research comparing direct observational methods to measure behaviors in children with autism through the use of an Apple® application called ABC Data Pro. Approximately twenty children between the ages of three and sixteen years old diagnosed with ASD who have interfering behaviors such as stereotypy, self-injurious, aggressive, and disruptive behaviors were invited to participate. Interfering behaviors were observed during both teacher directed and student directed activities. To analyze the reliability and validity of the measurement systems, behaviors were evaluated through discontinuous measurement systems such as whole interval recording, partial interval recording, and momentary time sampling and compared to continuous measurement system of frequency or duration. Forty video samples were scored across the measurement systems and compared. It was found that momentary time sampling of 30 seconds and one minute mostly estimated duration of stereotypy with much smaller errors than whole interval, partial interval, and momentary time sampling of 5 minutes. These findings are consistent with previous research and may assist clinicians in the selection of measurement systems to estimate the frequency and duration of behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
Using Applied Behavior Analysis to Meet the Academic Needs of 21st Century Learners |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W195 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Katelyn M. Fishley (Ohio Dominican University) |
Discussant: Katelyn M. Fishley (Ohio Dominican University) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis can offer much in the way of helping students and teachers, alike, to meet the increasingly stringent academic standards and accountability measures. Although schools already use behavioral principles as a base for many interventions, behavior analysis continues to be seen in a negative light in K-12 educational settings. Because educational reform is putting such a large emphasis on outcome-based measures and the use of evidence-based practices in academic instruction, we feel that behavior analysis has the potential to become widely accepted into these settings. In this symposium, we will begin by discussing the link between educational reform and Applied Behavior Analysis and make a case for why schools should be looking to Applied Behavior Analysis to improve their practices. We will discuss the research to practice gap and theories regarding why K-12 educational settings have been hesitant to embrace behaviorism in a more public way. Three presentations will present research that illustrates the effectiveness of these behavioral techniques. |
Keyword(s): Educational Reform, Explicit Instruction, Research-to-Practice Gap |
|
ABA and K-12 Education Reform: How ABA Approaches Can Increase Student Achievement and Teacher Effectiveness |
KATELYN M. FISHLEY (Ohio Dominican University), Kristall J. Day (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Traditionally, those in K-12 settings have been hesitant to seek out and/or acknowledge their use of behavioral techniques to improve school environments. However, with educational reform pushing K-12 educators to new levels of accountability, the principles of behaviorism and evidence-based interventions based on behaviorism offer much assistance in meeting these demands for high levels of accountability. This presentation outlines the link between ABA and educational reform and introduces behavioral interventions that can be used daily in K-12 settings to improve teacher and student performance. |
|
Computer-Assisted Instruction: A Supplementary Tool for Learners At Risk for Reading Failure |
STARR E. KEYES (Bowling Green State University) |
Abstract: Using technology embedded with evidence-based strategies (i.e., repeated reading, model reading, progress monitoring, etc.) promotes learning for all students, especially those who require supplemental services. Computer-assisted interventions empower students by increasing their academic skills and confidence, which will impact their success in school and later life. This presentation will describe the effects of a computerized reading program to increase oral reading fluency (ORF). The study used changing criterion tactics embedded in a multiple-baseline design. Dependent variables included ORF, oral retell, and comprehension questions on treatment and generalization passages. Participants included five low-income African-American students, four of whom were at-risk for reading failure, and one who had a Speech and Language Impairment (SLI); as well as an English-Language Learner (ELL). The participants were required to reach an individualized criterion throughout the study. The students made gains across treatment and generalization probes. |
|
The Effects of the Headsprout Early Reading Program on the Literacy Skills and On-task Behavior of At-risk Urban Kindergarten Students |
SHANNON S. HAMMOND (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Young children who experience difficulty learning to read are at an increased risk for reading failure and behavior problems. Emerging evidence suggests that improving the literacy skills of young struggling readers also improves levels of on-task behavior. This study examined the effects of Headsprout Early Reading, a phonics-based online reading program, on the reading achievement and levels of on-task behavior of urban kindergarteners with concomitant reading and social behavior deficits. The study included six participants who received the intervention and one participant who did not, but whose performance data were used as a comparison tool to represent ideal achievement (reading and on-task behavior) for a kindergartener in the school in which the study occurred. A multiple probe across behaviors (i.e., Headsprout instructional targets) and participants was utilized. Data were collected on program-specific reading performance, generalized reading performance (e.g., AIMSweb Tests of Early Literacy), and levels of on-task behavior during classroom reading instruction. In general, the results of the study demonstrate that the Headsprout Early Reading program was effective at increasing the reading skills of at-risk kindergarten students, especially those students who experienced more of the program. Additionally, improved reading skills appear to be positively correlated with improved on-task behavior. |
|
Using Word Box Instruction to Improve Literacy Skills for Emergent Readers and Older, Struggling Readers |
SUSAN KEESEY (Western Kentucky University) |
Abstract: Accountability in the 21st century requires educators to incorporate evidence-based practices along with accurate and thorough data collection in an attempt to provide a quality education for all students. Demonstrating adequate progress for all students is a difficult challenge, especially for students possessing skills significantly below their peers. This is particularly true when it comes to reading. Improving literacy skills positively impact many areas of students learning. This presentation demonstrates how a word box intervention was implemented to develop important prerequisite reading skills in both young, emergent readers and older, struggling readers. Concurrent interventions, one for kindergartners and the other for fifth graders, utilizing a multiple probe across three phonemic awareness skills design that was sequentially replicated across subjects demonstrated the effectiveness of the word box intervention. Results demonstrated a functional relation between the word box instruction and increases in all eight students ability to segment and develop phoneme-grapheme relationships, along with demonstrated improvements in spelling and reading skills. Results of this study will be presented along with suggestions for using explicit instruction to improve the reading skills for struggling students of all ages. |
|
|
|
|
Application of Behavior Analysis with Staff and Parents: Some Current Research |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W192b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Elizabeth A. Harton (California State University Los Angeles) |
Discussant: Jonathan J. Tarbox (Autism Research Group, Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)) |
Abstract: This symposium elucidates various nuances of the application of behavior analysis with staff and parents. The first paper compares model prompts and pictorial prompts in teaching non-English speaking parents how to implement behavioral programs. The second paper compares live group instruction to individual video instruction on parents' implementation of 3-step compliance protocol. The third paper compared didactic instruction with and without response cards to train staff on behavior analysis principles and procedures. The forth paper evaluated the use of a group contingency to promote staff adherence to work schedules. In totality, these papers provide some insight on current research in the use of behavior analysis to change both staff and parent behavior. Moreover, our discussant will provide a cogent summary of the papers and perhaps some avenues for future research. |
Keyword(s): group contingencies, Parent Training, prompting, Staff Training |
|
A Picture is Worth a Thousand Words- Or is It: A Comparison of Modeling vs. Pictorial Prompts |
KRISTINE SAFARYAN (California State University Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: As the prevalence of autism and other developmental disorders continues to be on the rise, effective training techniques are required to reach a broader range of families. Non-public agencies that provided ABA services are not always able to identify staff that can communicate with families in their primary language. The purpose of this study was to conduct a component analysis to identify the most effective prompting strategy when training non-English speakers to teach a self-help skill to a child with autism. Six participants were randomly assigned to Group 1 (Model Prompts: MP) or Group 2 (Visual Prompts: VP). Participants in Group 1 met mastery criterion within 3-4 sessions as compared to the 5-8 sessions required by Group 2. These results are significant because they indicate that modeling, a quick and efficient prompting strategy, was most effective when teaching non- English speakers to teach self-help skills to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). |
|
Mother Knows Best: A Comparison of Video Training and Group Instruction without and with Individualized Feedback on Parents Implementation of 3-Step |
MEGAN HINDS (Seek Education, Inc.), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: We evaluated two popular training modalities, group instruction and video training, paired with individualized feedback to determine which method of training led to the best implementation of the three-step prompting procedure by parents with their child. A multiple baseline design was used with twelve participants divided into two groups. One group was trained using video instruction and the other was trained using group instruction. Any participant who did not meet mastery criterion after their respective initial instruction phase was moved into the individualized feedback phase. Results showed no statistically significant difference between the two groups, but two participants in the group instruction phase did not require individualized feedback to obtain mastery. A discussion of the benefits and limitations of each training modality is discussed as well as avenues for future research. |
|
A Comparison of Response Cards and Traditional Lecture on Quiz Performance of Newly Hired Behavioral Interventionists |
SU WONG (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: An alternating treatment design was used to evaluate the effects of response cards on quiz performance of new interventionists. Five participants (ages 23-37) with bachelor and master degrees in psychology, sociology and education participated in the study. A coin flip determined the condition (response cards [RC] or traditional lecture [TL]), and participants were informed of the condition at the beginning of session. Participants took an identical pre- and post-quiz every session. In RC, participants presented answers on a board to the trainer in unison. In TL, participants raised hand to answer questions. In both conditions, praise or feedback was provided depending on correct or incorrect answers. Results indicated that both methods produced higher levels of post-quiz performance. No functional relation was obtained between the two conditions. However, response cards produced more 90% and above scores. Moreover, participants preferred RC to TL. |
|
An Evaluation of Group Contingencies in Organizational Behavior Management |
MEGHAN THOMPSON HERRON (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Businesses lose money every year due to employee absences. Customer service is often interrupted by employee absenteeism and companies lose money due to overtime costs for employees who cover and paying out for "paid time off." Twenty behavior therapists employed at a non-profit organization were assigned to 10 groups of two, each with a supervisor as the team leader. Teams were eligible for lottery-based incentives based on the average weekly attendance rate. The results indicated that the employees had the highest percentage of sessions attended during the first dependent group oriented contingency phase. The percentage of sessions attended by behavior therapists increased immediately following the instruction but prior to delivery of any "incentives," indicating that rule governed behavior was the mechanism of behavior change. |
|
|
|
|
Going Beyond the Gold Standard: Alternatives and Adaptations of Functional Analysis Methodology |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W185a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Joanna Lomas Mevers, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) is the gold standard for identifying the function of problem behavior, but it is sometimes impractical or not feasible to implement. Therefore, it is important to develop alternative and adapted methods that can be implemented in settings where FAs are not possible. The current symposium will present recent research evaluating alternative methods such as indirect assessments, use of mand and preference assessments, and trial-based FAs. Data presented will compare alternative methods to FAs to determine the correspondence and validity of these alternative methods. Finding show improved correspondence when indirect assessments were completed by experts when compared to those completed by caregivers, good correspondence between concurrent operant preference assessment using the same reinforcers provided during the FA and positive treatment outcomes for interventions developed based on trial-based FAs. Taken together these results provide preliminary support for these alternative methods. Data will also be presented on the use of mand assessments as an alternative method for identifying the function of problem behavior. Results of the mand assessment were compared to those of FAs, showing low correspondence between mand assessments and FAs. Results from this study indicate mands may not be a viable alternative to FAs. |
Keyword(s): Functional Analysis, Problem Behavior |
|
An Evaluation of Trial-Based Functional Analyses in Classroom Settings |
BLAIR LLOYD (Vanderbilt University), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University), Emily Weaver (Vanderbilt University), Michelle Harvey (Vanderbilt University), Daniel Sherlock (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Although the functional analysis (FA) remains the gold standard for identifying the function of problem behavior for students with disabilities, traditional FA procedures are typically costly in terms of time, resources, and perceived risks. The purpose of the present study was to replicate and extend a trial-based FA methodology that shows promise in classroom settings. Participants were 4 paraprofessionals and 4 students with developmental disabilities and histories of high-frequency problem behavior who attended public elementary schools. Descriptive data on student problem behavior (i.e., direct observation and paraprofessional report) were collected to identify hypotheses and design experimental trials. Paraprofessionals conducted trial-based FAs in students’ usual instructional settings. To validate the outcomes of the trial-based FAs, paraprofessionals conducted subsequent intervention trials in the same setting. Results of the present study add to the growing evidence validating the trial-based FA as a practical alternative to traditional methodologies that are difficult to implement in classroom settings. |
|
Experts Versus Caregivers: A Comparison of Indirect Assessments and Functional Analysis Outcomes |
ERICA JOWETT (The University of Kansas), Joseph D. Dracobly (The University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Adam M. Briggs (The University of Kansas), Jessica Foster (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Functional analysis (e.g., Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1982/1994) is the most effective methodology for identifying the function of problem behavior. However, skills and resources needed to conduct functional analyses are often not available in many settings, which has resulted in the use of indirect assessments to predict the function of problem behavior. To date, researchers have found that caregiver-completed indirect assessments are not valid (i.e., they do not correspond with functional analysis outcomes; Smith et al., 2012), but it is possible that "experts" may be better at accurately completing indirect assessments. The purpose of the current study was to compare the outcomes of an indirect assessment (Functional Analysis Screening Tool; Iwata, DeLeon, & Roscoe, 2012) completed by two caregivers and two experts in functional behavioral assessment and the outcome of a functional analysis. Five children with autism who engaged in problem behavior, their caregivers, and several experts participated. Comparison of the outcomes of the indirect assessments and functional analysis outcomes suggested that experts were more likely than caregivers to identify all functions of problem behavior via indirect assessments, but sometimes identified additional functions. The use of experts for completing indirect assessments could have significant impact on their utility. |
|
Use of a Brief Concurrent Operant Preference Assessment as a Predictor of Function of Problem Behavior |
JOANNA LOMAS MEVERS (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Ally Coleman (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) technology, as developed by Iwata and colleagues, (1982/1994) is considered the gold standard for identifying the function of problem behavior. Information gained via a FA can be used to develop function based interventions leading to better treatment outcomes than non-function based interventions (Campbell, 2003). Despite the utility of FAs, there are times in which they are not practical to implement in the natural environment. Common concerns include the inability to properly control extraneous variables, the need to have highly trained personnel oversee and conduct the assessment (Tarbox et al., 2009), as well as the necessity to observe problem behavior during the assessment. Thus, exploring alternative methods of functional assessment for those situations in which an FA is not feasible seems warranted. The current study replicates and extends the use of a concurrent operants preference assessment (St. Peter-Pipkin et al., 2010) to determine preferences for escape, attention and tangible items. For each participant the results of the preference assessment were compared to the results of an FA. Preliminary findings indicate good correspondence between the preference assessment and identified function found via FA providing some evidence for the use of this preference assessment to predict function of problem behavior. |
|
Correspondence Between Functional Analyses of Mands (With and Without Prompting) and Functional Analyses of Problem Behavior: A New Perspective |
Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), S. SHANUN KUNNAVATANA (Utah State University), Megan A. Boyle (Utah State University), Andrew Samaha (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Although functional analyses (FAs) are the gold standard in identifying the function of problem behavior, they may not always be feasible. One alternative may be to assess the function of appropriate requesting (i.e., mands) under the same circumstances that problem behavior is assessed during traditional FAs. The assumption behind this type of assessment is that the motivating variables that evoke target problem behavior would also evoke functionally equivalent mands. Two recent studies have evaluated correspondence between FAs of problem behavior and mand assessments, however, results conflicted: Scheiltz et al. (2010) found correspondence for 20% of participants, whereas LaRue et al. (2011) found correspondence for 75%. The studies differed in whether or not they incorporated mand prompting. This study sought to determine whether procedural variations accounted for the difference in correspondence. Thus, we conducted three assessments with four children: a mand assessment with prompts, a mand assessment without prompts, and an FA of problem behavior. The results indicate poor correspondence between FAs of problem behavior and mand assessments with prompts (0%), as well as mand assessments without prompts (25%), suggesting mand assessments should not be used as a basis for identifying function of problem behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Research on the Prevention, Assessment, and Treatment of Challenging Behavior |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W184d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Javier Virues Ortega (University of Manitoba, St. Amant Research Centre, University of Auckland) |
Discussant: Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Javier Virues Ortega, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium presents a series of studies each featuring a novel methodological approach to the prevention, assessment, and treatment of challenging behavior. Tara Fahmie will present the effects of differential reinforcement and delay training on behavior maintained by access to tangibles in the prevention of severe problem behavior. Prevention in this study is demonstrated by a post-intervention decrease in moderate behaviors in the intervention setting and by a continued increase in the severity of behaviors in untreated settings. Flavia Julio will present a high-resolution post-effect analysis to evaluate changes in problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement following the discontinuation of noncontingent matched stimuli. This strategy may help to identify short-term post-effects consistent with either establishing or abolishing effects of matched stimuli over the putative sensory reinforcer. Jade Wightman will present an evaluation of the usability and reliability of electromyography-aided approach to the identification of bruxism episodes in individuals with profound intellectual disability. The study features a minimally invasive system for the direct recording on muscle activity that could provide more accurate measures during the functional analysis and treatment of bruxism. Finally, Javier Virues-Ortega will present an intervention protocol for tracking and reducing excessive head movement in children with autism undergoing neuroimaging examinations. Our discussant, Dr. Brian A. Iwata, will provide his informed perspective on these contributions to the prevention, assessment, and treatment of challenging behavior. |
Keyword(s): assessment, challenging behavior, prevention, treatment |
|
Prevention of Problem Behavior Maintained by Access to Tangible Items |
TARA A. FAHMIE (California State University, Northridge), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Sarah C. Mead (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Very little research has been conducted on the efficacy of function-based procedures in preventing the development of problem behavior among individuals with developmental disabilities. We evaluated the effects of differential reinforcement and delay tolerance training on behavior maintained by access to tangibles. Participants first were exposed to varied establishing operations (e.g., blocked access to a preferred tangible, removal of a preferred tangible, requests to share a preferred tangible) to screen for the occurrence of mild, moderate, and severe topographies of problem behavior. The severity of behavior subsequently was tracked during conditions of intermittent reinforcement. Treatment was introduced in a multiple baseline across settings (establishing operations) design. Prevention was demonstrated by a post-intervention decrease in moderate behaviors in the intervention setting and by a continued increase in the severity of behaviors in untreated settings. Results of this research provide preliminary support for the extension of function-based approaches to the prevention of severe behavior. |
|
CANCELED: A High-Resolution Post-Effect Analysis to Identify Establishing and Abolishing Effects of Noncontingent Matched Stimulation |
FLAVIA JULIO (University of Manitoba), May S. Lee (University of Manitoba), Bethany Craig (University of Manitoba), Alison Cox (University of Manitoba), Javier Virues Ortega (University of Manitoba, St. Amant Research Centre, University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Noncontingent matched stimulation is intended to reduce behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement by emulating the sensory products of problem behavior, thereby inducing satiation (reinforcer replacement hypothesis). By contrast, matched stimuli may simply interfere with the sensory products of the behavior, thereby establishing the value of the sensory reinforcer over the duration of the matched stimuli (interference hypothesis). Post-effect analyses could help to reveal which behavioral process may be operating during noncontingent matched stimulation. Specifically, increments of problem behavior following the discontinuation of matched stimuli would be consistent with the interference hypothesis. By contrast, gradual recovery of problem behavior following the termination of matched stimuli would be consistent with the sensory reinforcer replacement hypothesis. Published post-effect analyses (e.g., Rapp, 2007) do not provide definitive evidence in favor or against either hypothesis, chiefly because changes in motivating operations induced by noncontingent matched stimuli may be short lived and could be masked by the overall variability of the behavior. In order to evaluate subtle post-effects induced by matched stimuli we conducted a high-resolution post-effect analysis in a series of cases of problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. Our results indicated that both the interference and the reinforcer replacement hypotheses were consistent with the post-effects of matched stimuli in different subjects. Clinical recommendations based on our findings will be discussed. |
|
Accuracy of an Electromyography-Aided Approach to the Identification of Bruxism Episodes during Assessment and Treatment |
JADE WIGHTMAN (University of Manitoba), Javier Virues Ortega (University of Manitoba, St. Amant Research Centre, University of Auckland), Ashley L. Boris (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: There are few studies on bruxism in the behavioral literature. Functional analyses of bruxism in individuals with developmental disabilities have relied on audible responding to assess the occurrence of bruxism. However, bruxism can also be inaudible. An electromyography (EMG) measures the frequency, duration, and amplitude of bruxism and allows for the assessment of both audible and inaudible bruxism events. We used a minimally invasive EMG wireless device to record bruxism episodes. Bruxism is typically defined as episodes of masseter muscle activity over 30% of muscle voluntary contraction (MVC). We present a proxy of the 30% MVC index for individuals with profound intellectual disability that are not able to follow verbal instructions skill necessary to estimate MVC. Over a series of free operant sessions we recorded a minimum of 100 EMG activity events and obtained the 30th percentile of the distribution of events as a proxy of the 30% MVC value. Subsequently, we used this threshold to train observers to identify bruxism events based on real-time EMG recordings. Our study indicates that it is possible (and time-efficient) to estimate a proxy to the 30% MVC value for individuals with profound intellectual disability. Our results also show that it is possible to train observers to use the proxy threshold to reliably identify bruxism events based on EMG recordings. A functional analysis and treatment study using this methodology is currently under way. |
|
Promoting Steadiness in Children with Autism Undergoing MRI Scans: Training and Generalization |
Alison Cox (University of Manitoba), Bethany Craig (University of Manitoba), Flavia Julio (University of Manitoba), Kylee Hurl (University of Manitoba), Deborah L. Hatton (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (St. Amant Research Centre), JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (University of Manitoba, St. Amant Research Centre, University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is a non-invasive medical procedure that is an essential diagnostic tool for a myriad of neurological conditions. During the scanning session the individual is required to remain still throughout the procedure, which can last from a few seconds to several minutes. This task is particularly difficult for children with autism as they often present with diminished capacity to comprehend instructions and may also present with sensory sensitivities. Traditionally, individuals with disabilities have been sedated in order to undergo an MRI scan, which has been correlated with numerous medical side effects including death. Moreover, sedation has a success rate below 70%. There is some evidence suggesting that it is possible to promote steadiness in children using exposure-based methods. However, none of these studies have included participants with autism. Also, the studies available frequently fail to include a generalization test in a real scanner. We used an exposure-based intervention to promote tolerance to a mock scanner, followed by a 5-min DRO adjusting schedule to establish steadiness. Training was followed by a real scanner session. The results of this study are promising in that we were able to establish steadiness in all participants. Moreover, the real scanner quality indices resulting from the real scanner sessions were all within the acceptable range. |
|
|
|
|
40 Years of Teaching Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W193b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: TBA |
Chair: Amy J. Davies Lackey (Manhattan Childrens Center) |
|
CANCELED: Translating a Behaviorist Vocabulary Into a Small Language Community |
Domain: Theory |
KRISTJAN GUDMUNDSSON (Reykjavik College of Women) |
|
Abstract: A small group (4 people: Gudridur Adda Ragnarsdottir, Thorlakur Karlsson, Ingi Jon Hauksson and Kristjan Gudmundsson) have for the last 5 years attempted to translate the vocabulary of behaviorism and behavior analysis into the small language community of Icelandic. We were gracefully allowed to use a number of published and unpublished glossaries, most notably by Julie Vargas and Charlie Catania for this purpose. Originally we thought that this would take a year or so, but we have just recently finished the basic translation of technical terms, mostly without even attempting to translate the definitions. And this has taken us over 5 years! A preliminary report was the subject of our paper at the Oslo ABAI conference in 2009. A number of issues have turned up, that have to be addressed. Some of them have been addressed in a recent paper in JEAB (2012, 97, 347-355) by a similar team from Finland. Among the topics is the ever changing field of behavior analysis, but also some theoretical, even philosophical issues, such as how to effectively advertize and help spread the good word of behaviorism. In some respects our field is held back by older technical terms that can be regarded negative, even offensive, to some of our readers. Terms such as "control" and even "behavior modification" come to mind. Finally, there are some difficult issues regarding the interconnections between basic technical terms, and how they are best presented and translated. |
|
A Module Training Package to Increase Basic Competencies in BCBA Supervisees |
Domain: Applied Research |
AMY J. DAVIES LACKEY (Manhattan Childrens Center), Virginia S. Wong (Manhattan Childrens Center), Karlee Miller (Manhattan Childrens Center) |
|
Abstract: One of the challenges of supervising and training candidates for the BCBA certificate is identifying the contingencies that shape and maintain in-situ behavior analytic repertoires. While many traditional approaches to the training of BCBA supervisees involve periodic supervision meetings, these meetings are insensitive to the consequences experienced in a classroom/therapeutic setting and can vary from supervisor-to-supervisor as to the content and competencies expected. Supervision and training has been examined by some systems-based approaches such a CABAS (Greer, 1997) in which behavior analytic staff are taught through a combination of in-situ experiences and modules/units of study. In this paper, we extend Greer's work by evaluating a BCBA supervisee module system (Cordova, Reeve, Sheehan, O'Brien & Cruz, in-press) designed to establish basic competencies in skills identified through the BACB task list. Of particular interest were the extent to which BCBA supervisees could implement basic behavior analytic procedures. Initial results showed that participants were able to achieve an accuracy level of 90% correct responding or better following training utilizing the competencies within the module system. |
|
Lessons Learned: Forty Years Training Teachers to Use Applied Behavior Analysis |
Domain: Service Delivery |
BETTY FRY WILLIAMS (Whitworth University), Randy Lee Williams (Gonzaga University) |
|
Abstract: This presentation draws from evidence-based practice and personal experience to recommend ten instructional strategies for effective preservice and inservice training of classroom teachers, both in general and special education, on the use of ABA principles and procedures. Among the points discussed are: 1. Recognize that linear analysis does not come naturally to some teachers and paradigm shift is challenging. 2. Insist on precision in operational definitions of principles and procedures. 3. Define principles by function; separate intention from effect. 4. Provide visual diagramming as well as verbal definitions to assist in mastery. 5. Supply many examples and non-examples in teaching concepts. 6. Apply principles and procedures in real classroom settings, using strong research designs and reporting results. 7. Teach data collection, research design, and visual analysis of data. 8. Use components of a Personalized System of Instruction such as study guides, frequent testing over small units, mastery criteria, tutoring, and retake options. 9. Teach formal APA writing style in small units with multiple examples, immediate feedback, and required revision. 10. Arrange for public presentation of applied research, with opportunities for recognition of effort and/or effectiveness. |
|
An Empirical Evaluation of Different Active Responding Formats in Taiwanese College Classrooms |
Domain: Applied Research |
PEI-FANG WU (National Kaohsiung Normal University) |
|
Abstract: Active Student Responding (ASR), such as the use of response cards, choral responding, or guided notes, has shown to be an effective approach in engaging students in learning. However, there have been very few studies directly compare different formats of choral responding questions on the effects of students' learning. This presentation contained two studies. In Study 1, an alternating treatment design replicated across two classes was used to compare the use of three different question formats in the choral responding strategy: multiple-choice, true-false and fill-in-blank questions. The dependent variable was the performance on post-session quizzes, which contained mixed question formats (e.g., multiple-choice, fill-in-blank and short-answer questions). Data showed the true-false type of questions produced slightly higher post-quiz scores than other formats for both classes. There were mixed results for short answer and multiple-choice questions on post-quiz scores. Study 2 replicated Study 1, except the participants were required to produce textual responses rather than choral responses. In addition, post-session quizzes contained different question formats, including true-false, multiple- choice, and fill-in-blank questions. It showed mixed results using different types of questions. Overall, the two studies showed different question formats did not produce differential effects on students' post-session quizzes. Educational applications, limitations, and direction for future research will be discussed. |
|
Teaching ABA to Front-Line Staff in Neuropsychiatry--Key Strategies and Long-Term Outcomes |
Domain: Service Delivery |
MARY ROBERTA HOADLEY (Parley Services Limited) |
|
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analytic teaching programs were provided in 2008 and again in 2012 to staff in two regional neuropsychiatric facilities that assess and treat patients/residents with aggravated behaviors and complex neuropsychiatric presentations. This presentation includes a review of specific topics and strategies that were successfully taught to both professional and non-professional staff; were meaningful and had a good contextual fit to facilities; significantly reduced the use of aversive seclusion and restraint punishment procedures; and had a long-term influence on increasing the use of evidence-based ABA treatment practices and positive behavior supports. The session will identify behavioral strategies with a good contextual fit for facility supports, as well as technically sound practices that can be taught and implemented successfully (systematically and with fidelity) by most non-ABA personnel. Evidence of the impact of ABA teaching in the programs will be included. The on-site support required to ensure staff follow-through of behavioral best practices will be reported as facility feedback and data on the outcomes, which were presented by hospital staff at a Neuropsychiatry conference. A bibliography of supporting research is available. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applying Behavioral Principles to Human-Animal Interactions |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:20 AM |
W182 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AAB |
Chair: Laura Bassette (Indiana Mentor) |
|
Applying Behavioral Principles to Human-Animal Interactions |
Domain: Theory |
LAURA BASSETTE (Indiana Mentor) |
|
Abstract: The field of human-animal interactions (HAI) is increasingly identifying complex human behavior in relation to interactions with animals, yet the conversation lacks a comprehensive behavioral approach. Furthermore, Normand & Kohn (2013) proposed that behaviorist perspectives must address socially significant problems in areas beyond the current realm. This need is not limited to human relationships; the complex chains of stimuli and responses that occur during various HAI also warrant the broad application of behavioral principles. Such investigations ought to cover interactions in the following areas: pet ownership, animal welfare, applied animal behavior, agricultural management, zoo enrichment programs, and animal assisted activities. Human behavior as a function of HAI should be examined in terms of both respondent and operant conditioning, reinforcing and punishing events, and establishing operations that contribute to an improved understanding of the reciprocal relationships between humans and animals. Ultimately, increased awareness of potentially reinforcing and punishing consequences involved in HAI may provide opportunities to effectively shape human behavior; thus improving the quality of life for people and the animals they interact with. References Normand, M. P. & Kohn, C. S. (2013). Dont wag the dog: Extending the reach of applied behavior analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 36, 109-122. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Use of Explicit Instruction Curricula to Teach Academics to Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W184bc (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Discussant: Debra M. Kamps (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Josh Plavnick, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Kasari and Smith (2013) emphasize the need for research to align to the goals of teachers (e.g., teaching academics aligned to common core state standards) to increase buy-in and durability of implementation. Due to budget, time, and personnel constraints, researchers must identify academic interventions for students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) that are feasible, effective, and efficient. Historically, there has been an emphasis on discrete trial instruction for students with ASD. However, it is important to identify curricula as opposed to isolated skills instruction. Curricula are more likely to be adopted by teachers, which may increase feasibility and durability of research-based instruction (Kasari & Smith, 2013). Scripted, explicit, and systematic instructional programs such as Direct Instruction appear to be well matched to the characteristics of students with ASD (Watkins, Slocum, & Spencer, 2011). This session will include: (a) a review of the literature on the effects of scripted, explicit, and systematic programs on academic performance of students with ASD, and (b) an overview of a recent study investigating the effects of antecedent strategies on responding during small group Direct Instruction mathematics lessons with elementary students with ASD. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Direct instruction, Explicit instruction, Systematic instruction |
|
Explicit Academic Instructional Programs and Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Review of the Literature |
JOSH PLAVNICK (Michigan State University), Nancy Marchand-Martella (Eastern Washington University), Ronald C. Martella (Eastern Washington University), Julie L. Thompson (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Leah Wood (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: Compared to individuals with other disabilities, school-aged individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) spend little time in general education classrooms for academic instruction. There are very few empirically validated interventions for teaching academic skills to students with ASD. Academic interventions that better prepare students with ASD to participate in general education settings are needed to mitigate this deficit. Curricula that include scripted, explicit, and systematic instruction match the needs associated with characteristics of autism spectrum disorder. In this paper, the authors proposed a clear definition of scripted, explicit, and systematic curricula. This definition was then used to identify and describe the research literature on the use of these curricula with individuals with ASD. A review of the literature identified 8 articles published between 2006 and 2013. Results indicated positive effects of scripted, explicit, and systematic curricula on academic skill acquisition of students with ASD. Implications and directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
Increasing Responding During Direct Instruction Mathematics Using Antecedent Strategies with Students with Autism |
JULIE L. THOMPSON (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: Students with ASD need specialized interventions that are feasible and durable for school settings. Direct Instruction (DI) curricula may be effective for teaching students with ASD due to the explicit features of the DI programs that match the learner characteristics of individuals with ASD. DI is designed to be taught during group instruction and relies heavily on unison responding; yet, individuals with ASD are primarily taught one-on-one or sequentially within groups. Students with ASD who demonstrate problem behaviors and/or limited participation during instruction may have limited access to group instruction. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of proximity fading and task breaks on responding during small group DI in mathematics with students with ASD. Four students with ASD participated in this study; one student served as a peer model and three received the intervention. Three students were culturally and or linguistically diverse. Results indicated a functional relation between the intervention and participant responding. An English Language Learner required a Spanish cognate directive to increase responding to an acceptable level. Implications for research include considerations for teaching diverse learners with ASD and multi-tiered instructional supports to increase inclusive opportunities. |
|
|
|
|
Implications of Teaching Multiple Communication Responses on the Generalization and Maintenance of FCT Treatment Effectiveness |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W183c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Henry S. Roane (State University of New York Upstate Medical University ) |
CE Instructor: Henry S. Roane, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) has proven to be one of the most effective differential reinforcement-based procedures for treating challenging behavior. While the basic procedures of FCT are well understood, questions remain about programming for generalization of FCT-based treatments. The current symposium examines factors that might enhance the generalization and maintenance of FCT interventions. The study by Isenhower et al. describes a process by which two individuals were taught multiple FCT responses to access preferred tangibles in an attempt to broaden their communication repertoires while maintaining low levels of problem behavior. In a related investigation, Gainey et al. also examined programming for communication variability following treatment with FCT; however, these researchers used Lag 1 schedules of reinforcement to promote response variability. The final study in this symposium also addresses the generalization and maintenance of multiple FCT responses. Specifically, Ringdahl et al. employed a concurrent-schedule arrangement to identify a preference between two communication responses. Next, the authors exposed these responses to different disruptor events (i.e., extinction, noncontingent reinforcement) to examine response maintenance. Each of these papers will include a discussion of the clinical implications of promoting response maintenance within the context of FCT-based treatments. |
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, Differential Reinforcement, Functional communication, generalization/maintenance |
|
Broadening the Functional Communication Repertoires of Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
ROBERT W. ISENHOWER (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Rachel Davis (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kyung Mo Nam (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Jaime Decker Mulcahy (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Meghan Reilly (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Chariana Guzik (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Lauren Alison Pepa (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) is a differential reinforcement procedure that involves providing reinforcement for a communicative response to replace maladaptive behavior. FCT procedures generally include providing reinforcement for the communication response while maladaptive behavior contacts extinction (or, in some cases, punishment). Oftentimes, the last phases of FCT training involve generalization across therapists and settings and thinning the schedule of reinforcement to allow the response to contact reinforcement on a schedule that more closely matches the contingencies of the natural social environment. However, another important terminal goal for FCT is broadening the communication repertoire itself. Therefore, we examined a communication repertoire broadening procedure in two adolescent males with autism spectrum disorder. Functional analyses revealed that both individuals emitted problem behavior maintained by restricted access to tangible items. To address challenging behavior, FCT with extinction was implemented. Both individuals successfully acquired a Please response in order to gain access to preferred tangible items while low rates of problem behavior were achieved. Subsequently, Participant 1s FCT response was split into Food and Toys and Participant 2s FCT response was split into Food, Toys, and Music. Both individuals acquired the new, broadened communication repertoire while low rates of problem behavior were maintained. |
|
An Evaluation of Lag Schedules of Reinforcement Embedded in Functional Communication Training to Increase Variant Responding |
SUMMER GAINEY (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Colin S. Muething (The University of Texas at Austin), Katherine Hoffman (The University of Texas) |
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) is one of the most commonly cited reinforcement-based approaches to the treatment of challenging behavior (Tiger et al., 2008). Previous studies have demonstrated that lag schedules of reinforcement can be effective in increasing variant responding pertaining to clinically relevant behavior (e.g., Lee, McComas, & Jawor, 2002); however previous studies have not evaluated their use during FCT to increase variant mand responding during the treatment of challenging behavior. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of lag schedules of reinforcement on communicative variability in three individuals with autism during FCT. Following functional analyses of challenging behaviors, mands were reinforced on Lag 0 or Lag 1 schedules of reinforcement respectively and variant responding and challenging behavior were evaluated. Results showed that a Lag 1 schedule of reinforcement increased variant mand responding considerably relative to the Lag 0 schedule for all participants. Results further showed that the FCT treatment package produced considerable reductions in challenging behavior. These results may have implications for improving the robustness of FCT in terms of the prevention of clinical relapse. |
|
An Evaluation of the Interaction Between Communication Modality Preference, Disruptor, and Response Maintenance |
JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (Southern Illinois University), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Kristina Vargo (Sam Houston State University), Jodi Elizabeth Nuernberger (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Patrick Romani (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is the most widely used approach to the treatment of severe behavior problems exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities (Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008). Typically, this approach to treatment includes two components: (a) discontinuing the response-reinforcer relation between problem behavior and its maintaining variable(s), and (b) programming those functional reinforcers to be delivered contingent on appropriate communication. A number of research studies have been conducted demonstrating the robust effectiveness of this intervention across various types of severe problem behavior (e.g., self-injurious behavior, aggression, tantrums) and incorporating a wide variety of alternative, appropriate communicative responses (e.g., vocal requests, manual signs, use of alternative/augmentative communication devices). However, little research has been conducted regarding the maintenance of treatment effects when FCT is disrupted (see, Wacker et al., 2010 for an exception). The current study investigated: (a) the maintenance of FCT effects relative to the continued exhibition of appropriate communication as a function of response preference when FCT was disrupted, and (b) the interaction between disruptor type (i.e., extinction and noncontingent reinforcement) and response preference. Results suggest that high-preference responses have higher response strength than low-preference responses when challenged with extinction. This relationship is not observed across disruptors, as low-preference responses demonstrate higher response strength than high-preference responses when challenged with noncontingent reinforcement. Clinical implications and future directions for research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Using Technology to Improve the Access to, Effectiveness and Efficiency of Services for Individuals with Autism |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Robert F. Putnam (May Institute) |
Discussant: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University) |
CE Instructor: Robert F. Putnam, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The growing number of children with autism has placed demands on the service delivery system. There is increased demand for competent behavior analysts and direct therapist in the delivery of services using applied behavior analysis methodologies with this population. These services are often delivered in a variety of environments including school, homes and community settings. The use of technology to improve access and quality of services will be highlighted in this data based symposium. The first data based symposium shows how the use of school-wide data in schools for autism and developmental disabilities have assisted staff in developing system-wide interventions to improve the quality of behavior support interventions. The second data presentation demonstrates the use of an on line video training package that can used to evaluate and train staff in the delivery of effective services based on applied behavior analysis. This will focus on the comparison of standard classroom based training as compared to the online video series. The third presentation will focus on The fourth symposium will |
|
Developing and Implementation of a System-Wide Data Information System to Reduce Problem Behavior |
MELANIE DUBARD (May Institute), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute), Bonnie Souza (May Institute) |
Abstract: Using data based decision making concerning the effectiveness of behavior support interventions and the use of crisis intervention procedures in a large school serving students with autism spectrum disorder and/or developmental disabilities is often made on a student by student basis. This presentation will review the ongoing development of a system to collect system-wide data that could be used to determine the effectiveness of school-wide behavior support as well as individual behavior support. The use of functional assessment information to ascertain system interventions particularly in these schools is often lacking. Often schools do not review data at the systems level to make programmatic decisions and if so only examine the frequency and duration of procedures. Staff at this center assisted in designing the system to examine the frequency, duration and type of crisis intervention procedure. In addition the system allowed the review of location, time, activity and staff involved in these procedures to help the program as a whole improve its behavior support practices. Presentation of data as well as the effective use of this to make system level changes in interventions will be presented. |
|
Effectively Training Direct Therapists Serving Students with Autism |
Melanie DuBard (May Institute), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute), MEGAN R. JOY (May Institute) |
Abstract: The growing number of children with autism has placed demands on the service delivery system. The provision of school and in home services with a school based and mobile workforce presents a challenge in effectively training this workforce in a cost effective way. A comparison of on site standardized training with senior BCBA as compared to online video competency based training will be compared. Data will be compared on the effectiveness of both models included the amount of time needed to complete the training, the extent of knowledge of applied behavior analysis concepts and the application of these competencies. Data will be presented on the rate of learning with staff with differing academic achievement levels. A comparison of direct instruction competencies will be analysed between both groups. Finally a cost comparison of both methods will be completed. |
|
|
|
|
Health Sports & Fitness SIG Symposium 1: Behavior Analytic Interventions for Healthy Lifestyles |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W179b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Bobby Newman (Room to Grow) |
Discussant: Stephen Ray Flora (Youngstown State University) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Klapatch, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Poor exercise and eating habits have resulted in a national health crisis in the United States. Obesity is currently considered an epidemic in the United States, with two-thirds of Americans being categorized as overweight and almost a third of the population meeting criteria for being obese. In response to this prevalence, interventions focusing on increasing healthy behaviors, such as exercise and making healthy food choices, have received increasing attention in the literature. However, the difficulty of implementing these interventions is often cited the reason for little generalization of these itnerventions to mainstream society. Two easy, cost-effective interventions will be presented, one utilizing Internet-based contingency management to increase walking behavior and one utilizing antecedent interventions to increase healthy food choice making. To evaluate these results in a broader context, we will discuss the historical effectiveness of behavior-analytic programs to increase exercise and other healthy lifestyle behaviors as well as discuss the reasons why behavior analytic interventions are currently not a standard choice of treatment for obesity. |
Keyword(s): eating, exercise, healthy lifestyles, obesity |
|
Improving College Student Health: Simple Interventions to Increase Healthy Food Selection Behavior |
SHARLET D. RAFACZ (Savannah State University), Sandra Nerestant (Clark Atlanta University), Marquella Johnson (Savannah State University) |
Abstract: Rates of obesity are continuing to increase and the field of behavior analysis is uniquely qualified to assist in addressing this issue. While a great deal of effort has been focused on improving dietary behaviors and exercise, little research has been done at exploring interventions with college students in particular. This demographic is of primary concern due to their limited finances to purchase healthy food and a lack of knowledge regarding selecting and preparing healthy meals. The current study evaluated using cost effective interventions to increase healthy food choices with college age students on a university campus. The first study compared a simple antecedent based prompt to the same prompt combined with a raffle in an ABACA design. The second study further evaluated the antecedent based prompt. The target behaviors for the first study included food selection behaviors while the second targeted drink selection behavior. Data indicated that healthy choice behavior may increase as a result of the antecedent based intervention, but that the nature and saliency of the prompts are particularly important. This presentation will further discuss the implications of these findings for college and university campuses, but also for other educational and non-educational food establishments. |
|
The Effects of Internet-based Deposit Contracts on Increasing Physical Activity of Typically Developing Sedentary Adults |
STEPHANIE GORBOLD (ABA of Illinois, LLC), Jennifer Klapatch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The present study examined the effects of Internet-based deposit contracts on increasing physical activity of typically developing sedentary adults. Three participants who were currently living sedentary lifestyles (i.e., walking less than 5,000 steps per day on average) entered into an Internet-based deposit contract and wore a Fitbit Zip device blinded for the duration of the study (i.e., they could not view the number of steps being recorded by the device). The experimental design of the study was an ABAB reversal design with a changing criterion design during the two-week intervention phases. Baseline conditions varied between one and two weeks and all participants received two weeks of intervention during each intervention phase. During each intervention phase, participants received incremental amounts of their deposit back for meeting or exceeding their walking criterion for reinforcement (which were calculated based on previous walking data). The results showed that an Internet-based deposit contract could effectively increase walking in sedentary adults even without the feedback that would typically be provided by a pedometer. |
|
|
|
|
Breaking Borders: Bringing Behavior Analysis to the Forefront |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W192a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Amanda N. Kelly, Ph.D. |
Chair: Amanda N. Kelly (Malama Pono Autism Center) |
MOLLY OLA PINNEY (Global Autism Project) |
AMANDA N. KELLY (Malama Pono Autism Center) |
Abstract: This panel discussion will highlight how to bring behavior analysis to the forefront of discussions, with an emphasis on looking forward toward the future. It is imperative that we, as practitioners, scientists, dreamers and game changers become effective at marketing ourselves and disseminating behavior analytic principles and technologies to others, throughout communities, across cultures and beyond borders. The presenters of this panel will share their personal experiences with consulting; providing insight into their inspiration for dissemination, sharing the moments that compelled them to become involved in dissemination, highlighting those who have mentored them and sharing insight into others they have inspired in turn. This presentation will showcase the challenges one may encounter when attempting to go beyond our backyard. The presenters will describe common (and some unique) obstacles they have had to overcome and will share insight into the lessons they have learned. From these experiences, the panelists hope to shed light on how behavior analysts can raise awareness, increase accessibility of services and effectively market ourselves and our science. |
Keyword(s): Culture, Dissemination |
|
|
|
|
Reward, Reinforcement, and the Neural Bases of Decision-Making |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W375e (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Bernard Balleine, Ph.D. |
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University) |
BERNARD BALLEINE (The University of Sidney) |
Dr. Bernard Balleine received his B.A. with first-class honors and with the University Medal from the University of Sydney in 1987 and his Ph.D. from the University of Cambridge in the United Kingdom in 1992. He was made a fellow of Jesus College Cambridge in 1992 and conducted post-doctoral research in neuroscience in the Department of Experimental Psychology at Cambridge University until 1995. He was then appointed assistant professor at the University of California, Los Angeles, in 1996, given tenure in 2000, and made a full professor at UCLA in 2004. He was elected a fellow of the American Psychological Association in 2004 and appointed director of research in the Brain Research Institute at UCLA in 2005. In 2009, Dr. Balleine received an inaugural Australian Research Council Laureate Fellowship and was appointed to a professorial position at the University of Sydney establishing the Behavioral Neuroscience Laboratory in the Brain & Mind Research Institute there in early 2010. Dr. Balleine's research is focused on the psychological and neural bases of decision-making and has been instrumental in establishing the processes determining the acquisition of and choice between goal-directed actions, the development of habits and the reward and reinforcement processes that suport these fundamental classes of behavior. |
Abstract: Recent studies point to a number of learning and modulatory processes that contribute to food-seeking. Distinct learning processes mediate the acquisition of goal-directed and habitual actions and are subserved by parallel circuits involving the dorsomedial and dorsolateral striatum, respectively. In addition, food can function as an incentive, to reward actions, and as a reinforcer, to strengthen habits. Evidence suggests that two forms of incentive process affect food seeking: (i) the experienced value of a particular food based on consummatory experience, and (ii) the predicted value of a particular action based on cues that predict food delivery. Although incentive theories generally assume that these processes are mediated by a common associative mechanism, a number of recent findings suggest that they are dissociable behaviorally, anatomically, and neurochemically. The latter predictive learning process also may play a role in habitual food-seeking, particularly in the function of the reinforcement signal, long ascribed to the dopaminergic input to dorsolateral striatum which we have found is heavily regulated by the central amygdala. As the basolateral amygdala is heavily involved in reward processing, it appears the amygdala plays the generally role of parsing food events into the reward and reinforcement signals that support goal-directed and habitual action control, respectively. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts interested in the neurobiological underpinnings of learning and motivation, and their implications for theories of reinforcement. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to (1) Articulate the difference between habitual and goal-directed action in behavioral terms; (2) Identify the neural mechanisms underlying reward and reinforcement processing; (3) Explain why theories of reward and reinforcement based on single associative mechanisms are insufficient. |
Keyword(s): basolateral amygdala, dorsolateral striatum, goal-directed behavior, habit formation |
|
|
|
|
Improving Reading and Writing Repertoires in Students With and Without Disabilities |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W194b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: Caitlin Rasplica (University of Oregon) |
CE Instructor: JoAnn Pereira Delgado, Ph.D. |
Abstract: It is critical for students to develop fluent reader and writer repertories. Students with disabilities, English language learners, as well as students from impoverished communities are particularly at risk. Direct Instruction is one evidence-based procedure that has resulted in academic gains for students. In the first paper, the implementation of an Accelerated Independent Learner model coupled with the Direct Instruction Corrective Reading program resulted in educationally and statistically significant outcomes in students in grades 3-5 that were identified as performing below grade level in reading. In the second paper, the participants were students diagnosed with emotional disturbances and autism respectively. The experimenters found that the use of general case instruction resulted the emergence of metaphorical production responses for all participants. |
Keyword(s): Direct Instruction, Metaphors, Reading, Writing |
|
Effects of the Corrective Reading Program on Reading Skills in an Accelerated Independent Learner Classroom |
JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), JENNIFER WEBER (Morris School District and Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences
) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of the Corrective Reading (CR) program on reading outcomes of students with and without disabilities in grades 3 though 5 who were identified as reading below proficient. Students were selected based on reading scores derived from the New Jersey Assessment of Skills and Knowledge (NJ ASK) & Developmental Reading Assessment (DRA). The students in the CR condition (n=25) were selected from Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model classrooms that apply a scientific approach to teaching in a general education setting. Students were provided with 1 or 2 sessions of CR daily for 45 minutes each over the course of 4 months. A comparison group of students (n=25) were selected from other classrooms in the school that did not implement the AIL model. Teachers of students in the comparison group implemented a variety of reading approaches consistent with the school districts curricula. Statistically and educationally significant improvements were found between those students that received the CR program and those in the comparison condition on reading skills. Students that received the CR intervention showed increases in independent reading levels between 1 and 4 levels according to the DRA. Results, limitation and implications are discussed. |
|
Unblocking Metaphorical Production Responses Using General Case Instruction |
KATHERINE M. MATTHEWS (The Faison School for Autism), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of using general case instruction (GCI) on the emergence of untaught metaphors and extended tacts in a multiple probe design across students diagnosed with emotional disabilities. In the baseline phase, participants emitted low levels of extended tacts using an experimental word set, which primarily consisted of cliché phrases and other commonly used metaphors. During the GCI condition however, students were taught to identify and write metaphors and non-metaphors (literal sentences) using an instructional set of word sets. Following GCI, the students emitted significantly more metaphors using the experimental word sets compared to baseline. In a further extension, students diagnosed with ASD were taught to write using technical and esthetic functions, which included metaphorical components. All components were examined in relation to verbal behavior and relational frame theory. |
|
|
|
|
Exploring Feedback and Training Mechanisms in OBM |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W192c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Amy K. Loukus (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
|
Effect of Descriptive Feedback Compared to Basic Feedback on Productivity and Response Maintenance on a Problem-Solving Task |
Domain: Basic Research |
MONICA GARLOCK (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Feedback is widely used in organizational settings and is the most frequently used method to change behavior in organizations. This study uses informational feedback to identify work patterns. Using a computer program, the participants were asked to identify three letter codes that corresponded to product movement from factory to store. The more successful codes that were entered, the more product was moved. The experimental design used was ABABC and BABAC. In one phase (A), the participant received basic feedback in the form of correct or incorrect code only. In phase (B), the participant received descriptive feedback in the form of (e.g., 2 out of 3 letters correct). In phase (C), the participants were given the option to choose one of the previous phases for continued participation. If the submitted code was successful, an amount of product was moved. The dependent variables included the amount of product moved, response accuracy, trial duration and time in phase and survey answers. Data show a shorter response time when given basic feedback than when provided with descriptive feedback. Preliminary results show subjects moved more product with basic feedback than with descriptive feedback. Further data analyses and associated discussion will be provided. |
|
Expanding the Utility of Equivalence-based Instruction: New Avenues for Staff Training in OBM |
Domain: Applied Research |
AMY K. LOUKUS (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
|
Abstract: Computerized, equivalence-based instruction (EBI) has been shown to enhance learning outcomes when teaching complex material to large groups in the academic setting. Characteristics deemed unique and appealing to EBI include ease of implementation, self-paced learning, and the emergence of derived (i.e., untrained) relations on the part of the learner following a combination of directly trained relations. Given the benefits of EBI training strategy and its potential benefits to the resource-stricken human service sector, the current study evaluated the utility of EBI procedures in training direct support personnel working with individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Participants were randomly assigned to one of three experimental groups: control (training as usual), individualized, or group-based instruction, and were exposed to either training as usual for the agency, or EBI of appropriate prompting strategies. Additional dependent variables included pre- and post-training direct observation of on-the-job performance, and the adoption and retention of trained concepts via a paper-and-pencil written examination. Preliminary results suggest that EBI procedures may offer an effective, efficient, and budget-friendly avenue for training staff in large human service facilities that allows for flexible learning and promotes the application of derived principles when observed in on-the-job performance trials. |
|
|
|
|
|
Shaping Solutions to Common Problems in Applied Settings |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W187c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Daniel Adam Openden (Southwest Autism Research & Resouce Center) |
Abstract: There are a number of important problems that are tackled in applied settings. For example, behavior analysts work with people who can't communicate, people who engage in unhealthy behavior, and people who interact in dangerous ways. These problems can be addressed with a variety of procedures. They can either follow a pathological or a constructional approach. Often the pathological approach is followed because the elimination of the problem is pressing. The purpose of the symposia is to provide three examples of applied behavior analysts using shaping procedures in each of their respective settings. The presenters and the discussant have a commitment to a philosophical approach that is constructional, empirical, and to describing the problem solving process. Each presenter will describe the problem, the goals, and the methods to address the problem at hand. Each presentation places an emphasis on analysis and arrangement of the stimulus conditions and using shaping procedures to produce desired behavioral changes. The behaviors addressed include teaching children with autism to talk, increasing favorable responses to food and mealtimes in children with autism, and teaching a variety of populations to interact in safe ways with canines. |
Keyword(s): constructional, shaping |
|
Yummy Starts: A Constructional Approach to Mealtimes for Children with Autism |
JOSEPH H. CIHON (University of North Texas), Sara M. Weinkauf (Easter Seals North Texas), Nicole Zeug (Positive Behavioral Connections), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism appear to be at greater risk for developing feeding problems such as food selectivity. This can put children with autism at greater risk for compromised health and decrease opportunities for social interactions and development. To date most behavioral approaches to treating food selectivity have involved an escape extinction component. While successful in increasing immediate consumption, the use of escape extinction is worrisome. In many cases it appears that food and mealtimes are aversive and, if this is the case, it is not clear from the research if forcing consumption decreases the aversive properties of events related to mealtimes. In general, the approach has been pathological in that it focuses solely on the decontextualized problem. An alternative approach is to conceptualize the issue within a constructional framework; that is, a contextualized analysis with specification and measures of desired goals. This presentation will provide an alternative behavioral conceptualization of food related contingencies and a set of procedural guidelines for increasing generalized and favorable responses to food and mealtimes. An overview of ecological baseline assessments, environmental arrangements, criterion performances and shaping procedures will be described and illustrated. |
|
"Rules" We Needed to Learn about Use of Shaping at Walden Early Childhood Programs |
GAIL G. MCGEE (Emory University School of Medicine, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences), Michael J. Morrier (Emory University School of Medicine, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences) |
Abstract: Although shaping is a fundamental procedure in ABA, there are surprisingly few concrete details on how to apply shaping to clinical activities. We will offer videotaped examples and guidelines for concrete shaping "rules" we use regularly in speech shaping at Walden. Walden developed rules are not inherently right or wrong, compared to another program's strategies, but the process of internal specification of rules or guidelines offer clear advantages in achieving procedural consistency. |
|
To Be Good, All Dogs Need is a Little Timely Affection |
SEAN WILL (University of North Texas), Chase Owens (University of North Texas), Morgan Katz (University of North Texas), Laura Belcher (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Common behavior problems encountered by pet owners include jumping on people, unwanted vocalizations, running out open doors, destruction of property when left alone, and requiring attention from owners at inopportune times. Currently, dog trainers advise owners to use a marker signal, followed by food as a reinforcer, to train alternative behaviors to the unwanted one. While this method can be effective in some situations, it is not always practical and it requires a certain level of knowledge and skill on the owner's part to be effective. But even if it is effective, owners are usually not inclined to carry food and clickers all day to maintain the behavior. One natural reinforcer available to every pet owner is petting, and one simple conditioned reinforcer is body language. This presentation will show a simple procedure to shape desirable behavior that uses petting as a reinforcer and hand signals as conditioned reinforcers. The procedure is errorless and can be taught easily to pet owners of all ages. |
|
|
|
|
40 years of ABA Preparing Competent Practitioners Part I: Advancing the Academic Experience |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W193a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Michael E. Rohr, Ph.D. |
Chair: Matthew A.T. Lehman (Able Pathways) |
MATTHEW A.T. LEHMAN (Able Pathways) |
WESLEY H. DOTSON (Texas Tech University) |
DAYNA BEDDICK (University of West Florida) |
Abstract: Programs to train behavior analysts have evolved greatly in the 40 years of ABAI. Current programs represent a wide array of delivery modes (on ground, online, hybrid), across a number of levels of training (master degree, graduate respecialization, and doctoral programs) in different departments and with different training requirements. How best to produce high quality student outcomes in these different program types to ensure a well-trained next generation of behavior analysts is important to program directors and members of our profession. Means of advancing the academic experience in behavior analysis training will be discussed with special focus on elements of the coursework requirement that maximize comprehension and application instead of just retention and getting beyond the basics in class and ensuring that the students demonstrate understand of the complexity of our science as it relates to the types of clients they're going to have to work with as a BCBA. |
Keyword(s): BCBA preparation, program design, student outcomes, supervised experience |
|
|
|
|
Reinforcing the Verbal Conditional Discriminations of Individuals with Autism |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
W185d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lee L. Mason (The University of Texas at San Antonio) |
CE Instructor: Lee L. Mason, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium presents the findings from a series of research questions related to conditional discrimination in the intraverbal relation. The symposium centers on one large study on the effects of a token economy system on the auditory conditional discriminations of children with autism spectrum disorders. Three children with mild to moderate autism participated in this research, and were systematically introduced to individuals with whom they were previously unfamiliar. These strangers introduced themselves to each participant, and in doing so, conveyed a series of personal information. Immediately following each introduction, the participants were asked to recall specific information about the person they had just met. Employing a multiple-baseline across participants design, researchers reinforced conditional discriminations in the intraverbal relation for each participant. Follow-up statistical analyses were performed to identify some of the relations controlling the responding of each participant. Results were analyzed in terms of the number of statements about the individual recalled, the effects of systematic pausing as a negative reinforcer, the number of information seeking questions asked, and the mutual interests between the stranger and the child with autism. |
Keyword(s): conditional discrimination, intraverbal responding |
|
The Effects of a Token Economy on Increasing Verbal Conditional Discriminations |
LEE L. MASON (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Don Davis (The University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: To what extent can a token economy system increase the number of auditory conditioned discriminations of children with autism spectrum disorders? To answer this question, three children with autism who were receiving behavior analytic intervention in a university-based center were systematically introduced to visitors to the center. Each participant and visitor engaged in a brief, structured conversation, in which the visitor mentioned 20 facts about him- or her-self. After the visitor left the participant was asked to recall these facts about the visitor. Employing a multiple-baseline across participants design, a token economy system was implemented with each participant to reinforce the number of conditional discriminations in the intraverbal relation made by each participant. Results show that the number of correct discriminations increased for each participant only after the token economy system was introduced. Additionally, the data remained at treatment levels following a two week maintenance period. Results will be discussed within the greater context of teaching intraverbal relations. |
|
An Examination of the Reinforcing Contingencies of Social Interactions |
ALONZO ANDREWS (South Texas Behavioral Institute), Lee L. Mason (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Don Davis (The University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: To what extent does a lag in conversation negatively reinforce the social interactions of students with autism? And to what extent does the reinforcement of verbal statements about other people increase the rate of information seeking behavior? To answer these questions, researchers programmed in multiple 10 second pauses throughout the conversation between the participant and stranger. The verbal behavior of participants during these pauses was then analyzed to identify the contingencies of reinforcement associated with maintaining social interactions. Previous research has found that for many children with autism the establishing operations may simply not be sufficient to evoke verbal behavior, such as manding for information. However, other researchers have found that children who progress to advanced stages of language acquisition will eventually become capable of developing new language skills in the absence of explicit training. In this paper, we present our findings and discuss the results along with implications for reinforcing social interactions. |
|
The Effects of Mutual Interests on Verbal Conditional Discriminations |
DON DAVIS (The University of Texas at San Antonio ), Lee L. Mason (The University of Texas at San Antonio ), Alonzo Andrews (South Texas Behavioral Institute) |
Abstract: To what extent are shared interests/activities more likely to be recalled? During their interactions, strangers provided each participant with answers to twenty "personal interest" questions (i.e., facts about themselves). We sought to determine whether students were more likely to recall mutual interests, or were more susceptible to reinforcement towards recalling such matched answers. To determine this, we evaluated the interests identified by each stranger against the self-reported interests of the participants. Researchers found no statistically meaningful relationship between participants' characteristics (e.g. "favorite music"), their ability to recall such information, nor their susceptibility to reinforcement to recall such information. This lack of significance is potentially meaningful for multiple reasons. Not only does this finding reinforce previous discussions of the lack of "empathy" exhibited by students with autism spectrum disorders, it, more importantly, raises significant questions regarding the role of interactional histories and their affect on students with autism spectrum disorders, verbal behaviors and susceptibility to (or lack thereof) contingencies of reinforcement related to their interactional histories. Namely, these findings extend discussions of limitations of students' self-other correspondence to broader questions of potentially diminished significance of "self" for children with autism spectrum disorders. |
|
|
|
|
Addressing Interpersonal Functioning in Clinical Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W179a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jordan T. Bonow (Veterans Affairs Puget Sound: Seattle Division ) |
Discussant: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Thomas J. Waltz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Clinical behavior analysts frequently assess and treat problems related to interpersonal functioning. The first presentation will introduce the audience to how clinically relevant interpersonal behavior is conceptualized within Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP). The second presentation reviews the challenges and opportunities in developing contemporary measures aimed at facilitating descriptive functional analyses in outpatient clinical settings. The third presentation presents data from new measures under development aimed to capture clinically relevant variables in terms of discounting and positive and negative reinforcement. The final presentation will present data from a small randomized clinical trial of FAP for individuals screening positive for social intimacy deficits and meeting criteria for one of the following DSM-5 disorders: Social Anxiety Disorder, General Anxiety Disorder, a Major Depressive Disorder, Avoidant Personality Disorder, or Dependent Personality Disorder. The discussion will elaborate on the opportunities interpersonally focused behavior therapies have for expanding the reach of behavior analysis. |
Keyword(s): Assessment, FAP, functional analysis, Interpersonal Functioning |
|
A Clinical Behavior Analytic Approach to Interpersonal Behavior: Functional Analytic Psychotherapy |
JORDAN T. BONOW (Veterans Affairs Puget Sound: Seattle Division
), William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) represents a behavior analytic approach to complex human behaviors traditionally falling within the purview of the field of clinical psychology. One domain of complex human behavior of interest to clinical behavior analysts is interpersonal interaction. Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP), one of the few distinct therapies belonging to the CBA tradition, provides one comprehensive approach to interpersonal interaction. This presentation provides an overview of FAP and its theoretical account of interpersonal repertoires, interactions, and influence. Particular focus is placed on clinically relevant interpersonal behaviors (CRBs) and the mechanisms by which FAP is thought to lead to changes in client interpersonal repertoires. |
|
The Challenges of Developing Functional Assessments in CBA |
SABRINA DARROW (University of California, San Francisco), Jordan T. Bonow (Veterans Affairs Puget Sound: Seattle Division
), Glenn M. Callaghan (San Jose State University) |
Abstract: Functional analysis of target behavior in clinical behavior analysis is complicated and time consuming. Developing descriptive functional assessments is one method to increase the efficiency of this process and ease implementation of CBA interventions. This presentation will provide an overview of some functional assessments related to clinical behavior analytic targets (e.g., the Functional Ideographic Assessment Template, the Functional Assessment of Depression, and the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire). Different methods of developing this type of assessment will also be presented. Finally, the challenges inherent in this process will be discussed. |
|
Using Clinically Relevant Discounting Tasks to Assess Distress Tolerance Related to Social Functioning |
THOMAS J. WALTZ (Eastern Michigan University), William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Discounting characterizes how rapid the value of an outcome is degraded when that outcome is accompanied by increasing levels of inconvenience. In interpersonally focused behavior therapies the degree to which a client's social goals and aspirations are discounted when then they are accompanied by experiences inconvenient or distressing circumstances is of interest. Participants in this study (n = 219) completed a battery of measures including a) discounting of social goals and related distress, b) positive and negative reinforcement related to social functioning and managing distress, and c) social anxiety. While pervious analyses have found differences in discounting in this data set by those scoring low and high on social anxiety (t(70)= 3.00 , p =0.003, d =0.71, 95% CI [1.31-3.07]), additional analyses will be presented looking at differences in discounting based on self-report of positive and negative reinforcement related to social functioning and managing distress. The results from this analysis will be related to interpersonal functioning treatment targets in clinical behavioral psychotherapy. |
|
Evaluating the Efficacy of FAP for Enhancing Social Connectedness in a Distressed College Student Population |
DANIEL W. MAITLAND (Western Michigan University), Rachel Petts (Western Michigan University), Christopher Briggs (Western Michigan University), Julissa Duenas (Western Michigan University), Justin A. Moore (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) is a radical behavioral approach to therapy. This therapy focuses on contingently responding to clinically relevant behavior as it occurs in the room. To date, little research has been conducted exploring the differential impact of FAP compared to other therapeutic conditions. The current study investigates the differences between FAP and a watchful waiting condition in a distressed population recruited from a large Midwestern university. Participants in this study scored one standard deviation below the mean on a measure of social intimacy and met diagnostic criteria for Social Anxiety Disorder, General Anxiety Disorder, a Major Depressive Disorder, Avoidant Personality Disorder, or Dependent Personality Disorder. Participants were then given 6 sessions of FAP or 6 sessions of a watchful waiting condition. Data presented will highlight the impact of FAP on measures of social intimacy and the differential impact compared to the watchful waiting condition. |
|
|
|
|
Biological, Epigenic, and Neurophysiological Mechanisms and Early Child Development |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W181b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DEV |
Chair: Grazielle Noro (Universidade Estadual de Londrina) |
|
Neuroscience and Behavior Analysis: The Use of Biological Variables to Explain Behavior |
Domain: Theory |
Grazielle Noro (Universidade Estadual de Londrina), Marcia Cristina Gon Caserta (Universidade Estadual de Londrina), ROBSON ZAZULA (Universidade Estadual de Londrina) |
|
Abstract: Behavior is explained by Behavior Analysis through the interaction between the subject and its environment. The variables that control behavior are in the environment and are determined through a functional analysis. Recently, Neuroscience, which object of study is the nervous system, has also aimed at the study of human behavior through its high-technological instruments and methods. It explains behavior through the clarification of neurophysiological mechanisms that occur within the organism. The aim of this study is to show the current relation between Neuroscience and Behavior Analysis and discuss whether these two sciences may complement each other and contribute to the scientific advance in general. Some studies in Neuroscience were presented, its explanation about the behavioral process based on biological variables and Skinner's objections to such explanations. These objections are based on the different realm of each science and, mainly, on the impossibility of determining through the technology that was known until the 1980s which processes were occurring under the skin. Such limitation may be overcome through the new current technology that can show precise data about the neurobiology of behavior, without invalidating the principles of Behavior Analysis. |
|
Discontinuity or Delay Represented by Developmental Measures in Early Childhood |
Domain: Basic Research |
RAY BROGAN (Kaplan University) |
|
Abstract: Measures of developmental progress such as the Revised Gesell Developmental Schedules are normed for infants, toddlers, and children between the ages of birth and six years old. If these measures are taken continuously over the six years for which they are valid, an otherwise normally developing child may demonstrate behavior that is more appropriate for a child of a younger age. Sometimes this younger age is only six months different from the child’s current age. Still, as the schedules were extensively normed, a normally developing child (by definition) would always demonstrate age appropriate behavior. Many times the deviations work themselves out, so that a child in later assessments demonstrates age-appropriate behavior. However, the nature and cause of these deviations have to be explored. These deviations may be presumed to represent either discontinuous development or developmental delay. Without clarifying these issues of the nature and cause, behavioral professionals may reach conclusions that could have long-term effect on the child’s education and welfare. This presentation will report on the lessons learned from conducting early childhood assessments in five different developmental areas. Suggestions and recommendations on addressing these issues will be presented. |
|
Epigenetic Mechanisms and the Effects of Post-Natal Maternal Care in the Development of Offspring's Stress Vulnerability |
Domain: Basic Research |
GRAZIELLE NORO (Universidade Estadual de Londrina), Marcia Cristina Gon Caserta (Universidade Estadual de Londrina) |
|
Abstract: Early life experiences have been consistently related to alterations in the genetic expression through epigenetic mechanisms such as DNA methylation or DNA histone modification. The present study aims to investigate the effects of the maternal care on the development of the stress vulnerability on the infant through epigenetic alterations and its relation as well as the relation of other studies on neurodevelopment, to Behavior Analysis. Dam's behavioral responses of licking, grooming and arched-back nursing their offspring have been related to epigenetic mechanisms that regulate stress reactivity through alterations in the HPA axis function. Offspring of high rates LG-ABN dams showed low vulnerability to stress because of the hypoactivation of the HPA axis mediated by low rates of corticotrophin hormone (CRF), high rates of novelty seeking, low rates of DNA methylation and high rates of DNA deacethylation of glucocorticoids receptor gene promoters as well as GABA and benzodiazepinic receptor gene promoters. The epigenetic mechanisms that operate on the offspring show the importance of post-natal maternal care and also relate to B. F. Skinner's statement about the possible physiological alterations related to the operant conditioning. It also signalizes to effective intervention based on the plasticity of the epigenome formation. |
|
CANCELLED: Risk-Resiliency Trans-Disciplinary Evaluation: Integration of Developmental and Applied Behavioral Methods for Children 0-5 |
Domain: Service Delivery |
KATHRYN LELAURIN (Memphis, TN) |
|
Abstract: This presentation describes a risk and resiliency trans-disciplinary team approach to diagnostic evaluation and assessment of at risk and developmentally disabled children, birth to five. The evaluative process involves multiple settings, multiple opportunities to respond and multiple informants in an overlapping format compressing evaluation time to minimally tax children and families plus yield higher reliability and validity of findings. Widely available instruments to assess parent, family and child status, risk and protective factors were further operationalized and used by simultaneous observers to yield high inter-observer reliability and data based profiles as well as functional narrative descriptions of current functioning and next steps in development and family support. Video samples of team functioning as well as illustrations of child profiles will illustrate how these methods improve diagnostic precision as well as enhanced specificity in intervention recommendations for families and their children. |
|
Conditioning Towards a Climax: A Behavior Analytic Account of Sexual Behavior and Sexual Problems |
Domain: Basic Research |
DERIC E. TONEY (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Among the few powerful primary reinforcers for human behavior we have is sexual contact. The biological and evolutionary roots of such reinforcers are obvious: a species’ survival relies upon the engagement of behavior that results in sexual reinforcement. With the consideration of its evolutionary value, sexual behavior in today’s society occurs less frequently for procreation but more so for recreation. Sexual behavior serves many functions beyond reproduction including a foundational form of interaction within a relationship, an addiction, revenge, and escape. Along with its many functions, sexual behavior also bears with it many problems such as the spread of disease, unplanned pregnancy, sexual dysfunction, the destruction of a healthy relationship, and of course, its ability to break a heart. Despite its immeasurable power and prevalence, behavior analysts have inadequately addressed sexual behavior, perhaps due to its taboo nature. The breadth of sexual problems within a relationship or with an individual is endless. Behavior analysts are equipped with the necessary understanding of human behavior to address such problems but their efforts continue to be placed in almost every area of human behavior except sexual behavior. In this presentation, the author will discuss a behavior analytic account of the complexities of sexual behavior in terms of classical and operant conditioning, the problems associated with sexual behavior, and potential behavioral solutions to such problems. |
|
|
|
|
|
Application of the Model of Hierarchical Complexity and Precision Teaching in Interventions |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W181a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DEV/OBM; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Discussant: Patrice Marie Miller (Salem State University) |
Abstract: The Model of Hierarchical Complexity is a model that assesses a general, unidimensional behavioral developmental stage that measures difficulty across different domains. Precision teaching involves giving answers to questions and charting the rate of that behavior. These when combined bring about effective behavioral change. The first presentation introduces Developmental Behavior Analytic Therapy that employs the Model of Hierarchical Complexity and aspects of Precision Teaching to help change individuals maladaptive behaviors. The second presentation shows that Precision Teaching is the most effective way of teaching the Model of Hierarchical Complexity. The third presentation shows that the Model of Hierarchical Complexity may be used to promote organizational development. Finally, the fourth presentation discusses how to get individuals to plan their own development using the Model of Hierarchical Complexity and Precision Teaching. |
Keyword(s): Hierarchical Complexity, Organizational Development, Planning development, Precision Teaching |
|
Developmental Behavior Analytic Therapy |
ALICE LOCICERO (Boston Medical Center), Charu Tara Tuladhar (Mount Holyoke College), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: Developmental Behavior Analytic Therapy is the first behavioral therapy with developmental underpinnings. The foundation of this therapy is the theory that developmental stages and value of consequences of a behavior interact to predict an individual's behavior, and also suggests that behavioral problems affect both behavioral developmental stage and value of consequences. The developmental stage model that the therapy incorporates into its working is the Model of Hierarchical Complexity. The therapy aims to help individuals with behavioral problems change specific problem behaviors that consequently help them to lead more satisfying lives. It is suggested that this therapy be used as an adjunct to conventional therapies that specialize in helping individuals cope with behavioral problems. The procedures of the therapy are categorized into three broad steps: a) Building an alliance; b) Presteps in intervention; and c) Intervention. Results from six case studies in which the therapy was used as an intervention showed that five out of the six individuals achieved their target behaviors and increased their developmental stages. The positive results yielded from the small sample the therapy has been applied to thus far, suggests potential benefit and success of the therapy. |
|
Effectively Teaching the Model of Hierarchical Complexity |
SHULING JULIE CHEN (Stony Brook University), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Abstract: The Model of Hierarchical Complexity is a model that assesses a general, unidimensional behavioral developmental stage that measures difficulty across different domains. Teaching the model is a challenge because of the abstract nature of the model. Using traditional method of lecturing to teach the model failed because there was no action required for the learners. One cannot learn without active behaving. Here precision teaching was employed as a new and more effective method of teaching the model to improve students' learning performance. Two components of Precision Teaching were used. First was the systematic method of evaluating instructional tactics and curricula (West & Young, 1992) using Standard Celeration Charting to record the frequency of responding. That helps students to learn the concepts of the model by recording their direct observable behavior that gives them feedback on their success. Second, a variant of SAFMED (Say-All-Fast-Minute-Each-Day-Shuffled) cards with information about the model were used. The 24 participants were from four workshops. Results showed that all the participants met criteria for acquisition indicating that precision teaching was the most effective way of teaching the model. |
|
How Measuring Complexity Can Help to Promote Organizational Development |
ANDREW M. RICHARDSON (Salem State University), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: There are many approaches to organizational development (OD), but regardless of what approach is chosen, the end result should be long-lasting change. Making employees aware of the company vision, strengthening inter-personal trust, cooperation and communication, and creating opportunities for employees to be more involved in decision making are just a few common organizational development objectives. These objectives, as well as others, can be easier to achieve with an understanding and utilization of the Model of Hierarchical Complexity. The model is a framework for understanding exactly how hierarchically complex a behavior is. Understanding the complexity of behaviors and recognizing any skills gaps within the organization can shed light on various organizational policies or procedures that may be contributing to an ongoing issue. This understanding can aid consultants and managers alike in making sure that changes are approached systematically. The model provides a basis for sequencing behavioral stage change interventions. Behavioral stage change interventions need to be conditional on the stage of decision making and social perspective taking that exists within the organization. Examples of ways that the model can be used to guide the thinking and planning of organizational development practitioners is explored. |
|
Planning One's Own Development within the Developmental Behavior Analytic Therapy |
CHARU TARA TULADHAR (Mount Holyoke College), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: In the Developmental Behavior Analytic Therapy, we have described the basic approach as presented by Charu Tara Tuladhar. This presentation adds what individuals are taught in this therapy to help them achieve their goals. There are two areas in which individuals are coached: a) how to plan one's future and b) how to design external contingencies to accomplish the plans. This is accomplished by follow the standard behavioral and precision teaching rules of thumb including small steps and charting progress. Individuals are assisted in understanding their ultimate goals and the processes needed to achieve them through training in social perspective taking. The intervention also requires organizing environments that push one along the steps that lean one to one's goals. The behavioral Model of Hierarchical Complexity is used to explicitly teach the individuals the developmental sequence required for designing the steps to attain their goals. The substeps within that order of hierarchical complexity are also taught. This intervention causes behavioral stage change in social perspective-taking skills. |
|
|
|
|
Effective Training Strategies and Performance Feedback |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W194a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge) |
Discussant: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Ellie Kazemi, Ph.D. |
Abstract: For decades, researchers have highlighted the importance of establishing effective training strategies and provided evidence that incorrect or unsystematic implementation of behavioral procedures result in variable and poor treatment outcomes. In this symposium, we will present four research studies in which we focus on cost-effective, efficient, and effective training strategies. The first and second presenter will discuss the results of replications of Graff and Karsten (2012), who provided evidence that a self-instructional package could be used to teach special education teachers to implement, score, and interpret the outcomes from both the paired-stimulus and multiple-stimulus without replacement assessments. The third presenter will discuss the results of a component analysis of performance feedback. Lastly, the fourth presenter will discuss the methodological challenges that restrict the current training and supervision literature and will offer possible solutions. We will end the symposium by discussing the implications of these presentations for clinical supervisors who conduct trainings and for researchers invested in effective use of performance feedback. |
|
How Can we Maximize a Supervisor's Efficiency? |
MARNIE NICOLE SHAPIRO (The Ohio State University), Melissa L. Mendoza (California State University, Northridge), Meline Pogosjana (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: Researchers have developed supervisor-facilitated training to teach staff to implement preference assessments with fidelity. However, it is not time-efficient for supervisors to model appropriate skills, role-play, or provide feedback if the use of a self-instructional package is sufficient to bring staff to mastery. Graff & Karsten (2012) were the first researchers to provide evidence that a self-instructional package could be used to teach staff to implement, score, and interpret the outcomes from both the paired-stimulus and multiple-stimulus without replacement preference assessments. Thus, our objective was to replicate the results obtained by Graff and Karsten. We employed a multiple baseline design across participants and taught 7 undergraduate students to implement, score, and interpret the outcomes from a paired-stimulus preference assessment. We found that 5 out of 7 participants met mastery after we introduced a modified version of the self-instructional package; the remaining 2 participants needed brief sessions of feedback to achieve mastery. We conclude that the use of a self-instructional package may be sufficient for many individuals to acquire the skills for conducting a stimulus-preference assessment. For some individuals, however, a few sessions of brief performance-specific feedback in conjunction with modeling may be necessary for meeting mastery. |
|
Can Behavioral Staff be Trained to Implement Paired-Stimulus Preference Assessments Using Only a Self-instructional Package? |
MELISSA L. MENDOZA (California State University, Northridge), Marnie Nicole Shapiro (The Ohio State University), Meline Pogosjana (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: Researchers have focused on designing effective and time-efficient strategies to maximize supervisors' time spent on training behavioral staff. Graff and Karsten (2012) found that a written instructional package was sufficient to train 11 special education teachers to conduct, score, and interpret the results from both the paired-stimulus and multiple-stimulus without replacement preference assessments and that the skills generalized to clients. Thus, our main objective was to replicate the study conducted by Graff and Karsten with 5 behavioral staff who provide services to children with developmental disabilities in their homes. We used a multiple baseline across subjects and conducted generalization probes in-field with actual clients. We found that 3 of the 5 participants met mastery after reading the self-instructional package. Of the 2 remaining participants, 1 met mastery after we introduced a slightly modified version of the self-instructional package and the other required brief sessions of feedback and modeling to meet mastery. Results of this study suggest that self-instructional packages can be used to teach staff to conduct paired-stimulus preference assessments; however, some staff may need the addition of feedback and modeling to acquire the skill. |
|
A Component Analysis of Feedback |
DENICE RIOS (California State University, Northridge), Meline Pogosjana (California State University, Northridge), Candice Hansard (California State University Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: Feedback interventions have included some or all of the following components: information regarding performance criteria or accuracy of previous performance, strategies for correct responding, delivery of praise or tangibles contingent on correct responding, and opportunities to ask questions. Given the variability in the use of feedback across studies, it is unclear which specific components are necessary for feedback to be effective. This variability may be why researchers have reported inconsistencies in the overall effectiveness of feedback. In this study, using a multiple baseline design, we conducted a component analysis of feedback by exposing 5 undergraduate students to 3 different levels of feedback in an additive sequence. The feedback intervention consisted of the following components: (1) stating the performance criteria, (2) specifying the accuracy of previous performance and (3) modeling plus strategies for future correct responding. We found that the first two feedback components in the sequence were sufficient in bringing the performance of 4 of the 5 individuals to mastery criterion. The implications of these findings for clinical supervisors who provide performance feedback will be discussed. |
|
Can a Robot Serve as a Simulated Client? |
LISA STEDMAN-FALLS (California State University, Northridge), Denice Rios (California State University, Northridge), Melissa L. Mendoza (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: There are methodological challenges when applied researchers try to isolate effective training variables because in many instances the trainee's performance depends on client responses. Variance in client responding could affect the trainee's opportunities for correct responding and possibly threaten the study's internal validity. To circumvent this problem, some researchers use standardized scripts to train simulated clients (e.g., research assistants) and monitor procedural fidelity as the simulated client interacts with the trainee. We propose the use of a humanoid robot as another potential solution because a robot can be programmed to produce consistent responses eternally. To test if a robot is an effective simulated client in training research, we taught 6 undergraduate students to implement a paired-stimulus preference assessment with either the robot (3 participants) or human simulated client (3 participants). We used a multiple baseline across subjects design and found that all participants implemented a PS preference assessment at the mastery criteria following training and skills generalized across both simulated clients. We conclude that a humanoid robot can serve as a viable simulated client to test training intervention effectiveness. In the future, researchers could evaluate methodological advantages to using a humanoid robot in lieu of a human simulated client. |
|
|
|
|
Contributions of Behavior Analysis to the Study of Obesity |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W178a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: SCI/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University) |
Discussant: Kelly M. Banna (Millersville University) |
CE Instructor: Erin B. Rasmussen, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Researchers in the field of behavior analysis have contributed both applied and basic science internationally to the study of obesity. By focusing on the most critical behaviors--eating and physical activity--and the conditions under which they occur, treatment of this health risk becomes possible. Dr. Richard Fleming will begin by reviewing the role of behavior analysis in the obesity literature. Dr. Fergus Lowe and Dr. Pauline Horne will discuss the Food Dudes program, which has enhanced healthy food choices and physical activity with children in the United Kingdom and beyond. Dr. Matthew Normand will describe his programmatic work with measurement and change of physical activity in children. Finally, Dr. Erin Rasmussen will discuss the role of impulsive food choice in obesity in humans and using animal models. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): obesity, eating |
Target Audience: Basic and applied behavior analysts, parents, teachers, and anyone interested in behavior analysis, health, or obesity. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants should be able to (1) Describe some examples of behavior analytic contributions to the study of obesity; (2) Describe behavior analytic techniques that enhance healthy food choices with children and adults; and (3) Describe how to increase physical activity with obese populations. |
|
Contributions of Behavior Analysis to Childhood Obesity Research: A Review and Example |
RICHARD K. FLEMING (University of Massachusetts Boston) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has influenced how researchers conceptualize, analyze, prevent, treat, and drive policy around childhood obesity. These contributions have appeared not only in traditional behavior analysis outlets, but also in (1) mainstream pediatrics and obesity journals, often in the form of randomized controlled trial (RCT) between-groups research; (2) the work of centers devoted to affecting food policy, notably the Rudd Center for Food Policy& Obesity); and (3) mass media publications, such as Scientific American. This paper reviews some of these contributions as a means of discussing a promising context for increasing the influence of behavior analysis. It also presents an example of the author's behavioral research on family-based weight loss and weight maintenance intervention with adolescents and young adults with intellectual disabilities (see Figure). Recommendations are made for future contributions of behavior analysis in the area of childhood obesity. |
Richard Fleming received his Ph.D. in psychology from the University of Massachusetts Amherst in 1990. He then joined the Department of Psychology at Auburn University, where he was promoted to associate professor and received tenure. In 2000, Dr. Fleming returned to his native New England, where he was an associate professor in the Department of Psychiatry at the University of Massachusetts Medical School. In 2012, he accepted his current position as associate professor and graduate program director in the Department of Exercise and Health Sciences at the University of Massachusetts Boston. Dr. Fleming's research addresses the translation and application of psychological principles to problems of social importance. Specializing in behavioral psychology, he has conducted numerous National Institutes of Health-funded studies that address the prevention and treatment of child and adolescent obesity, the promotion of physical activity and exercise, and media-driven online education, with particular emphasis on people with intellectual and developmental disabilities and their families. |
|
Get Up and Go: How ABA Can Help Increase Exercise |
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This presentation will discuss Dr. Miltenberger's recent research on promoting exercise and physical activity in children and adults. The talk will start with a discussion of accurate measurement of physical activity and then review studies evaluating behavioral procedures to increase physical activity. The research with children evaluated goal setting, contracting, daily rewards, and exergaming to increase physical activity. Research with adults evaluated an Internet-based program with and without behavioral coaching, goal setting and feedback, and daily action planning. Discussion will center on issues of measurement, treatment effectiveness, and treatment fidelity.
|
Dr. Raymond G. Miltenberger received his Ph.D. from Western Michigan University and currently is professor of psychology and director of the Applied Behavior Analysis Master's Program at the University of South Florida. He is the author of a highly regarded textbook on behavior modification, which is used at many universities across the country in both undergraduate and graduate courses. Dr. Miltenberger is most well known for having conducted a longstanding and systematic series of studies on clinical (habit) disorders, prevention of abduction, and firearms safety. In particular, his research in the latter two areas has been characterized by the highly creative use of simulations and generalization testing, and by the careful development of task-analysis-based instruction described as "behavioral skills training." In recognition of this work, he has received the Award for Distinguished Contributions to Applied Research from the American Psychological Association (Division 25), and he has served as president of ABAI.
|
|
Toward a Functional Analysis of Moderate-to-Vigorous Physical Activity in Children |
MATTHEW P. NORMAND (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Physical activity, particularly moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA), is an important class of health-related behavior for children and adults. Insufficient physical activity is risk factor associated with a host of medical problems, including hypertension, Type 2 diabetes and, more generally, obesity. To mitigate these risks, current guidelines from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and World Health Organization state that children should engage in at least 60 minutes of MVPA per day. Unfortunately, recent estimates suggest that few children are this active. Various behavioral interventions have been developed to increase physical activity in children, but with mixed results. Many such studies involve indirect measures of behavior change and, even when change seems evident, suffer from relatively poor long-term intervention effects. More systematic research involving direct measures of behavior is warranted. Moreover, the kinds of pre-intervention functional analyses common in the behavior analysis literature are notably absent from the physical activity literature, perhaps explaining, at least in part, the less than robust intervention effects sometimes reported. This talk will describe a programmatic line of research that begins with the validation of direct measurement strategies for MVPA, progresses to pre-intervention experimental analyses of the environmental variables functionally related to MVPA, and currently involves intervention evaluations based on the outcomes of the pre-intervention analyses. The results of these studies suggest that physical activity can be accurately measured, pre-intervention experimental analyses can be used to identify specific variables that promote MVPA, and that this information can be used to develop interventions to increase MVPA. |
Dr. Matthew Normand is an associate professor in the department of psychology at the University of the Pacific and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). His primary scientific interests, broadly defined, are the application of basic behavioral principles to problems of social significance (including obesity and community health issues), verbal behavior, and the philosophy of science. He has authored about three dozen scientific papers and book chapters and more than 100 conference presentations. He is the current editor of The Behavior Analyst, an associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and serves on the editorial board of Behavioral Interventions. He is a former associate editor for the journals The Behavior Analyst, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, and Behavior Analysis in Practice. Dr. Normand is the 2011 recipient of the B. F. Skinner New Researcher Award from the American Psychological Association (Division 25). |
|
Obesity, Impulsive Choice for Food, and the Role of Dopamine |
ERIN B. RASMUSSEN (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: A pattern of choosing smaller, sooner rewards over larger, later rewards is known as impulsive choice and is an established behavioral mechanism in a variety of putative "addictive" behaviors, including substance abuse and gambling. This model has been applied to understanding food-choice patterns involved in obesity with humans and with rodent models. The talk will present some human and animal data that suggest that dopaminergic processes, particularly those at the D2 receptor subtype, may underlie impulsive food choices. These data suggest, one, that impulsive choice patterns as a behavioral mechanism of addictive behaviors can be extended to obesity, and two, that dopamine may be involved in these processes. |
Erin Rasmussen received her Ph.D. from Auburn University in experimental analysis of behavior with an emphasis in behavioral toxicology and pharmacology. She is currently a professor of psychology at Idaho State University, where, in her 9.5 years there helped build a new Ph.D. program in experimental psychology. She conducts research on the behavioral economics and behavioral pharmacology of food and exercise reinforcement using animal models of obesity and humans, with special emphasis on the endocannabinoid, opioid, and dopaminergic neurotransmitter systems. Her recent work has been published in journals including the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Physiology and Behavior, Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, Behavioral Brain Research, Behavioral Pharmacology, Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior, Behavioural Processes, and Behaviour Research & Therapy. She currently serves on the editorial board for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and the ABAI Science Board. She also served as president of Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis and as the program chair for the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Stimulus Equivalence |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W185bc (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Megan D. Aclan (The Chicago School, Los Angeles) |
Discussant: Linda A. LeBlanc (Trumpet Behavioral Health) |
CE Instructor: Megan D. Aclan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Stimulus equivalence is a critical area of human learning, with broad implications for the analysis of language, cognition, and other areas of complex human behavior. Although much is known about stimulus equivalence classes and how they are formed, much research is still needed on the breadth of repertoires to which stimulus equivalence applies, how equivalence can be more effectively established, and on the application of stimulus equivalence technology to topics conventionally relegated to the cognitive and educational domains, such as analogical reasoning. The papers contained in the current symposium address these challenges. The first paper investigates the effects of differential tact training on the emergence of untrained analogical reasoning relations. The second paper uses tact training of class consistent compounds to investigate the emergence of analogical relations. The third paper uses a stimulus equivalence paradigm to conduct a behavioral investigation into learning styles. The fourth paper evaluates the effectiveness of a novel training procedure by comparing it to the standard match-to-sample equivalence training procedure. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Dr. Linda LeBlanc. |
Keyword(s): analogy, derived relations, learning styles, stimulus equivalence |
|
The Effects of Differential Tact Training of Stimulus Components on the Emergence of Analogical Reasoning |
KELLY QUAH (California State University, Sacramento), Charisse Ann Lantaya (California State University, Sacramento), Careen Suzanne Meyer (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to examine the effects of differential tact training of stimulus components in the emergence of analogical reasoning. Six undergraduate students were initially trained to tact the images individually as "vek" and "zog" and then were taught to tact compound stimuli as "same" for compound stimuli consisting of images from the same class membership and "different" for compound stimuli consisting of images from different class membership. Participants were then presented with tact and matching-to-sample analogy test consistent with symmetry (BA and CB) and transitivity (AC and CA). Lastly, participants were tested on equivalence class formation across the individual stimuli. All six participants successfully completed the tact and analogy tests without requiring any remedial training. Results show that teaching the participants to name the stimuli individually established discriminative control of the individual components into two separate classes. Verbal reports suggested that when presented with a new compound stimuli, the participants engaged in the intraverbal mediation (e.g., when shown A1C2 the participants will say vek-zog is different) to determine the relations between the stimuli. |
|
Developing Analogical Reasoning via Common Tact Training of Class-consistent Compounds |
CHARISSE ANN LANTAYA (California State University, Sacramento), Danielle Lise LaFrance (California State University, Sacramento), Sarah Dickman (Marcus Autism Center), Jonathan Fernand (University of Florida), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Attempts to teach analogical reasoning via speaker training alone have produced mixed results, possibly due to the merger of stimulus classes. The purpose of the current study was to control for the possibility that a common reinforcer for tact training of class consistent and class inconsistent compounds would produce non-differential responding on matching-to-sample analogy tests. Six college students were trained to tact AB and BC compounds as "same" if stimuli were of the same class membership and trained to not respond to figures from a different class membership, (e.g., A1B1 as "same" and A1B2 as "different"). Tests of tacts and then analogies (matching compounds) followed. These tact and analogy tests were presented across the compounds consistent with symmetry (BA and CB) and transitivity (AC and CA). Lastly, the participants were exposed to a matching-to-sample task to assess the emergence of equivalence class formation across individual components. Three out of six participants successfully demonstrated all emergent relations. Three participants required remedial training and following the training successfully demonstrated responding to tact and analogy tests of transitivity compounds. Findings thus far suggest the possibility that the common reinforcer in previous studies may have served as a confound. |
|
A Comparison of Visual Versus Auditory Match-to-sample in Establishing Stimulus Equivalence: A Behavioral Evaluation of Learning Styles |
TAMMY FRINCU (Chicago School for Professional Psychology), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Autism Research Group, Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Rachel Findel (Intercare Therapy, Inc.) |
Abstract: There is currently a high social interest in the area of "learning styles," particularly in the field of education. Although much attention is paid to identifying and tailoring instruction to individual's specific learning styles, there is very little empirical support regarding learning styles. Although the concept of learning styles is popular in education, little behavior analytic research has attempted to directly address it. The purpose of the current investigation was to bridge the gap between the lack of research in the area of learning styles with the wide body of behavior analytic research on skill acquisition. Specifically, the current investigation empirically evaluated the effects of stimulus presentation and response requirement on the emergence of derived equivalence relations in typically developing adults. The outcomes will be discussed with respect to the established learning theories and styles, potential impact on traditional educational settings, and directions for future research and practice. |
|
Comparison of Two Stimulus Equivalence Training Procedures |
MEGAN D. ACLAN (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Autism Research Group, Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Rachel Findel (Intercare Therapy, Inc.) |
Abstract: Derived relational responding in general, and derived stimulus equivalence in particular, are critical ways in which verbally competent humans demonstrate the application of learning to new and important contexts. The most common approach to teaching equivalence relations is through match-to-sample discrimination training, wherein correct responses to discriminative stimuli are positively reinforced. However, there is limited research on other discrimination training methods for establishing derived equivalence relations. One particular approach that has not been previously investigated is to teach learners to identify "non-examples" of the discrimination being taught, that is, reinforcing selection of incorrect choices when presented with an instruction such as "choose an option that is not an example of X." Therefore, the purpose of this investigation was to compare this modified discrimination training procedure to traditional match-to-sample training, in terms of their relative effectiveness in establishing derived equivalence relations. In addition, a stimulus generalization test was included to compare the relative effectiveness of the two procedures in establishing stimulus generalization of derived relations. |
|
|
|
|
Stimulus Equivalence Using Graph Theory: Basic Concepts and Operations |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:20 AM |
W175a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Celso S. Oliveira (University of Sao Paulo) |
|
Stimulus Equivalence Using Graph Theory: Basic Concepts and Operations |
Domain: Theory |
CELSO S. OLIVEIRA (University of Sao Paulo) |
|
Abstract: Since 1982, many papers have showed results on learning skills using the Stimulus Equivalence paradigm, based on the mathematical Set Theory, using the properties of reflexivity, symmetry and transitivity applied over elements and sets to explain the "emergence"of new relations (not directly taught). Those papers usually refer to words like node, arc, and distance that cannot be explained within the Set Theory. This paper suggests Graph Theory to substitute the Set Theory as the major mathematical support of the equivalence concepts, based on empirical observations from those papers and selects some basic concepts and operations to justify that and to show that it improves the efficiency of learning. Under this new approach, those words have a specific meaning and provide more mathematical properties and attributes such as weight and length of an arc. On the other hand, since a Graph is a complex structure composed of sets (set of arcs, set of nodes, set of Psi relations), it can hold more mathematical properties without excluding the three Set properties mentioned and used to test the emergence of new equivalent classes stimuli during the matching-to-sample (MTS) testing phase. MTS is considered a Graph operator that builds up the resulting graph, after each iteration, that contains the equivalent stimuli in an acyclic connected net. The way MTS works on the graphs shows a unique path between any two equivalent class stimuli, and those paths can be tested with the transitivity and symmetry properties. A teaching strategy can be directed to build balanced tree-like graphs. An experiment uses four classes A, B, C and D, each containing three abstract symbols as elements, and shows the two possibilities of training structures, while another experiment with five classes (A to E), shows the results over the three possible arrangements under Graph Theory. Although MTS is a Graph Operator of Union, there are different strategies to use it to build bigger and more stable graphs. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Poisoned Cue and its Implications for the Treatment of Children With Autism |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W180 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AAB/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz, Ph.D. |
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (University of Florida) |
Presenting Authors: : JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Much is known about discriminative stimuli established using either reinforcing or aversive stimuli and about how these stimuli work as conditioned reinforcers or conditioned aversive stimuli. However, little is known about discriminative stimuli established using both reinforcing as well as aversive events. For this type of stimulus, it has been reported that the interaction between reinforcing and aversive events makes the discriminative function somewhat different from other discriminative stimuli (Hearst & Sidman, 1961). Karen Pryor (2002) called this phenomenon the Poisoned Cue. She suggested that a cue, or SD, that is established using both reinforcing and aversive events leads to the breakdown of the behavior preceding and following the cue. This may be because of an increase in avoidance behaviors and the uncertainty that exists regarding the consequence that will follow. The Poisoned Cue phenomenon is important because it reflects the majority of teaching situations in the real world. SDs in the real world are rarely taught with purely positive reinforcement or purely aversive consequences. This tutorial will present an experimental analysis of the Poisoned Cue, teach participants how to identify situations that involve Poisoned Cues, and discuss solutions for overcoming the effects of Poisoned Cues. |
|
JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas) |
Jesus Rosales-Ruiz is an associate professor at the University of North Texas in the Department of Behavior Analysis. He earned his Ph.D. from the University of Kansas in 1995, under the mentorship of two pioneers in the field of behavior analysis, Donald M. Baer and Ogden R. Lindsley. Dr. Rosales-Ruiz is one of the few scientists in the world studying animal training from both the theoretical and applied perspectives. He, along with his students, has greatly contributed to the understanding of the science and practice of animal training. He also studies the antecedent control of behavior, generalization, behavioral cusps, fluency-based teaching, treatment of autism, teaching of academic behavior, rule-governed behavior, and contingency-shaped behavior. He has served on several editorial boards, including the Journal of Precision Teaching and Celeration, the European Journal of Behavior Analysis, and the International Journal of Psychology and Psychological Therapy. He also has served as a reviewer for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, the Journal of Neuroscience Methods, Behavioral Processes, and the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin. Dr. Rosales-Ruiz is a fellow of the Eastern Psychological Association, a trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies and a member of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. |
Keyword(s): conditioned stimuli, discriminative stimuli, poisoned cue |
|
|
|
|
The Use of Handheld Technology in Educational Settings: Staff Training, Deictic Frames, and Sentence Discrimination |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W184a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jason Travers (University of Massachusetts Amherst) |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth R. Lorah, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Technological advances continue to abound, while the use of evidence based best practice in terms of technology in educational settings remains relatively stagnant. This can partially be attributed to the lack of research on the use of technology in educational settings. This symposium will present three evidence based research projects that investigate the use of powerful, portable, and readily available technologies are used in instructional settings for students with autism or related disabilities. The first presentation will describe ways in which the use of technology can enhance staff training for individuals working in early intensive behavior intervention. The second presentation will describe an application for handheld devices that can be used to teach deictic frames to students with a diagnosis of autistic spectrum disorder. Finally, the effects of handheld computing devices as a speech-generating device for teaching tacting in a complete sentence for learners with autism or a developmental disability will be described. |
|
A Comparison of Data Collection Methods for Conducting Multiple-Stimulus Without Replacement (MSWO) Preference Assessments |
JULIE CROUSER (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) therapists working with children with autism in early intensive behavioral intervention programs have higher than average turnover rates. Thus, there is a need for use of job aids to alleviate organizations expenses in training new ABA therapists. At the outset of any intervention program, therapists should conduct a preference assessment with their clients. Undergraduate students, interested in a career working with people with disabilities, participated in a study comparing 2 data collection methods for conducting MSWO preference assessments: electronic and paper-and-pencil. An instructor trained, then evaluated with a checklist, participants in conducting preference assessments using both data collection methods. Paired t-tests were used to compare the 2 types of data collection methods across all mastery criteria. Of 6 checklist components, 2 showed significant differences, indicating the electronic method aided in accuracy in terms of data collection and appropriate placement of items. There was also a significant difference in the total number of checklist components completed correctly, indicating higher accuracy when using the electronic data collection methods. When asked to indicate preference of data collection methods, 31 of 33 participants indicated their preference was the electronic method. These findings should be interpreted with caution as the study had 33 participants and further research should be conducted to determine more conclusive results. |
|
Teaching Perspective Taking with Mobile Technology: Expansions on Deictic Framing Protocols |
SHAWN PATRICK GILROY (Rowan University, Temple University), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas), Jessica Dodge (Temple University) |
Abstract: Deficits in age-appropriate social interaction in a variety of social situations are often a hallmark feature of autistic spectrum disorder, developmental disability, and intellectual disabilities. Early, intensive intervention using applied behavior analysis is the only intervention that has met criteria for being a ?well-established? treatment many types of these deficits. However, more complex forms of social behavior (e.g. perspective-taking) are not as readily remediated using traditional early, intensive behavioral intervention packages. Deictic framing protocols, instances of relational frames, have been implicated in various forms of complex social behavior. These frames, instances of operant behavior, have been successfully taught to young children with and without autism. Despite the presence of a teaching protocol, typically implemented by adults, such types of behavior are unlikely to generalize to same-age peers. The current study investigated the effectiveness of mobile technology, implemented by matched same-age peers, specifically designed to deliver and guide an intervention protocol. |
|
Teaching Tacting Sentence Discrimination with the Use of Handheld Technology |
ELIZABETH R. LORAH (University of Arkansas), Ashley Parnell (University of Arkansas), Peggy Schaefer Whitby (University of Arkansas) |
Abstract: The use of the iPad as a speech-generating device for mand training with individuals with autism or related developmental disabilities has received much attention in the literature, as of late. However, little research exists that investigates the use of the iPad as a speech-generating device beyond initial mand training. The purpose of the research was to determine what effect training sentence frame discrimination has on the emerging tact repertoire of children with autism or a developmental disability. To investigate this, participants were taught to answer questions regarding environmental stimuli using the iPad as a speech generating device (SGD), across two-to-three different sentence frames. Baseline data indicated that prior to training, none of the participants accurately labeled environmental stimuli, using a complete sentence, at 80% accuracy. During training, participants were instructed to label environmental stimuli using the electronic device until they reached mastery criteria of 80% accuracy across two-to-three-sentence frames. Following acquisition, discrimination training was introduced. Lastly, generalization was assessed through the removing the SGD and contriving an opportunity for participants to label the environmental stimuli vocally. |
|
|
|
|
Innovations in Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior in Children with Autism |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W184bc (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University) |
CE Instructor: Mandy J. Rispoli, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium we present three recent single case studies regarding functional analysis and antecedent interventions for challenging behavior with children with autism spectrum disorders. The first paper provides a systematic literature review of 20 peer reviewed studies examining how educators have been trained to conduct functional analyses of challenging behavior. The second paper presents a comparison of the latency to behavior change in a differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) procedure with and without a contingency statement for 3 children with autism. The third paper evaluates the effects of embedding preferred stimuli into instructional materials to facilitate the transfer of mands to receptive identification with 3 children with autism who engage in escape-maintained challenging behavior. All papers will present implications for future research and clinical practice. |
Keyword(s): differential reinforcement, functional analysis,, preference |
|
Training Educators to Implement Functional Analyses of Challenging Behavior: A Systematic Review |
KRISTI MORIN (Texas A&M University), Leslie Neely (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Stephanie Gerow (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Functional analyses have been established as an effective assessment methodology used to identify the maintaining function of a variety of behaviors. In recent literature, educators have been successfully trained in transferring this methodology to the classroom by conducting a functional analysis of challenging behavior and implementing a function-based intervention. This study reviews the literature and the evidence base for training educators to conduct a functional analysis. A systematic search was conducted with a total of 20 studies meeting criteria for inclusion in this study. These studies were evaluated in terms of (a) educator characteristics, (b) description of the functional analysis procedures, (c) training procedures, (d) setting where the training occurred, (e) duration of the training, (f) the educator outcomes, and (g) the certainty of evidence. Twenty studies trained 63 participants to implement a combination of five possible functional analyses conditions. Results of training indicated that educators were able to implement the functional analyses with high treatment integrity following training. Implications for practice and recommendations for future research will be included. |
|
An Analysis of Contingency Statements in a Differential Reinforcement of Other Behaviors Procedure |
STEPHANIE GEROW (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Leslie Neely (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ninci (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to compare the latency to behavior change in a differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) procedure with and without a contingency statement. Three children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) between the ages of 4 and 8 years participated in the study. The study utilized an ABAC design counterbalanced across the three participants, consisting of (A) baseline, (B) DRO with a contingency statement, and (C) DRO without a contingency statement phases. Results indicated that both DRO with and DRO without a contingency statement decreased challenging behavior for all three participants. In addition, the latency to behavior change criteria was shorter in the DRO with contingency statement condition as compared to the DRO without contingency statement condition for two participants. The latency to behavior change was equivalent in both conditions for the third participant. Results indicate that a contingency statement may increase the efficiency of a DRO procedure. |
|
The Utility of Preferences in Transferring Mands to Receptive Identification in Children with Autism |
JENNIFER NINCI (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Samantha Guz (Texas A&M University), Leslie Neely (Texas A&M University), Kristi Morin (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Motivation plays is a pivotal role in the development of language, particularly for individuals with significant language delays. This study aims to assess the role of motivation in facilitating the transfer of mands to receptive identification. Specifically, the purpose of this study is to compare preferred to non-preferred but functional targets on the speed of receptive identification acquisition using an alternating treatments with repeated acquisitions design. Participants include 3 children with autism who communicate through picture exchange and exhibit no prior receptive identification abilities. Mand training through picture exchange will take place with high and low preferred targeted items available and the picture icons exchanged will be paired with the corresponding verbal word. Pictures exchanged to request will be identical to the pictures targeted in receptive identification probes, but reduced in size. Mand training will take place prior to receptive identification probes to determine if the items that the child is more likely to mand for would more readily generalize to receptive identification. Receptive identification of targets will be trained using a research-based teaching package. Generalization to multiple exemplars will also be assessed. Implications for teaching the skill of receptive identification to individuals with autism will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Challenges to Establishing Joint Attention and Social Referencing Repertoires in Children with Autism |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W183b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Deficits in both joint attention and social referencing are core to a diagnosis of autism and remain the most challenging skills to teach in this population. In this symposium we will present data from 3 studies illustrating procedural variations in establishing these skills. The common element across studies is the use of multiple exemplars in training and generalization. This appears to be a critical variable in the demonstration and maintenance of these skills. In the first study Sng assessed and taught children to orient to distressful social stimuli using a variety of scenarios and using social interactions as reinforcers. Her results showed that all children acquired the social orienting response and 2 of the participants generalized to untrained distress scenarios. The second study examined a procedure for establishing the affective behavior of an adult as a discriminative stimulus. Children acquired the discrimination and demonstrated the new skill across untrained stimuli and environments. The third study showed the effectiveness of teaching joint attention using multiple exemplars and script fading. The target population was adolescents who could read. Their findings showed that the training package resulted in acquisition and generalization of initiating joint attention. |
Keyword(s): joint attention, social referencing |
|
Teaching Children with Autism to Orient to Social Stimuli |
SYLVIA SNG (The New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: One of the hallmarks of autism is a failure to orient to social stimuli that are present in the natural environment, and an important implication of this is the failure to attend to distress. The purpose of this study was to teach three 2-year-old children with autism to orient to distress using a multiple baseline across participants design. Orienting to distress in "Hurt," "Spill," and "Choke" scenarios was taught using social reinforcers in a multiple exemplar training format. Mastery of one distress scenario was followed by generalization probes across settings, untrained distress scenarios, and experimenters. Interobserver agreement was collected in 33% of sessions. Results showed that all participants acquired orienting to the Hurt scenario, and that 2 of the 3 participants showed generalization of skills to a different setting, untrained distress scenarios, and to a different experimenter. Results have implications for the use of the multiple exemplar training procedure and identified social reinforcers to teach social orienting and other social behaviors. |
|
Teaching Children with Autism to Respond to Facial Expressions within a Social Referencing Paradigm |
JAIME DEQUINZIO (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Responding to the affective behavior of others (i.e., facial expressions), is an important component of the development of social behavior. One type of social interaction that relies heavily on the ability to respond to the facial cues of others is known as social referencing. During social referencing, infants as young as 6 months of age look to others when confronted with unfamiliar or unexpected events in the environment as a means of determining how to respond to such events. Typically, approach or avoidance responses are learned by responding to positive and negative affective cues of the parent or caregiver (e.g., smiling and frowning). Unfortunately, social referencing repertoires are limited or completely lacking in children with autism. Despite these documented social deficits, little research has focused on ameliorating social referencing deficits. The current study evaluated procedures for establish the affective behavior of others as discriminative stimuli within the social referencing paradigm. One of the three participants learned to discriminate between two facial expressions using manual guidance implemented using a constant time-delay procedure (i.e., 0s delay for the first three sessions of intervention, followed by 3s delay for the remaining sessions). Two of the participants required modifications to the manual guidance procedure (i.e., blocking trial types and pairing verbal instructions) in order to learn the discrimination between facial expressions. Generalization across stimuli and environments was demonstrated by all three participants once acquisition was made during training sessions. This study demonstrate the challenges of teaching social referencing responses to young children with autism. |
|
Teaching Joint Attention Skills to Adolescents and Young Adults with Autism Using Multiple Exemplar Training and Script-Fading Procedures |
ERIC ROZENBLAT (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Dawn B. Townsend (Institute for Educational Achievement), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College) |
Abstract: Joint attention is defined as coordinating attention between an object and person in a social context and may include such responses as shifts in eye gaze and the use of gestures. Researchers who have taught initiating bids for joint attention have primarily taught it to children with autism between 3 and 8 years of age. The purpose of the current study was to teach four adolescents and young adults with autism to initiate bids for joint attention using multiple-exemplar training, written prompts, and script-fading procedures. Three training categories of stimuli and one probe category were assigned to each participant. A multiple-baseline across participants design was used to examine the effectiveness of the treatment procedure. The results demonstrated that all four participants learned to initiate bids for joint attention under training conditions using both scripted and novel language. Bids for joint attention also generalized to stimuli not used during training. |
|
|
|
|
Extensions of Functional Communication Training to Treat Challenging Behavior Exhibited by Individuals with Autism and other Developmental Disabilities |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W183c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin and the Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk) |
CE Instructor: Terry S. Falcomata, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Although Functional Communication Training (FCT) is one of the most commonly utilized behavioral treatments of challenging behavior, research continues to be conducted for the purpose of extending literature pertaining to FCT. This research has sought to evaluate variables that influence the treatments effectiveness, apply the treatment in novel ways, and evaluate innovative procedures for improving its utility. In this symposium, three papers will be presented describing innovative research in the area of FCT for the treatment of challenging behavior exhibited by individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) and other developmental disabilities. First, Nicole DeRosa and colleagues present data on the relative effects of differing levels of exposure to establishing operations on the effectiveness of FCT. In the second paper, Christina Fragale and Mark OReilly present data on the use of antecedent-based FCT procedure to alter motivating operations and treat challenging behavior displayed by individuals with autism. In the third study, Colin Muething and colleagues present data on the relative effects of various increasing lag schedules of reinforcement on variant mand responding and challenging behavior when embedded in FCT. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Challenging Behavior, Developmental Disabilities, FCT |
|
The Effect of Varying Duration of Exposure to Establishing Operation On Functional Communication Training Outcomes |
NICOLE DEROSA (The Kelberman Center and State University of New York Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (State University of New York Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (Syracuse University), Janet Diaz (The Kelberman Center and State University of New York Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Several studies have identified variables that influence functional communication training (FCT) outcomes. Findings from DeRosa, Fisher, and Steege (in press) suggested that the duration of exposure to the relevant establishing operation (EO) during the initial stages of FCT may be another variable that influences the effectiveness of the intervention. The current study extends previous findings by systematically altering the duration of exposure to the EO based on pre-determined variable interval (VI) schedules of reinforcement across two FCT interventions that include the same response modality. One condition (EO limited) was associated with a dense VI schedule of reinforcement, thus producing relatively brief durations of exposure to the relevant EO. The second condition (EO prolonged) was associated with a lean VI reinforcement schedule, thereby producing longer exposure to the relevant EO. Results of the effects of duration of exposure to the relevant EO on reduction of problem behavior and acquisition of an alternative response varied across participants. Clinical and conceptual implications are discussed. |
|
Examination of an Antecedent Communication Intervention within the Classroom Routine to Reduce Tangibly Maintained Challenging Behavior of Students with Autism. |
CHRISTINA FRAGALE (The University of Texas, The Meadows Center for the Prevention of Educational Risk), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: We examined the use of antecedent communication training as a motivating operation and embedded as part of a school routine, on challenging behavior for two school-aged students with developmental disabilities. The students were taught to request items that were identified as reinforcers for problem behaviors through functional analyses. We hypothesized this condition would serve as an abolishing operation (AO) for challenging behavior. For both students, a multielement design was used to compare the effects of antecedent communication intervention to no communication intervention conditions. Immediately following either condition, the students returned to routine school activities with the reinforcer from the requesting trials present. Results indicate that the students engaged in less challenging behaviors during the school routine activity with the prior condition with the antecedent communication intervention. Teachers may consider how scheduling specific activities in a functional order may help manage challenging behaviors maintained by preferred items in the classroom. Further discussion and implications will also be discussed. |
|
Further Evaluation of Lag Schedules of Reinforcement and Functional Communication Training to Increase Variant Mand Responding |
COLIN S. MUETHING (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin and the Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk), Summer Gainey (The University of Texas at Austin), Cayenne Shpall (The University of Texas at Austin), Katherine Hoffman (The University of Texas), Jennifer Hamrick (The University of Texas at Austin), Bryant C. Silbaugh (The University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: Lag schedules of reinforcement have been demonstrated to be effective for increasing response variability in both the basic (e.g. Page & Neuringer, 1985) and applied literature pertaining to individuals with autism (e.g., Lee & Sturmey, 2006). Few studies have evaluated the applied utility of lag schedules on increasing variant responding (e.g., Lee & Sturmey, 2006; Lee et al., 2002); and none have evaluated their effects during functional communication training (FCT) to increase variant mand responding. Previous work of ours has suggested the utility of lag schedules during FCT at relatively dense schedule requirements. In the current study, we evaluated the effects of several distinct and increasing lag schedules of reinforcement and FCT on mand variability in individuals with autism. Functional analyses were first conducted to determine the variables maintaining challenging behavior. Next, we systematically evaluated responding at several increasing lag schedule requirements. Results showed increases in variant mand responding concurrent with increasing requirements of lag schedules of reinforcement. The results also showed that relatively lean lag schedules of reinforcement were achieved while challenging behavior continued at low levels relative to baseline. These results will be discussed in terms of the prevention of clinical relapse during challenges to treatment. |
|
|
|
|
Increasing Social Initiations in Children with Autism |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W184d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Corinna F. Grindle (University of Wales Bangor) |
|
Comprehensive Use of Scripts and Script-Fading Procedures With Young Children With Autism |
Domain: Basic Research |
ANNA BUDZINSKA (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk), Iwona Ruta-Sominka (Institute for Child Development) |
|
Abstract: This presentation will offer many examples of the uses of scripts and script-fading with young children with autism. These procedures permit planned teaching of language throughout the school day, both in structured activities and in naturally occurring situations. For example, in the classroom, scripts enable children to report what they are going to do and what they have done, and these initiations can be programmed to include multiple sentence structures. Scripts used in the classroom can also promote independence from teachers' prompts, by using textual or photographic cues that enable children to complete academic tasks without teachers' assistance. The presentation will demonstrate uses of scripts presented on PowerPoint, as well as scripts for gym, playground, and independent cooperative play in hallways and common areas of the school. The teaching strategy is particularly well-suited to teaching children to respond to natural stimuli, because instructors can embed audiotapes or textual cues in daily routines and in children's instructional materials. Scripts and script fading is a useful behavior analytic instructional strategy for teaching children with autism language content as well as the interactive process of conversation. |
|
Use of a Tactile Prompt to Increase Social Initiations in Children With Autism |
Domain: Applied Research |
CORINNA F. GRINDLE (University of Wales Bangor), Pagona Tzanakaki (Bangor University), Sarah Dungait (Bangor University), Amy Hulson-Jones (Bangor Univeristy), Maria Saville (Bangor University), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Richard P. Hastings (University of Warwick) |
|
Abstract: Making appropriate verbal initiations to others is an aspect of social interaction that can be problematic for individuals with autism. A variety of teaching and prompting methods have been developed to address the issue including the use of a tactile prompt, a small device that can fit in the participant's pocket and can be programmed to vibrate at regular intervals. Our aim was to extend the existing research on the use of the tactile prompt by incorporating reinforcement during intervention and attempting a systematic fading of the prompt. Three children with autism participated in Study 1 and two children in Study 2. In both studies, the intervention was conducted during free-play activities with mainstream peers. Results indicated that the participants' verbal initiations to their peers increased in comparison to baseline. Additionally in Study 2, the use of both the tactile prompt and the prosthetic reinforcement were successfully faded. Implications regarding the use of covert prompting methods to help individuals with autism in the area of social interactions will be discussed |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on ABA in Sports and Fitness |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W179b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Diego Valbuena (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This symposium discusses recent research on the application of ABA in the area of sports and fitness. Increasingly, ABA approaches are being evaluated for enhancing sports performance and increasing fitness levels to promote health. The first paper by Downs, Miltenberger, and Biedronski evaluates video self-evaluation for enhancing the skills of novice yoga practitioners. Increased skill levels can enhance enjoyment and reduce the chance of injuries. The second paper by Kelley and Miltenberger evaluates video feedback for enhancing horseback riding skills of riders who participate in competitions. Increased skill levels can make riders more competitive and help reduce injuries. The third study by Wack, Crosland, and Miltenberger evaluated goal setting and feedback for increasing weekly running distance in beginning runners. The results showed an increase in distance for all 5 runners. These findings are important because the procedures are easy to use and accessible. |
Keyword(s): feedback, fitness, goal setting, sports |
|
The Effects of Video Self-Evaluation on Skill Acquisition with Yoga Postures |
HOLLY DOWNS (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Jessica Biedronski (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the use of video self-evaluation and video feedback procedures to enhance the accuracy of yoga poses. In the self-evaluation intervention participants watched their behaviors via video and scored task analyses for feedback for each pose. In the video feedback intervention, the participants and the researcher together scored the task analyses for the behaviors along with practice during video recordings. The interventions were assessed in a multiple baseline across behaviors design. Results show that video self-evaluation increased the accuracy of all poses and video feedback further increased the accuracy on one pose for one participant. |
|
Using Video Feedback to Improve Horseback Riding Skills |
HEATHER KELLEY (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This study evaluated video feedback to improve the horseback riding skills of advanced beginner riders. The study focused on three skill sets, those used in jumping over obstacles, dressage riding on the flat, and jumping position riding on the flat. Baseline consisted of standard lesson procedures. Intervention consisted of video feedback in which a recorded attempt at the target behaviors was immediately shown to the rider with the instructor and the rider reviewing the video while the instructor delivered feedback. Target behaviors, scored according to checklists that correspond to each skill, increased with each implementation of the intervention procedure in a multiple baseline across participants design. |
|
Using Goal-Setting and Feedback to Increase Weekly Running Distance |
STEPHANIE WACK (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This study used a multiple baseline across participants and a changing criterion design to evaluate goal setting with performance feedback for increasing running distance for five healthy adults. Participants set a short-term goal each week and a long-term goal to achieve upon completion of the study. Results demonstrated that goal setting and performance feedback increased running distance for all participants. |
|
|
|
|
Ethical Issues Related to the Use of Social Media by Behavior Analysts |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W190b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Neal Miller (University of Memphis) |
Discussant: Amanda N. Kelly (Malama Pono Autism Center) |
CE Instructor: Neal Miller, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will explore the unique ethical issues raised for practitioners when using modern online tools such as social media sites. One presentation will cover issues related to dissemination of behavior analysis, and how this can be done responsibly and honestly through these new forms of media. The other presentation will cover privacy issues and dual relationships as they relate to professionals in our field. Each presentation will tie these concerns to the BACB guidelines for ethical conduct, and standards that have been established in other fields of practice. After these presentations, the discussant will share her perspective as someone who has used social media sites extensively to promote behavior analysis, and we will take questions from attendees in order to further explore and discuss the topic of how social media might impact our ethical responsibilities to the public. |
|
Privacy and Dual Relationships: Challenges of Practicing Behavior Analysis Ethically in the Digital Age |
Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis), NEAL MILLER (University of Memphis), Elisabeth Claire Langford (University of Memphis) |
Abstract: Practicing behavior analysts are increasingly involved in online marketing and networking through social media. Electronic communication is the means by which we set appointments, send documents, and discuss ideas with colleagues. It is also the way we store personal pictures, joke with our friends, and talk about our formerly private lives. Due to the inevitable overlap of personal and professional lives in the world of social networking, there is a need for special caution when posting information online. Furthermore, issues like “friending” clients or co-workers, and setting up personal blogs can raise issues of confidentiality and dual relationships that relate to our professional ethics. The connection between these issues and the BACB guidelines for responsible conduct will be discussed, with an emphasis on steps we can take to protect our clients and professional reputation in the digital age. |
|
Ethical Considerations in the Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Through Social Media |
JONATHAN W. IVY (Mercyhurst University) |
Abstract: As behavior analysts, we believe that we possess a science that could improve the world. However, society has been slow or even reluctant to adopt a science of behavior. The advent of social media and continued improvements in information technology provide new methods by which dissemination could occur. For the first time, behavior analysts have the tools to present our science on the grandest scale. The very potential of this technology is exciting for our field; however, this must be tempered by an ethical duty to be truthful and maintain objectivity. In this presentation, the ethical issues related to dissemination via social media and other information technologies will be explored. Additionally, guidelines and suggestions as to how to make the most of this technology will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
Factors Affecting Acquisition and Generalization of Academic Tasks |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W186 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kara L. Wunderlich (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The evaluation of methods to increase acquisition rate as well as generalization of language and other academic skills is a critical area of study for both behavior analysts and educators alike. In the first presentation, Wunderlich will present data of an evaluation of the acquisition and generalization of letter names and letter sounds using serial and concurrent training methods with developmentally delayed preschoolers. In the second presentation, Peterson will present data on the relative effects of pre-trial versus post-trial reinforcement choice on academic task performance with children diagnosed with autism. In the third presentation, Richardson will present data on two potential strategies for reducing the effects of overshadowing when using picture prompts to teach sight-word reading with two children diagnosed with autism and one typically developing child. Overall, in this symposium, research will be presented evaluating various methods to improve acquisition rate and generalization when teaching academic skills to students. |
Keyword(s): academic skills, choice, generalization, overshadowing |
|
An Evaluation of Tact Generalization |
KARA L. WUNDERLICH (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Cara L. Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: In many cases, generalization to novel exemplars does not happen automatically; specific teaching procedures must be used to promote generalization of newly acquired responses. One specific method recommended by Stokes and Baer (1977) was to train sufficient exemplars of stimuli. This research assessed the effectiveness and efficiency of two different training methods (serial and concurrent training) on the generalization of letter identification and letter sounds to untrained exemplars of each stimulus with preschoolers identified as developmentally delayed. Two letters were trained using the serial method and two letters were trained using the concurrent method. Probe sessions to assess for generalization to novel exemplars were conducted throughout the course of the study. Results of the study indicated that the ideal method for promoting generalization may be idiosyncratic; however, concurrent training was more likely to result in greater levels of generalization and required fewer training trials to reach acquisition criteria than serial training. |
|
The Effects of Pre-trial Versus Post-trial Reinforcement Choice on Task Performance |
CHARLES PETERSON (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Melissa Nissen (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: We compared the relative effects of pre-trial versus post-trial reinforcement choice on task performance. Participants were three children diagnosed with autism. Participants were given opportunities to choose a preferred food reinforcer prior to each instructional trial (pre-trial condition) or immediately following each instruction trial (post-trial condition) for completing a certain number of academic tasks. The criteria for earning the reinforcer systematically increased after each trial, and each session continued until the participant asked to switch to a different task. The number of academic tasks completed during each session was compared for the two reinforcement-choice conditions. Two participants completed a similar number of tasks under the two conditions, whereas the third participant showed better performance under the pre-trial choice condition. After the comparison was completed, participants were given opportunities to complete academic tasks under one of the two choice conditions or under a control condition (no reinforcement). Results of this assessment indicated that one participant preferred the post-trial choice condition, whereas the other two participants preferred the pre-trial choice condition. Results have implications for the use of reinforcer choice in academic settings. |
|
Using Pictures to Teach Sight-Word Reading |
AMY RICHARDSON (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Melissa Nissen (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Research indicates that pairing picture prompts with written text may hinder the acquisition of sight-word reading, a phenomenon that is due, at least in part, to overshadowing (Dittlinger & Lerman, 2011) Nonetheless, few studies have evaluated the conditions under which pictures may be used successfully to teach individuals with disabilities to read sight words. In this study, we extended prior research by examining two potential strategies for reducing the effects of overshadowing when using picture prompts. In the first experiment, sight words were embedded within pictures, but the pictures were gradually faded in as needed using a least-to-most prompting hierarchy. In the second experiment, we embedded text-to-picture matching within our sight-word reading sessions. Two children with autism and one typically developing child participated. Results suggested that these strategies reduced the interference typically observed with picture prompts and enhanced performance during teaching sessions. However, neither strategy accelerated mastery of the sight words relative to a condition under which words were presented without pictures. |
|
|
|
|
Current Issues in Negative Reinforcement and Applied Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W187ab (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University) |
CE Instructor: Joseph Michael Lambert, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Negative reinforcement is an important area for applied researchers but it poses certain challenges to understanding and examining its effects on behavior. These three studies examine different aspects of negative reinforcement that are relevant to applied behavior analysis. The first presentation asks whether allowing children with disabilities and escape-maintained problem behavior to delay demands using a functional communication response will reduce problem behavior once those demands are re-presented. The second presentation examines whether individuals are equally sensitive to reinforcement parameters within positive and negative reinforcement contexts, or whether sensitivity can vary according to the type of reinforcement contingency. The implication of this question determines the degree to which parameter sensitivity assessments can be considered valid across functions. The third presentation reveals the degree to which conducting a systematic demand assessment prior to a functional analysis avoids false-negative findings for escape functions. Together, these presentations provide a practical and theoretically interesting approach to current issues in negative reinforcement and applied behavior analysis. |
Keyword(s): delayed demands, demand assessment, Negative reinforcement, parameter sensitivity |
|
Effects of Delaying Demands on Escape-maintained Problem Behavior |
DANIEL CLARK (Kennedy Krieger Institute, University of Maryland Baltimore County), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Megan A. Boyle (Utah State University) |
Abstract: A common suggestion for caregivers of individuals who engage in escape-maintained problem behavior is to provide the option to delay having to complete non-preferred tasks. However, it is unknown whether this eliminates problem behavior or merely delays problem behavior until the time at which the task is unavoidable. The purpose of this study was to determine the extent to which allowing participants to delay non-preferred tasks decreases problem behavior when those tasks are re-presented. Two children participated in this study: one six-year-old male with a diagnosis of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and one eight-year-old male with a diagnosis of Aspergers syndrome. We compared levels of problem behavior that occurred during unavoidable tasks to those that occurred during tasks that participants postponed using a functional communication response. Results showed that the percentage of unavoidable demands resulting in problem behavior was higher when participants were allowed to postpone the task. Thus, the suggestion to allow individuals to delay having to complete non-preferred tasks may only postpone problem behavior and may in fact increase the percentage of unavoidable tasks that results in problem behavior. |
|
Sensitivity of Human Choice to Manipulations of Parameters of Positive and Negative Sound Reinforcement |
JOSEPH MICHAEL LAMBERT (Vanderbilt University), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Cicely M. Nickerson (Utah State University), Casey Clay (Utah State University), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Evidence of the utility of parameter sensitivity assessments in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior is beginning to emerge. Although these assessments have been conducted to evaluate participant sensitivity to parameter manipulations in both positive and negative reinforcement paradigms, no convincing evidence currently exists demonstrating that separate assessments of positive and negative reinforcement are required. The purpose of the current investigation was to determine whether positive and negative reinforcement processes have differential effects on human response allocation when parameters of responding and reinforcement are manipulated. Three undergraduate students participated in a series of assessments designed to identify preferred and aversive sounds with similar reinforcing values. Following sound identification, therapists conducted parameter sensitivity assessments for both positive and negative reinforcers. Parameter manipulations influenced behavior in the same way across reinforcement processes for two participants. However, for one participant, the way in which parameter manipulations influenced behavior differed according to the reinforcement process. Thus, for at least some individuals, positive and negative reinforcement processes may not always influence behavior in identical ways. Clinical and theoretical implications will be discussed. |
|
Utility of a Latency-Based Assessment of Demands Prior to Functional Analyses |
JOSLYN CYNKUS MINTZ (Little Leaves Behavioral Services), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Andrea R. Reavis (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Functional assessments (FA) are frequently a key element in developing treatments to decrease problem behaviors. It is common practice to systematically assess an individual’s preference for potential positive reinforcers prior to beginning the FA. In contrast, negative reinforcers are commonly conducted at random or by asking caregivers. Call, Pabico, & Lomas, (2009) described a systematic demand assessment to identify the demands most (i.e., high-aversive task) and least (low-aversive task) likely to evoke problem behavior. Following the assessment, a FA was conducted with two demand conditions. For one of the participants, problem behavior was observed in the high-aversive condition and not the low-aversive condition. These results raise the question of the importance of a demand assessment to avoid a false-negative finding for an escape function. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to identify the likelihood of a false-negative finding. From a review of archival data, the FA of individual’s problem behavior used to identify an escape function that included two demand conditions was examined for a false-negative finding. Results showed that a false-negative finding for an escape function would have occurred for two-thirds of participants if only the low-aversive condition had been conducted. |
|
|
|
|
Additional Measures within Research on Emergent Relations |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W176b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College ) |
Abstract: In the present symposium, three papers on additional measures within research on emergent relations will be presented. Steingrimsdottir and Arntzen present a paper on equivalence class formation in six healthy older adults and electroencephalography (EEG) measures. The preliminary results showed some correlation between the likelihood of formation of equivalence classes and the likelihood of being at the first stages of developing dementia, recorded by the EEG (see Figure S_A). In the second paper, Hansen and Arntzen present an experiment in which the was to explore the differential outcomes among eye-response topographies, when using head-mounted eye-tracking technology during the concurrent matching-to-sample formation of five 3-member as well as three 5-member stimulus equivalence classes, respectively. Collected data suggest different eye response pattern in the many-to-one training structure when compared to the one-to-many as well as linear series structures (see Figure H_A). In the third paper, Vie and Arntzen asked if a shift was observed when a one-to-many training structure is used, where each sample is matched to at least two comparisons in the training. The results, so far, does not show the large shift in talking from the last part of training to the test for emergent relations (see Figure V_A). |
Keyword(s): additional measures, EEG, eye-fixation, stimulus equivalence |
|
Electroencephalography (EEG) Measures and Matching-to-Sample Performances in Older Adults |
HANNA STEINUNN STEINGRIMSDOTTIR (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences
), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences
) |
Abstract: It has been suggested that studying responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence might provide important information about changes in cognition as a function of age. Importantly, such studies could also be important contribution to our understanding of the cognitive changes that happen when a person gets a neurocognitive disorder (NCD) such as Alzheimers disease. It has been difficult to identify those who are at the earliest stages of the disease and efficient methods have been called for. In that regard, it has been suggested that testing for responding in accordance to stimulus equivalence may be an important contribution when looking for those early signs. In this presentation, the results from conditional discrimination learning and testing for responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence in six healthy older adults (6070 years of age) were compared to electroencephalography (EEG) results that are particularly designed for diagnosing dementia. The preliminary results showed some correlation between the likelihood of responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence and the likelihood of being at the first stages of developing dementia, recorded by the EEG. The results are important contribution for further studies in this area. |
|
Variability in Fixation Across Training Structures |
STEFFEN HANSEN (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences
), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences ) |
Abstract: Applying eye-tracking technology during Matching-to-Sample performance, additional dependent measures (i.e., observing behavior topographies) add to the evidence that observing behavior vary among different conditional discriminations procedures (e.g., Dube, Balsamo, Fowler, Dickson, Lombard, & Tomanari, 2006). Moreover, initial laboratory work suggests that dependent molecular variables, such as fixation duration, rate, and variability, contribute with supplementary knowledge on stimulus equivalence class formation when generated with different training structures (i.e., Hansen & Arntzen, 2013, October). In a systematic replication, therefore, the purpose of the following investigation is to explore the differential outcomes among eye-response topographies, when using head-mounted eye-tracking technology during the concurrent matching-to-sample formation of five 3-member as well as three 5-member stimulus equivalence classes, respectively. As of now, collected data suggest different eye response pattern in the many-to-one training structure when compared to the one-to-many as well as linear series structures. Hence, in our group design, we plan to recruit a total of 60 university-college students to participate. Furthermore, in accordance with Hansen & Arntzen (2013, October), we expect to note differential results in fixation variability when introducing a more solid (i.e., mixed) training format. |
|
Use of a Talk-aloud Protocol and OTM in a Delayed Matching-to-Sample Procedure |
ALEKSANDER VIE (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences
), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: In a recent study on the use of a talk-aloud protocol by Vie and Arntzen (2013), showed that several participants had a large shift from almost no talking in the last part of training when the comparison array was present, to over 80 percent talking when the comparison array was present in the test for emergent relations. A many-to-one training structure was employed, and it was suggested that the finding was a result of the training structure. Hence, it was possible for the participants to predict the correct comparison since the samples were matched to one comparison only. The research question in the current study is if the same shift emerges when a one-to-many training structure is used, where each sample is matched to at least two comparisons in the training. The parameters are identical to Vie and Arntzen's (2013) study, except the training structure used. The results, so far, does not show the large shift in talking from the last part of training to the test for emergent relations. |
|
|
|
|
Predicting Risk Taking on the Balloon Analogue Task: A Dynamic Analysis of Choice |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W176c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Elias Robles (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: The Balloon Analog Risk Task (BART; Lejuez et al., Journal of Experimental Psychology: Applied, 2002, 8, 7584) is a behavioral assessment developed to estimate individual propensity to take risks. Responding on the BART is probabilistically followed by wins or loses over a fixed number of opportunities (balloons). BART scores positively correlate with other behavioral and self-report measures of impulsivity and risk taking. The presentations that make up this symposium explore the utility of dynamically analyzing local response patterns as a function of wins, losses, nature of the reward, and amount of exposure to a modified balloon analogue task (BAT). The first study looks at the predictive validity of the task in relation to real and hypothetical rewards; The second looks at the effects of individual balloon explosions on the behavior of risk takers and non-risk takers; and the third describes an exponential model that effectively predicts responding on individual trials. Taken together, these studies show how differential propensity to make risky choices interacts with the contingencies of reinforcement embedded in the task to produce systematic response patterns, and characteristic overall risk taking scores. |
Keyword(s): balloon analogue, choice, dynamic analysis, risk taking |
|
Predictive Validity of the Balloon Analogue Task (BAT): Choice Between Real and Hypothetical, Certain and Uncertain Cash |
MUCHEN ZHU (Arizona State University), Sineenuch Wongsomboon (Arizona State University), Araceli Moreno (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Balloon analogue tasks are behavioral simulations developed to estimate individual propensity to take risks. Responding on the BAT is probabilistically followed by wins or loses over a fixed number of opportunities (balloons). BAT scores positively correlate with other behavioral and self-report measures of impulsivity and risk taking. Following random assignment to 1 of 3 choice tasks, young adults (n=61) played the BAT (30 balloons) for points with no monetary value, and then were offered a choice between $5 in cash and betting to win $0 to $15. A fourth group was offered a hypothetical choice between $5 and $0 or $10 based on a coin flip. As expected, the mean number of adjusted responses per balloon in the BAT predicted choice for the riskier monetary option, regardless of whether the choice was real or hypothetical. In addition, the specific task offered to participants in each group significantly contributed to the choice between certain and uncertain cash. |
|
Dynamic Adaptation to Wins and Losses on the Balloon Analogue Task (BAT) |
ROBERT ROSS (Arizona State University), Mikayla Gilbreath (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: The effects of 1, 2, and = 3 consecutive explosions on subsequent risk taking on the BAT were assessed in 30- and 60-balloon sessions. One hundred college students played the BAT for either cash or points without monetary value. Individual responding within balloons was analyzed in terms of the number of immediately preceding consecutive explosions and the distance between each unexploded balloon and the last explosion. A systematic decrease in responding was observed after explosions, followed by recovery to above average levels. In 4 out of 6 cases this pattern was well described by a linear model accounting for = 75% of the variance; data for the remaining function did not have enough cases. Both, the observed decrease in responding following explosions and the subsequent recovery to each subject’s mean were a function of the frequency and recency of the immediately preceding explosions. The effects on risk taking of earning cash and points without monetary value are discussed. |
|
Modeling Within- and Between-Trial Patterns of Responding on the Balloon Analogue Task (BAT) |
AMANDA SMALL (Arizona State University), Brandon McColley (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Mean adjusted responses (those occurring on unexploded balloons) follow a negatively accelerated pattern over the course of a BAT session. Based on 30-balloon sessions, we tested (n = 61) an exponential raise to the maximum model, r = a (1- e ^(-bi)), where r is the number of responses on balloon in position i, and a is the intercept corresponding to the subject’s overall risk taking score. The simple model effectively predicted (R2 = .75) responding on a different sample of college students (n = 40) playing a 60-balloon BAT session. Consistent patterns of responding within balloons were also observed. For risk takers, responding during unexploded balloons was often characterized by a high steady rate followed by a decrease in response rate right before cashing points to the permanent bank; conversely, for non-risk takers, responding within balloons was often characterized by a wavy pattern resulting from alternating periods of higher and lower rates, and a lower mean number of adjusted responses. These patterns are consistent with rates of risk evaluation associated with varying degrees of loss aversion. |
|
|
|
|
Marijuana, Munchies, and Moments: Current Research on Discrimination of Interoceptive and Temporal Stimuli |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W175c (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Travis Ray Smith (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic interpretations of subjective experience rest upon discrimination of complex relations between environmental stimuli and behavior. Often those discriminations involve interoceptive, private stimuli or spatiotemporally diffuse relations between public stimuli and behavior. This session will be composed of three papers assessing basic research questions related to discriminative control by these complex stimuli. Kangas describes similarity and differences of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and anandamide in subjective drug effects and behavioral performances on a remembering task. Jewett explains how a food deprivation discrimination task is used to determine what compounds or nutrients produce subjective states correlated with food deprivation (i.e., hunger) or satiety. Brooks demonstrates how an apparent failure of exteroceptive stimulus control can be understood when subjects responding are shown to be an orderly function of the longest schedule requirement in a variable-interval schedule. The results of these basic behavioral studies can provide the empirical grounding for interpretations of consciousness and self-awareness in everyday situations and perhaps inform our understanding of clinically relevant behavior problems. |
Keyword(s): cannabinoid discrimination, hunger discrimination, subjective experience, temporal discrimination |
|
Acute Food Deprivation Discrimination and the Search for New Treatments of Eating-related Conditions |
DAVID C. JEWETT (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Abstract: The present talk will describe a novel application of discrimination techniques to further our understanding of the processes associated with the regulation of food intake. We trained rats to discriminative between 22 and 2 hours acute food deprivation in a two-choice operant task. After acquisition of the discrimination, generalization tests were conducted with a variety of orexigenic (feeding-inducing) and anorectic (feeding-suppressing) compounds to determine to what extent compounds that affect food consumption also alter or mimic the discriminative stimulus effects of acute food deprivation. Other tests involved medications with current clinical uses in humans. Results will be discussed both in terms of pharmacological and nutritional mechanisms of action. Results of generalization tests assessing the ability of solid and liquid solutions to alter the discriminative stimulus effects of acute food deprivation will also be discussed. Our findings indicate discrimination tasks can be used to further the understanding of normal biological processes, and these results may also complement the search for better therapeutics. |
|
Drug Discrimination as a Benchmark for Emerging Assays in Preclinical Pharmacology |
BRIAN D. KANGAS (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: Drug discrimination procedures have provided a wealth of pharmacological information about behaviorally active drugs including receptor selectivity, potency, efficacy, and indications of abuse liability. The present talk will describe how drug discrimination can also serve as a useful interoceptive standard upon which to juxtapose more complex behavioral endpoints. We studied a variety of cannabinergic CB1 agonists, including delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), the primary psychoactive ingredient of marijuana. This class of drugs may produce medicinal effects but also may have deleterious effects on cognitive endpoints that cloud their use and further development. Squirrel monkeys engaged in touchscreen-based learning and memory tasks. The effects of several cannabinergic drugs revealed adverse effects on learning and memory at doses comparable to those required to be reliably reported by the subject as THC-like. However, the endocannabinoid anandamide produced no adverse effects, even following doses much larger than those needed to fully generalize to THC. These results indicate that drugs may differ in the relative potency with which they produce comparable interoceptive effects, presumably a measure of their useful receptor-mediated actions, and undesirable effects using cognitive endpoints. The dose ratio of discriminative-stimulus to such adverse effects may provide preclinical evidence of relative safety among therapeutic alternatives. |
|
Temporal Discrimination of Inter-reinforcer Intervals in a Modified Stimulus Compounding Procedure |
MICHAEL BROOKS (Central Michigan Univeristy) |
Abstract: Stimulus compounding is a procedure in which two or more discriminative stimuli, trained separately, are presented simultaneously in probe sessions and typically results in summated response rates of the compound components. The purpose of this study was to produce the compounding effect of additive summation using stimuli that, during training, alternated daily rather than within the session as is more traditionally done with multiple schedules. Six Sprague-Dawley rats were trained to lever press under a variable-interval 60-s schedule in the presence of either a light or tone stimulus, with the absence of the light and tone signaling extinction. Sessions featuring light or tone alternated daily and were separated by extinction sessions. After extensive training on this procedure, compound probes revealed no evidence of additive summation when the light and tone were presented together. Subjects responded steadily during extinction sessions until a length of time equal to the longest interval of the variable interval schedule had elapsed, at which point responding ceased. Although responding was intended to come under control of exteroceptive tone and light stimuli, it appears that the longest constituent schedule within the array of VI values gained control over responding via acquisition of a more abstract temporal discrimination. |
|
|
|
|
Academic Skills Instruction for Postsecondary Learners with Intellectual Disability |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W194b (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: David L. Lee (Penn State) |
Discussant: William Therrien (The University of Iowa) |
CE Instructor: David L. Lee, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Results from the National Longitudinal Transition Study 1 and 2 indicate that more and more young adults with disabilities are pursuing a postsecondary education after high school. However, young adults with intellectual disabilities continued to be the group that was the least likely to participate in any postsecondary education. As a result, these individuals are not likely to benefit from occupations that offer opportunities for advancement and financial security in this economy (Wagner et al., 2005). One of the factors that lead to the low enrollment of young adults with intellectual disabilities in postsecondary education is their limited academic skills, particularly in the areas of reading and writing. Therefore, educators should prepare learners with intellectual disabilities with the academic skills necessary to succeed in the postsecondary education settings. The symposium will include two experimental studies that focus on teaching academic skills to young adults with intellectual disabilities at the postsecondary level. We will also discuss the implication of our findings. |
Keyword(s): Academic skills, Assistive technology, Reading comprehension, Writing instruction |
|
Reading Comprehension Instruction Using iPad for Learners with Intellectual Disability |
YOUJIA HUA (The University of Iowa), Saeed Alqahtani (University of Iowa), Wei Lin Chen (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Reading is one of the most important academic skills because it enhances individuals learning opportunities as well as general well-being. One research-based reading intervention that targets both oral reading fluency and reading comprehension is the Reread-Adapt and Answer-Comprehend (RAAC) intervention. Although effective, we found this intervention required extensive amount of time and resources. As an alternative to the RAAC intervention, we utilized the text-to-speech feature of the iPad as a component of a reading intervention for learners with ID. Three students diagnosed with ID participated in the study. RAAC and iPad + Comprehension monitoring are the two interventions. We scored student oral story retell as a dependent variable. During the RAAC condition, the student first read the story grammar questions. Then the student read passage three times. During the iPad + Comprehension monitoring condition, each student read the story grammar questions. The student then listened to the passage using iPads text-to-speech feature. We used a multiple-baseline across the participants design to first investigate the two interventions on reading comprehension of the participants. Then we compared the effects of the two interventions in the context of an alternating treatment design. We will complete data collection by the end of November, 2013. |
|
An Investigation of an Editing Strategy with Postsecondary Students with Developmental Disabilities |
SUZANNE WOODS-GROVES (The University of Iowa), Doreen J. Ferko (California Baptist University) |
Abstract: This investigated the efficacy of an editing strategy designed to improve the editing skills of young adults (ages 19-to-22 years), who were enrolled in a post-secondary education program for individuals with developmental disabilities study (Woods-Groves, Hua, Therrien, Kaldenberg, Kihura, & Hendrickson, in press). Sixteen students were randomly assigned to treatment or control groups and a pre- and posttest design was employed. The students were taught a multi-component editing strategy. The EDIT Strategy (Hughes, et al., 2010) is an example of a learning strategy that was designed to target students’ ability to correct editing errors (i.e., spelling, punctuation, capitalization, substance, and overall appearance) commonly found within their electronically written documents. The treatment group significantly outperformed the control group with regard to the total number of editing errors corrected and in the correction of punctuation and overall appearance errors. In addition, the treatment group significantly outperformed the control group on a maintenance test given 11 weeks following intervention. The results supported the utility of the EDIT Strategy in improving the editing skills of the young adults with developmental disabilities who were taught the strategy. |
|
|
|
|
Efficacy of Varied Prompting Procedures and Considerations of Procedural Fidelity |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W195 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Elif Tekin-Iftar (Anadolu University) |
|
An Analytic Review of Tactile-Cued Self-Monitoring Interventions |
Domain: Applied Research |
DENNIS MCDOUGALL (University of Hawaii) |
|
Abstract: For the following reasons, tactile-cued self-monitoring (TCSM) is an important topic for people who aim to promote behavioral self-management (BSM) for children and adults. First, TCSM is a variation of audio-cued (ACSM) and visually-cued self-monitoring (VCSM), both of which have moderate to strong impacts on a wide range of behaviors, across diverse participants and settings (McDougall, Morrison, & Awana, 2012). Second, like ACSM and VCSM, TCSM utilizes reactivity (Meichenbaum, 1977; Rachlin, 1974), yet TCSM has emerged only recently as a promising technique (Morrison, McDougall, Black, & King-Sears, in press). Third, TCSM is less intrusive than ACSM and VCSM (McDougall, Farrell, Skouge, & Hoff, 2006). Fourth, the emergence of personal electronic devices, such as smart phones, makes TCSM convenient and accessible. The intended audience for this session includes practitioners and researchers with interests in BSM or self-monitoring, particularly individuals in education and psychology, and individuals who wish to learn how to conduct analytic literature reviews. The presenter will describe processes and outcomes from an analytic literature review that critically analyzes procedural integrity and efficacy of eight TCSM single-case research interventions conducted in educational settings. Major findings from this analytic literature review include: (a) TCSM remains an underutilized, but emerging technique; and (b) most TCSM studies inadequately address important procedural integrity variables (e.g., fail to collect data to evaluate fidelity of initial training and adherence to ongoing procedures during baseline, intervention, or maintenance phases). The session concludes with recommendation for practitioners and researchers. |
|
The Importance of Treatment Integrity in Promoting Learning of Children With Developmental Disabilities |
Domain: Applied Research |
AHMET FIDAN (Sakarya University), Elif Tekin-Iftar (Anadolu University) |
|
Abstract: This study was designed to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of pre-service teacher delivered constant time delay procedure with high and low treatment integrity in promoting learning object naming. The effects of both interventions were tested on acquisition, maintenance, and generalization levels. Efficiency data were collected in the study to compare the efficiency of both procedures and semi-structured interviews were conducted with pre-service teachers to examine the social validity of the study. The pre-service teachers who were the trainers of the study were the senior students at Special Education Department at Anadolu University. Three preschoolers with developmental disabilities (pervasive developmental disorders and autism spectrum disorders) were the participants of the study. They were attending at a university unit at Anadolu University. The independent variables of the study were constant time delay intervention with high and low treatment integrity. Low treatment integrity was defined as delivering controlling prompting with 70% treatment integrity during intervention in terms of the timing of prompting. The dependent variable of the study was learning the names of objects (i. e., the names of school materials, recognizing numbers, and the names of animals). An adapted alternating treatments design was used in the study. The results showed that pre-service teachers were able to implement constant time delay intervention reliably, constant time delay intervention with high and low treatment integrity were equally effective in two participants in promoting learning of object naming. However, this result was not replicated with the third participant. In this participant constant time delay delivered with high treatment integrity was found to be more effective than the other. Generalization findings showed that participants were able to generalized the acquired skills across persons and materials. Due to summer vacation maintenance data were collected only in one participant and these data showed that one, two, and four weeks after the intervention, the participant was able to maintain the acquired skills. Mix results were obtained for the efficiency of both procedures. Social validity findings were positive in general. Based on the data the findings of the study was discussed and recommendations were made for future research and practice. |
|
|
|
|
|
Clinical and Statistical Applications of Contingency Space Analysis |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Brian K. Martens, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
BRIAN K. MARTENS (Syracuse University) |
Brian K. Martens, Ph.D., is a professor of psychology at Syracuse University. He received an M.S. degree in combined school/experimental psychology from Colorado State University (behavior analysis focus) and a Ph.D. in school psychology from the University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Dr. Martens served as director of training for the Syracuse University Psychology Program from 1998-2007 and as associate chair and chair of the Psychology Department from 2007-2009. He was editor-in-chief of the Journal of Behavioral Education from 2009-2012 and is a past associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Dr. Martens is a fellow in Division 16 of American Psychological Association, a member of the Society for the Study of School Psychology, and previously served on the board of directors of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He has published more than 110 articles, books, and chapters concerned with translating findings from basic operant research into effective school-based interventions, functional assessment and treatment of children's classroom behavior problems, and the instructional hierarchy as a sequenced approach to skill training. |
Abstract: Sequential recording of behavior and its consequences is a common strategy for identifying potential maintaining variables in the natural environment. Disagreement remains over a standard approach to detecting contingent relations in the resulting data as well as a suitable association metric. One approach reported in the literature involves comparing the conditional probability of a consequence given the occurrence of problem behavior to its conditional probability given the absence of problem behavior. This approach, known as contingency space analysis (CSA) can be used to identify the direction and magnitude of potential reinforcement effects from descriptive assessment data. Moreover, joint occurrences of behavior and its consequences can be summarized in a 2 by 2 contingency table for which an operant contingency value (OCV) can be computed. In this presentation, procedures for conducting and interpreting a CSA are described, and data are presented showing various applications of CSA to clinical decision making. The presentation concludes by comparing the OCV to other measures of association using simulated and empirical data. These analyses suggest that CSA as a general analytical approach and the OCV as an index of contingency are useful tools for helping behavior analysts identify contingent relations during a functional behavior assessment. |
Target Audience: ABA practitioners and applied researchers. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this event, participants will be able to; (a) conduct observations of problem behavior and its consequences using modified partial-interval recording, (b) graph and interpret behavior-consequence data in a contingency space analysis (CSA), (c) describe the relationship between CSA, functional analysis, and treatment outcome data, and (d) describe why the operant contingency value (OCV) is a more robust measure than either the phi coefficient or Yule's Q as a measure of association for 2 by 2 contingency tables. |
|
|
|
|
Examples of Behavioral Analysts Meeting the Needs of School-based Personnel in Behavior Assessment and Intervention |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W193a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital) |
CE Instructor: Sean D. Casey, Ph.D. |
Abstract: When mandates to conduct function-based assessments of challenging behavior were included in the reauthorization of IDEA in 1997, school-based personnel turned to the field of applied behavior analysis to assist them in understanding how to conduct these assessments (Barnhill, 2005). Behavior analysts have an important role in evaluating the skills of school-based personnel and training personnel to conduct function-based assessment and implement interventions. This symposium discusses findings regarding the needs of school-based personnel to be trained. While Dutt et al. present a tool for assessing the needs and expertise of special educators and associates, Strickland-Cohen and Horner, and Casey et al. present on function-based assessment training projects. All three talks focus on professionals most often responsible for the mandated assessments and most frequently working with students with challenging behaviors (e.g., special educators, associates, school psychologists, social workers, and counselors). As a profession we can help to ensure that they are able to conduct the necessary assessments and implement successful interventions for students engaging in challenging behaviors. Who better than behavior analysts to provide the training that is needed? |
Keyword(s): FBA Training, school-based practice |
|
A Needs Analysis in Behavioral Assessments and Interventions within Special Education Schools in Singapore |
ANURADHA DUTT (Nanyang Technological University), Iris Chen (Nanyang Technological University), Rahul Nair (Nanyang Technological University) |
Abstract: The primary intent of this study was to evaluate the level of skill and training needs/supports required among school personnel (i.e., special educators and teacher associates) in the area of classroom based behavioral assessments and intervention within special education schools in Singapore. Secondary aims included evaluating the psychometric properties of the needs assessment survey form in terms of its reliability (i.e., internal consistency and test retest) for future use within the Singaporean context. A needs assessment survey was administered to 416 respondents across 7 special education schools in Singapore. Results were analyzed using non-parametric statistics (i.e., Mann Whitney U tests) and multiple regression analyses. Results indicated that skills in the areas of behavior assessment and interventions seemed higher in special educators than teaching associates. Conversely, training needs seemed lower in special educators than teaching associates, suggesting that the teaching associates should be the primary target population for training. Additionally, results revealed specific areas of training that need to be targeted in future training workshops. Finally, results suggest that the needs assessment survey is a highly reliable tool to assess competencies/skills in the area of behavior assessments and interventions and moderately reliable to assess training needs within the local context. |
|
Training Typical School Personnel to Develop and Implement Basic Behavior Support Plans |
M. KATHLEEN STRICKLAND-COHEN (Texas Tech University), Robert H. Horner (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: It has been over 15 years since the 1997 amendments to IDEA explicitly recommended that schools use FBA in their behavior management and disciplinary practices. Yet, in current practice FBA continues to be under-utilized and schools still struggle in their efforts to design and implement effective behavior supports for students who engage in problem behavior (Blood & Neel, 2007; Cook et al. 2012). We evaluated the ability of typical school personnel (i.e., counselors, SPED teachers, school psychologists) with basic behavioral training to develop and implement function-based supports for students with low-level problem behaviors (e.g., talk-outs, out of seat behavior). Descriptive results indicated that following 4 one-hour training sessions 13 participants increased their knowledge related to identifying interventions that were and were not functionally related to problem behavior, and lead school-based teams in developing support plans that were rated as technically sound by external behavior analysts. Data resulting from a multiple baseline analysis across 5 of the trained professionals, each working with a team to address the problem behavior of one elementary school student, demonstrate that plan implementation occurred with high fidelity and was functionally related to decreases in problem behavior and increases in academic engagement. |
|
The Challenging Behavior Specialist Project: What Have We Learned After 4.5 Years? |
SEAN D. CASEY (The Iowa Department of Education), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), John F. Lee (The University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (The University of Iowa), Tory J. Christensen (Association of University Centers on Disabilities), Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics) |
Abstract: The Iowa Challenging Behavior Specialist Project has completed its fourth year. The purpose of the project was to help develop the skills of Area Education Agency personnel in the area of Function Based Assessment. Through 4 years the CBS project has been successful in achieving its goal of training personnel in the state who address the challenging behavior needs to conduct the advanced level FBAs. The personnel who have trained through the project come from 3 main training backgrounds: school psychologists, special education consultants, and social workers. We evaluated our data on the FBA skills across the 3 types of challenging behavior specialists across 3 main dependent measures (i.e., self-assessments, performance exam, and direct observation) and had found only one statistical difference across groups (i.e., school psychologists > special education consultants and social workers on the performance exam). Despite this lone finding most of our data indicate that training background was of little relevance in the acquisition of FBA skills and the speed upon which skills were learned. Results are further discussed relative to decisions of who should perform high level FBAs in Iowa schools and beyond. |
|
|
|
|
Thinking Scientifically about Clinical Psychology: A Prescription for Narrowing the Science-Practice Gap |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W375e (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Edward K. Morris, Ph.D. |
Chair: Edward K. Morris (The University of Kansas) |
SCOTT O. LILIENFELD (Emory University) |
Dr. Scott O. Lilienfeld is a professor of psychology at Emory University in Atlanta, GA. He received his bachelor’s degree from Cornell University in 1982 and his Ph.D. in psychology (clinical) from the University of Minnesota in 1990. Dr. Lilienfeld is associate editor of the Journal of Abnormal Psychology, past president of the Society for a Science of Clinical Psychology, and current president of the Society for the Scientific Study of Psychopathy. Dr. Lilienfeld has published more than 300 manuscripts on personality disorders, dissociative disorders, psychiatric classification, pseudoscience in psychology, and evidence-based practices in clinical psychology. His 2010 book, 50 Great Myths of Popular Psychology, examines a host of widespread misunderstandings regarding human behavior. His most recent book, Brainwashed: The Seductive Appeal of Mindless Neuroscience, was published in 2013, and is co-authored with psychiatrist Sally Satel. Dr. Lilienfeld is a fellow of the Committee for Skeptical Inquiry and (along with Dr. Hal Arkowitz) a regular columnist for Scientific American Mind magazine. In 1998, Dr. Lilienfeld received the David Shakow Award for Outstanding Early Career Contributions to Clinical Psychology from APA Division 12, and in 2007, he was elected as a fellow of the Association for Psychological Science. |
Abstract: Dr. Lilienfeld will begin by laying out the magnitude and scope of the science-practice gap in clinical psychology and allied fields, which refers to striking disjunction between the research evidence for intervention and assessment techniques, on the one hand, and their use in everyday clinical practice, on the other. He will then examine both the distal and proximal sources of this gap, including the resistance to systematic research evidence, with a particular eye on commonplace errors in reasoning to which all of us are prone (e.g., naive realism, confirmation bias, and illusory correlation). In addition, he will discuss the perils of neurocentrism--the assumption that the brain-based level of analysis is inherently more important than other levels of analysis in understanding human behavior--and its implications for research and practice in clinical psychology. He will close with a plea for curricular reform designed to inculcate “fallible humility”--an awareness of our own strengths and limitations as information processors--in the next generation of students. |
Target Audience: Researchers, practitioners, instructors, graduate students, and advanced undergraduates interested in clinical psychology. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants should be able to (1) Describe the nature and magnitude of the science-practice gap in mental health, including survey statistics on practitioners' use of evidence-based interventions; (2) Identify important sources of this gap, including impediments in reasoning (e.g., naive realism, confirmation bias) and reasons for resistance to scientific evidence; and (3) Understand the dangers or potential dangers of neurocentrism as an approach to understanding human behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Determining the Predictive Utility of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
W185d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: VBC/OBM; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Gregory S. Smith (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) measures the putative strength of verbal relations among stimuli in an individual's verbal behavioral repertoire. These verbal relations, as measured by the IRAP, have commonly been termed "implicit", as opposed to other methods of assessing verbal relations, such as surveys and questionnaires, which have been labeled as "explicit" measures. Interestingly, implicit and explicit measures tend to diverge when socially sensitive topics are in question, and it has been suggested that the IRAP can provide insight into an individual's attitudes (i.e., history of verbal behavior) which might not otherwise be available for assessment. To the extent this is the case, it is important to investigate which set of assessment measures (implicit or explicit) provides greater prediction of how individuals may behave in other, more naturalistic settings of interest. The papers presented in this symposium investigate this question by use of various implicit and explicit assessments, as well as fairly complex behavioral tasks, for the purposes of determining the extent to which the IRAP or a newer variation of it is capable of serving as a reliable predictor of other behaviors of interest. |
Keyword(s): IRAP, predictive utility, verbal behavior |
|
Exploring the Predictive Utility of IRAP with an Analog Data Entry Task |
GREGORY S. SMITH (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The IRAP has been used as a means of measuring implicit attitudes, or assessing implicit verbal relations, for several years. Much of the early work with IRAP consisted of validating the results obtained using the IRAP with those of another well-documented tool used for measuring implicit attitudes (i.e., IAT; see Barnes-Holmes, Barnes-Holmes, and colleagues). Findings in this vein have been promising, leading researchers to begin asking the next logical set of empirical questions; primarily, to what extent are the measures captured by the IRAP indicative or predictive of more overt, probable patterns of behavior in naturalistic settings, such as the home, the workplace, or the community at large. Recent work has begun to address this question and more research is needed. The present study investigated this question, as it relates to patterns of behavior in organizational settings, by asking participants to complete an IRAP assessment comprising target stimuli related to attitudes toward the workplace and then exposing participants to an analog data entry work task, with dependent measures related to those concepts assessed in the IRAP. IRAP results are correlated with more overt, persistent behavior patterns in the analog work task to evaluate the extent to which IRAP results are predictive of such behavior, in this particular setting. |
|
Refining Investigations of the Predictive Utility of IRAP |
BAILEY WILCOX (University of Nevada, Reno), Fabiane Fogaca (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Gregory S. Smith (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: As research with the IRAP has begun moving toward evaluating the predictive utility of the tool, in terms of the extent to which its results are indicative of how individuals may behave in other settings of interest, one particularly challenging aspect of such research has been the ability to develop overtly and objectively observable behavioral measures which correspond well with the concepts assessed in the IRAP. This is an integral component of research designed to investigate the predictive utility of the IRAP, since the inability of an IRAP to predict behaviors which arguably are not relevant to the concepts assessed by the IRAP does not thereby demonstrate that the IRAP cannot, in fact, predict patterns of behavior. Instead, in such an instance nothing can be concluded one way or the other regarding the ability of the IRAP to predict other behaviors of interest. In order to overcome this challenge, observable behavioral tasks and measures that map-on more closely to the concepts targeted by the IRAP are needed. This study extends the research of the first paper presented in this symposium (Smith & Houmanfar), in terms of further refinement of a behavioral task and associated measures which allow for a more confident interpretation of the IRAPs predictive utility with respect to those behavioral measures. |
|
|
|
|
EAB Mon Noon |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
1. Problem Solving and Verbal Report in Children and Adults Through a Complex Task |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HORTENSIA HICKMAN (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Diana Moreno Rodriguez (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México ), Maria Luisa Cepeda Islas (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México
), Patricia Plancarte (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Noe Gracida (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Viridiana Ruiz (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México
), Rosalinda Arroyo (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico) |
Abstract: Experimental measures that are obtained to evaluate effective behavior in solution of problems and their possible link with the thought or prior planning include reaction times and/or verbal reports of the participants. The purpose of this study was to compare the effective execution of children and adults in a problem-solving task. This was the Tower of London artifact that has proven to be a powerful tool for the study of complex behavior. It worked with two experimental groups of children and adults consisting of 10 members each one. Three experimental conditions were carried out: one training and two test, and at the end of each condition was asked to each participant the verbal report. The data shows descriptive and statistics differences in the three dependent variables evaluated (duration of the trial; movements by way of trial and movements extras for trial) and differences in the verbal reports between children and adults. |
|
|
2. Habilitation non Linguistic Behavior: A Type of Comprehension |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
FARID KALEB HERNADEZ GAMEZ (Universidad Veracruzana), Cecilia Magdalena Molina Lopez (Universidad Veracruzana), Enrique Zepeta Garcia (Universidad Veracruzana), Agustin Daniel Gomez Fuentes (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: Based on Wittgenstein notions of language games the purpose of this study was to describe the actions and activities that make possible a non-linguistic behavior. That is, to study the know-how; this refers to actions. The study objective was analyzed the achievement criteria and the contextual conditions of the resolution of an origami task. Twenty college students of psychology of the University of Veracruz, both sexes between 18 and 21 years old participated on the study. It was used a design intra e inter subject with a training phase, a test of acquisition, a second training phase and a habilitation test. The measurement system was based on an achievement criterion. In the training phases, at least 80% of the students met the achievement criteria. In the habilitation test a 60% of the students achieved the criteria, 45% more that the acquisitions test. The results are discussed from a point of view different to traditionally comprehension notion. These types of comprehensions have to study like an episode and none a inner activities that precede the behavior as an act. The results allowed observing that comprehension is tied to specific performance and differential actions mediated by language. |
|
|
3. Verbal and Non-Verbal Behavior Interactions in a Computerized Adaptation of the Task Designed by Catania et al. (1982): Effects of Embedding an Aversive Contingency |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (University of Manitoba & Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), MÓNICA ANDREA ARIAS HIGUERA (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Camilo Gonzalez (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Erika García (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Karen Henao (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), María Carolina Bohórquez (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria) |
Abstract: Research on verbal (VB) and nonverbal behavior (NVB) interactions declined after 1992 (Lloyd, 2002). Aiming to contribute to the revival of this area, we have developed a computerized adaptation of Catania et al.s (1982) procedure that consists of a random-interval (RI) random-ratio (RR) multiple schedule (MSR) operating on buttons that appear on the screen, and automatic shaping of written verbal reports about performance in MSR (SVR). We are using this software to extend Torgrud and Holborns (1990) notion regarding the role of discriminative schedule control (DSC) on VB-NVB correspondence by testing the effects of embedding a response-cost (RC) contingency on the RI component (high response rate produces point loss). We predict that such manipulation will favor DSC and, therefore, VB-NVB correspondence. Four treatment conditions were designed: MRS, MSR+RC, MSR+SVR, and MSR+RC+SVR. In phases with SVR, stable responding interrupts the MSR for a 2-min period during which the participant fills out blanks with unrestricted number of phrases and feedback is provided after each try. Preliminary data of eight participants support the following overall findings: (a) all participants developed the expected differential response rates (low during RI and high during RR), though in different conditions. Six participants maintained these differential rates throughout the rest of the experiment, regardless of change in phases. (b) Seven participants developed verbal reports that conformed to the expected performance in RI and RR. (c) A minimum exposure to seven MSR cycles was required for successful SVR to occur. |
|
|
4. Rates of Delay Discounting as a Function of Decoy Delay and Amount |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
BENJAMIN KOWAL (University of Arkansas at Little Rock) |
Abstract: Self-control choices can be influenced by changes in context and researchers are particularly interested in identifying contexts that increase self-control. Participants in the current study were presented with choices between hypothetical immediate and delayed monetary rewards when offered a choice between one immediate (I) and one delayed (D) reward and offered the same choices with the addition of one of three different decoys. Decoys were: D which was available after a longer delay than D, I which was a smaller dollar value than I, or DI which was a smaller dollar value and was available after a longer delay than the other two rewards. D decreased delay discounting rates (t[49])=-3.934, p <.001) and increased self-control as indicated by an increased number of delayed rewards chosen. I had no statistically significant effects. DI marginally decreased delay discounting rates (t[53]=-2.443, p =.018); and increased the number of delayed rewards chosen. The results were only consistent with a priori predictions for D decoys; however, this studys results were similar to results from Reed, Thompson, Osborne, and McHughs (2011) study examining the effects of concurrent tasks on self-control. Both sets of results are consistent with an explanation of self-control in terms of stimulus control. |
|
|
5. On the Persistence of Sunk Cost Effects |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MICHAEL SOFIS (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas), Jennifer L. Hudnall (The University of Kansas), Mary Ritch (The University of Kansas), Shea M. Lemley (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The sunk cost effect entails a propensity to differentially allocate future resources as a function of previous investment of time, effort, or money. In a previous experiment, we developed a paradigm wherein trials consisted of a forced choice initial link with three initial investment conditions ($5, $20, $35) and a terminal link investment choice ($5, $20, $50, $80, $95). Using that paradigm, we were able to differentiate the sunk cost effect from the related phenomenon of escalation, yet whether these response patterns would persist over time was unclear. The current experiment was identical except participants had to complete 100 projects as opposed to 30 projects, highlighting the propensity of these response patterns (i.e., the sunk cost effect) to persist or dissipate. The results of the present experiment revealed two main findings. One, the current results replicated our previous findings indicating that the sunk cost effect appears to function differently than escalation. Two, participants are more likely to exhibit both escalation and the sunk cost effect in the first three rounds of trials compared to the last three rounds suggesting potential learning effects. |
|
|
6. Stability Of Delay Discounting Of Gains And Losses Across Two Different Procedures |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
FABIO LEYSER GONCALVES (Universidade Estadual Paulista), Gabriella Fares Carvalho (Universidade Estadual Paulista) |
Abstract: Choices between immediate and delayed consequences have been studied through different delay discounting procedures. The study of delay discounting across different procedures is important to evaluate the influence of methodological variables and the stability of the phenomenon. The aim of this research was to compare delay discounting of gains and losses with two different procedures. To evaluate the results 13 participants (undergraduate students, age 19 to 28, 7 men and 6 women) completed the two different procedures for both gains and losses. The first procedure was a long titration procedure with fixed sequences of immediate amounts consecutively presented in ascending or descending order. The second procedure was an amount adjusting procedure in which the immediate amount depends on the participants choice. The order of presentation of gains and losses and of the two procedures was randomized. Results indicates that the mean area under the curve was similar for both procedures [F(1,48) = 0.0252; NS], but smaller for gains when compared to losses [F(1,48) = 8.3231; p < 0,01], no interactions were found. Correlation analysis corroborates the stability of the phenomenon across the two procedures (r = 0.6761, for gains and r = 0.6412 for losses, both with p <0.05). |
|
|
7. Assessing Differences in Discounting Using Linear vs. Exponential Delay Progressions |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CHARLES FRYE (Utah State University), Jillian Rung (Utah State University), Jonathan E. Friedel (Utah State University), William DeHart (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Studies investigating delay discounting in human participants traditionally use an exponential delay progression. The reason for this seems to be historical precedence, but the importance of the arranged delay progression has not been investigated empirically. The current study investigates differences in discounting rates, within-subject, using exponential versus linear delay progressions. This way of arranging delays also introduces differences in how the delays are described, however. Linear progressions produce fractionated delays (delays described in more than one unit of time). Thus, between subjects, we also assessed differences between the linear delay progression and a pseudo-linear delay progression that controlled for the degree of fractionation. Thus far, there are no systematic differences between either of the linear delay progressions and the exponential progression. Furthermore, there are no differences between the linear and pseudo-linear delay progressions. Thus, the manner in which delays are arranged appears to have little influence on the degree of discounting obtained. |
|
|
8. Test-retest Reliability of a Sexual Activity Discounting Task |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
STEVEN R. LAWYER (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting refers to the tendency to prefer smaller-sooner outcomes over larger-delayed outcomes and is an important behavioral aspect of impulsive choice. Researchers typically assess patterns of discounting by posing a series of questions regarding an individual’s preference for different monetary outcomes. Lawyer, et al. (2010) found that individuals also discount the value of sexual activity and that decisions for sexual activity may predict sexual outcomes better than discounting for money (Lawyer & Schoepflin, 2013). The purpose of this study was to establish the test-retest reliability of a sexual activity discounting task vis-à-vis a money delay discounting task. Adult college-student participants (N = 39) completed a standard discounting task that assessed their preferences regarding immediate versus delayed money and a similar task used in previous research that assessed their preferences for immediate versus delayed sexual activity. Bivariate correlations of area under the curve for discounting tasks completed at Time 1 and Time 2 revealed significant correlations for the money (r = .721, p < .01) and sexual activity (r = .724, p < .01). These preliminary data suggest that the sexual activity discounting task has strong test-retest reliability that is similar to the money discounting task. |
|
|
9. A Comparison Involving Delay Discounting of Money and Daily Events for Undergraduate Students |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TAKU ISHII (Tokuyama University) |
Abstract: Discounting of delayed outcomes is an essential component within models of self-control and impulsive choices in various daily settings. However, most laboratory studies with humans investigated choice between immediate and delayed monetary outcomes. In this study, the choice outcomes were six daily events that 53 undergraduate students had likely experienced, such as new hobbies. In the experiment’s first phase, the participants repeated their choices between immediate small amounts of money and delayed large amounts of money in a random adjusting delay procedure that was used to obtain their delay discounting functions. In the second phase, the degrees of desirableness for the six daily events were evaluated via the method of magnitude estimation. In the third phase, the participants repeated the choice between the most desirable event (which was delayed) and a less desirable event (which was immediate), in the same random adjusting delay procedure. The results demonstrated that no participant showed orderly discounting of delayed daily events, even though 23% of participants discounted their delayed monetary outcomes monotonically. This result indicated that the discounting functions of delayed monetary outcomes cannot be directly extrapolated to interpret daily self-control and impulsive choices. |
|
|
10. Probability Discounting of Gains and Losses: The Effect of "Insurance'' on Risk Choice |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
YAUHISA HIZA (Teikyo University), Tomotaka Orihara (Teikyo University), Kaname Mochizuki (Teikyo University) |
Abstract: There is growing interest in the difference between prospect theory and behavioral account of risky choice. In this experiment we added "insurance'' to discounting tasks and examined its effect on risk choice. University students performed three discounting tasks with insurance: probability discounting of gains, losses, and gains-losses. At the beginning of each trial, participants made a choice between buying 100 points insurance at 50 point or not. When they didn't buy insurance, standard discounting task was followed: they bet 50 points and made a choice between a probabilistic (50 %) gain/loss (100 points) and a certain gain/loss (50 point). For the gains-losses task, they made a choice between 50 % gain (100 points) and 50 % loss (100 points). When they bought insurance, they could get 100 points from the insurance when they lost gain or made losing, but they lost insurance points (50 points) when they got gain or avoided losing. One participant preferred risk choice in the probabilistic gains condition and preferred risk avoidance in the probabilistic losses. This result is opposed to the prediction from prospect theory. But other showed the preference which is similar to what prospect theory predicts. We continue the experiment with more participants. |
|
|
11. Cross-Strain Delay Discounting in Rats: Several Levels of Analysis |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
BRYAN YANAGITA (University Of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Abstract: Delay discounting procedures evaluate how the value of an outcome decreases as its receipt is delayed over time. In these procedures, subjects typically make repeated choices between having a smaller-sooner outcome (e.g., 1 food pellet now) versus a larger-later outcome (e.g., 4 food pellets in 30-s). Sensitivity to these delays can be assessed using a hyperbolic discounting model, and quantified as a numerical value (k). K-values are widely thought to indicate individual differences in impulsivity; there have been notable differences in average k-values across strains of species as well. The current study compares k-values of two rat strains (Fisher 344 and Sprague Dawley). Initial results suggest that the two strains have similar k-values. However, more molecular analyses indicate that the F-344 strain responds with heightened variability prior to reaching stability, and reaches stability more rapidly. Further research has been continuing to investigate potential strain differences through a series of discrimination assays. |
|
|
12. Social Discounting of Cigarette Smoking in College Students |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TAKEHARU IGAKI (Ryutsu Keizai University), Paul Romanowich (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Yosuke Hachiga (Keio University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to examine whether social discounting rates differ between cigarette smokers and non-smokers. Participants were college students in some Japanese university. Some were cigarette smokers (n=35), whereas others were nonsmokers (n=186). Social discounting questionnaire was drawn up on the basis of Rachlin & Jones (2008) that assesses the amount of money a participant is willing to forgo in order to give a fixed amount of money (7,500 yen or 7,500,000 yen) to another person. The amount of money a person is willing to forgo decreased as a hyperbolic function of the social distance between that individual and the other person. Moreover, the magnitude effect regarding social discounting was observed across two reward conditions. That is, larger reward amounts were discounted more steeply than smaller ones. However, contrary to the results of Bradstreet et al. (2012) which examined the social discounting function of women smokers during pregnancy, there were no obvious differences of social discounting rates between cigarette smokers and non-smokers. This result may be in part due to a very small number of college students who smoke cigarettes, suggesting that additional research considering the sample size is needed. |
|
|
13. Impulsivity and Credit Card Debt in College Students |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JORDAN KIST (Mercyhurst University), Jin Ho Yoon (Baylor College of Medicine), Matthew T. Weaver (Mercyhurst Univesity) |
Abstract: Increased personal freedom and poor decision making are two common hallmarks of college life. The purpose of this ongoing study is to assess the relationship between impulsivity (delay discounting, Barratt Impulsiveness Scale, Sensation Seeking Scale) and credit card debt among college students. We are particularly interested in the relationship between delay discounting and credit card debt as delay discounting assesses changes in the subjective value of delayed consequences, and previous research has observed associations between delay discounting and impulse disorders (e.g., drug addiction, obesity, problem gambling, etc.). To date, we have enrolled 24 college students, and we project that we will reach our target 90=? by month April, 2014. Preliminary findings indicate an inverse relationship between magnitude of debt and delay discounting. Final results will include an analysis of self-report measures of impulsivity, a credit card survey, and general health assessment.
Figure 1. Delay discounting functions for individuals with debt greater than $100, and less than $100. Points show median indifference points for money as a function of delay. Curves represent the best-fit discount functions. |
|
|
14. Temporal and Probabilistic Discounting of Reinforcing Behavior in Couples |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RAUL AVILA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Guadalupe Moguel (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Claudia Villagomez (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: A common assumption in behavior analysis is that what a human does in his interaction with somebody else could be a powerful reinforcer of what the other person does. In the present study the previous assumption was evaluated asking couples to estimate the subjective value of different activities common in the marriage. The value of these activities was compared with the value estimated for different amounts of money by the same couples. Specifically, 30 couples were exposed to an adjusting-amount procedure and chose between different amounts of hypothetical money as reward and between different amounts of time dedicated to different marital activities. For a temporal discounting task delays of 1, 2, 7, 30, 180 y 360 days was evaluated and the discounting of a reward with probabilities of 0.95, 0.75, 0.50, 0.25, 0.10 y 0.05 were implemented. As Figures 1 and 2 show, it was found that for the delayed rewards men discounted the value of money more than the value of marital activities and women showed the opposite effect. For probabilistic rewards both, men and women discounted marital activities more than money. Globally, the previous findings supports the assumption regrinding the reinforcing value of social behavior and also show the generality of the reward-type from primary to marital behavior rewards. |
|
|
15. Effects of Reinforcement Rate and Sugar Concentration on Preference for Traditional and Light Food Composition. |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARINA ZANONI MACEDO (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos
) |
Abstract: Food with high sugar concentration exhibits relation with impulsive eating behavior and obesity. This study investigated preference for food with traditional and light composition that has similar organoleptic characteristics and different sugar concentration. One undergraduate student participated in this study that investigated the effect of different schedule on the choices responses pattern. Two stimuli representing the initial link (VI 10s VI 30s) was presented simultaneously to the participant in a chain-concurrent schedule. Choice response in the initial links was followed by the second link of the chain-concurrent schedule. Response in FR1 on second link was followed by the delivering of samples of traditional juice composition (Phase 1) or light juice composition (Phase 2), a 10 seconds inter-trials interval and another trial. Each session lasted 10 minutes. Previous results showed that human subjects have difficult to exhibit maximization in chain-concurrent schedule and edible items may cause satiation throughout the sessions. The results presented here are already been used as a basis for future studies. |
|
|
16. Time Allocation and Response Effort by Free-Ranging Eastern Fox Squirrels (Sciurus Niger) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University) |
Abstract: Preferred food for free-roaming Sciurus Niger was made available in two identical feeders. The feeders have a hinged-front ledge under which a microswitch was located. The animals can only access the food by raising a lid and can only do by standing or perching on the front ledge. The microswitch which was closed by an animal's weight, operated a timer which incremented cumulative time in terms of hundreths of an hour (36 second intervals). Recordings of time allocation took place from approx. 8:00 am until dusk beginning in September 2013 ongoing in December 2013. Manipulations of response effort took place by the addition of weights to the lids of the feeders. Each weight was approx. 25 grams (24.94 grams) and weights were added in a progressive series of 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 and 24 weights. Weights were used to manipulate the time allocation on a specific feeder by a given animal. Animals typically showed a response bias to feed at a specific feeder and the addition of the weights were able to alter time allocation from one feeder to the alternative and back again. Previous research had been conducted with video time-sampling measures of feeder visits; this is the first study with improved measures of time allocation. |
|
|
17. Effects of Reinforcer Magnitude Variability on Operant Responding and Choice in Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CRANE A HAVENS (College of Charleston), Chad M. Galuska (College of Charleston) |
Abstract: In animal models of gambling, each “play” (e.g., a rat’s lever press) has a small but fixed probability of producing a “win” (food pellets). While probabilistic schedules of reinforcement engender high rates of responding that perhaps model slot machine play, little attention has been devoted to studying how aspects of the payout (size, variability, etc.) affect play. This experiment examines the effects of fixed (e.g., 2 food pellets per win) and variable (e.g., 0-12 pellets per win but averaging 2) payouts on rats’ responding under random-ratio schedules, and also will assess preference between these alternatives. Preliminary results suggest that while fixed reward sizes initially engender higher response rates, variable reward sizes maintain responding longer. Choice between the alternatives and parametric manipulations of the variable reward are underway. |
|
|
18. Failure to Replicate Matching in Conversations |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CARSTA SIMON (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences
) |
Abstract: In an attempt to replicate and extend a 1974 demonstration of matching in conversation by Conger & Killeen, nine German subjects, aged 20-63, each participated in three hours of discussion with two confederates offering different rates of verbal agreement. In condition A, approval was given contingent upon and contiguous with the subjects statements made while they had eye-contact with the approving confederate. In condition B, approval was uttered following a subjects statement whenever scheduled and non-contingent upon eye-contact. Sessions were video-recorded and coded to obtain the duration of the subjects looking at and talking to each confederate, as well as the actual reinforcement rates delivered by each confederate. The equation for the generalized matching law was fitted to the data. Contrary to Conger and Killeens findings, data were not described well by the generalized matching law. What are possible reasons for the data not yielding slopes suggesting that the subjects behavior were sensitive to the approval delivered? In natural interactions, Germans do not express their approval as vividly as Americans do, which might have derogated the reinforcers effects. Additionally, continued interaction with the confederates may have precipitated biases as opinions were stated. Moreover, although statements of approval were standardized as much as possible, merely due to its sparseness, approval delivered by the confederate currently on the lean schedule might have had a larger reinforcement value than approval given by the confederate on the rich schedule. These possibilities are to be reviewed. |
|
|
19. Reinforcer Strength: An Examination of Assumptions of Preference Assessment Results |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MONIQUE LITCHMORE (Mercyhurst University), Jonathan W. Ivy (Mercyhurst University), Matthew T. Weaver (Mercyhurst Univesity) |
Abstract: When using a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment, an assumption is made that the item selected first is the most highly preferred, and therefore has the greatest efficacy as a reinforcer. However, an individual who engages in self-control may select the most highly preferred item last (e.g., saving the best for last). This study addressed the validity of the underlying assumption that individuals choose the most highly preferred item first in an MSWO preference assessment. Two groups of subjects participated in an MSWO assessment with various food times and then were reinforced for completing mathematical problems under a progressive ratio schedule (PR). One group (N=16) was reinforced with the first item selected, while the other group (N=16) was reinforced with the last item selected. PR break point, a measure of reinforcer efficacy, was then compared between the groups. The group that responded for the first item the item traditionally interpreted as highly preferred - had a greater mean break point (M=6.6SEM=0.7) than the other group (M=3.5SEM=1.1) (t=2.13, p<.05). This outcome supports the assumption that most participants selected a highly preferred reinforce first. Along with mean data, we will present representative data from individual participants. |
|
|
20. Concurrent Ratio Schedules and the Matching Law |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
BENIGNO ALONSO ALVAREZ (University of Oviedo), Carlos F. Aparicio Naranjo (Salem State University) |
Abstract: The generality of the Matching Law was established across species using concurrent variable interval schedules of reinforcement with choice in steady state. Research using concurrent variable ratio instead of variable interval schedules found exclusive preference for the better-off alternative. Yet, this finding has not been documented with choice in transition. This study used concurrent random ratio schedules arranging different rates of reinforcement defining seven components occurring in random order within sessions. Each unsignaled component provided 10 reinforcers and was followed by a 1-minute black out. Results were in keeping with undermatching, ruling out the possibility of exclusive preference. Local and extended levels of analyses showed results consistent with those obtained with choice in transition and concurrent variable interval schedules:
a) sensitivity increased with successive food deliveries; b) preference changed with continuations and discontinuations of reinforcers; c) pulses of preference and sequences were similar to those obtained in dynamic reinforcing environments. |
|
|
21. Pigeon Choice Behaviour With Multiple Alternatives |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
EMMA BEEBY (University of Otago), Brent L. Alsop (University of Otago) |
Abstract: A lot of what we know about choice is based on research using just two alternatives, there have been relatively few studies that investigate choice using multiple (more than 2) alternatives. Recent research has suggested that data from multiple alternative choice experiments cannot easily be accommodated by the Generalized Matching Law. The goal of this experiment was to look at choice behavior in pigeons with multiple alternatives available and also compare two alternative choice to three alternative choice. Pigeons were presented with three simultaneously available alternatives using a concurrent schedule. These alternatives were assigned to one of three reinforcer ratios, 9:3:1. The reinforcer ratios positions were counterbalanced across pairs of birds. In some conditions all three keys were available and in other conditions only two keys were available. The results showed that pairs of alternatives with the same ratio of reinforcers but different reinforcer rates (i.e., 9:3 & 3:1) produced different measures of preference; log response ratios were greater on average for the 3:1 pair than the 9:3 pair. Choice behavior also seemed to differ when there were two options available compared to three options. This suggests that choice behavior gets more complicated when there are more than two alternatives. |
|
|
22. Choice Between Reinforcers With and Without Delayed Shock |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
AARON DUMAS (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Studies comparing the relative value of immediate and delayed consequences have emphasized choice between smaller immediate reinforcers versus larger delayed reinforcers. Less is known about choice situations that feature immediate reinforcement and delayed aversive events. The present experiment used Mazurs titration procedure to examine how an immediate reinforcer is devalued when it is followed by delayed electric shock. Rats were presented with a choice between 1 immediate food pellet versus 2 or 3 immediate pellets and a delayed shock. Trials were divided into blocks with 2 forced-choice trials and 2 free-choice trials. Delay to the shock was raised or lowered across blocks, based on the rats choices in free-choice trials, until an indifference point was reached that is, until the rat chose the two consequences equally often. Indifference points identify the delay to shock that effectively reduces the value of the larger reinforcer to equal the smaller reinforcer. Shock intensity was manipulated across a range from 0.05 mA to 0.8 mA, and shock duration from 100 ms to 200 ms. Indifference points were directly related to shock intensity and duration. |
|
|
23. Contrast and Matching in Multiple VI-DRL schedules |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MATTHEW E. ANDRZEJEWSKI (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Nicole Holder (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Megan Richards (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Kayla Fleck (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Amanda Terrinoni (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater) |
Abstract: Behavioral contrast refers to a change in responding in one component of a multiple schedule induced by changes in reinforcement probability in another component. Seven rats were exposed to a 2 component multiple schedule, where lever presses in one component were reinforced on a VI-30” schedule, and a DRL schedule in the second component. The value of the DRL (30”, 22.5”, 15”, 7.5” and 3.75”) was manipulated across phases in a pseudo-counterbalanced way and changed only after stable performance was obtained. DRL responding changed as a function of DRL value, as did VI responding, confirming behavioral contrast. The Matching Law described the relationship between DRL and VI performance well (>90% VAC in 6 of 8 rats). In a second, ongoing experiment, the DRL value will be held constant at 15” while the VI will be systematically manipulated. Data from these two experiments will be compared and contrasted in light of the Matching Law and other quantitative models of multiple schedule performance. |
|
|
24. Historical Effort is Not Related to Subsequent Value of Rewards and Cues in Individuals with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY JONES (Little Red Car ABA Services LLC), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erin Schaller (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher E. Bullock (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Previous research on within-session contrast has demonstrated that history with discriminative stimuli may bias choice toward cues associated with greater effort (Clement, Feltus, Kaiser, & Zentall, 2000). However, shifting preference for rewards using this procedure has only been demonstrated in one study with rats (Johnson & Gallagher, 2011) and attempts to replicate this procedure have been unsuccessful to date (DeLeon et al., 2011). The current study attempted to alter the value of rewards and discriminative cues associated with these rewards by increasing the historical effort to obtain those rewards. Results indicate that this procedure was unsuccessful or shifted preference away from that reinforcer across participants. The possible sources for these failures are discussed and could be related to methodological or participant specific variables. |
|
|
28. Holding For a Better Outcome: Continuously Changing Probability and Magnitude in an Accumulation Task |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CHARLES FRYE (Utah State University), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Michael Young (Kansas State University) |
Abstract: We assessed sensitivity to trade-offs between reinforcer immediacy and amount while probability of reinforcement was simultaneously increasing using the escalating interest task and hold duration as the dependent measure. Four long-evans hooded rats served as subjects for the experiment. Lever holding was probabilistically reinforced with sucrose solution. The magnitude and probability of reinforcement were determined by separate feedback functions. The growth rate for the probability of reinforcement varied daily according to a pseudo-random quaternary sequence. Each day, the growth rate for probability could be positively accelerating, negatively accelerating, or linear. The growth rate for magnitude was always linear. Thus, relatively long hold durations made reinforcement both more likely and, if it was delivered at all, of a greater magnitude. Reinforcement magnitude and probability reached a maximum after hold durations of 10 s. For all four rats, the distribution of hold durations tracked daily changes in feedback conditions, indicating sensitivity to the contingencies. |
|
|
29. The Effects of Reinforcer Banking on Variable-Interval Responding in Pigeons |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
BRIAN TALSMA (Central Michigan University), Eric James French (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: The present research attempts to elucidate the effects of inter-reinforcement interval length on response allocation in concurrent schedules. Variable interval schedules were modified such that reinforcers were added to a bank at the end of each interval with the next interval beginning immediately. A single response produced a single reinforcer from the bank. In this way minimum work requirement and maximum reinforcement rate was identical to typical variable interval schedules with the same intervals. Pigeons responded on a concurrent schedule in which pecks on the left key were reinforced according to a typical variable interval 60-s schedule and pecks on the right key were reinforced according to a variable interval t-s schedule in which reinforcers were banked, in which the average interval (t) value for the right key changed daily between seven different values (7.5, 15, 30, 60, 120, 240, and 480). Analysis using the generalized matching law showed a bias towards the banked schedule of reinforcement in all pigeons. |
|
|
30. Evaluation of Fixed-Ratio Pausing on High Response Cost Activities in Human Healthy Adults |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
BRUNO ANGELO STRAPASSON (Universidade Federal do Paraná), Rodrigo H. Puppi (Universidade Positivo), Rosilaine Morfinato (Universidade Positivo) |
Abstract: Laboratory experiments on multiple and mixed fixed-ratio schedules have shown different relations on pauses between reinforcements. We evaluated the relationship between pauses and schedules sizes in two experiments, with five healthy adults subjected to physically intense exercises on an almost natural environment (a regular bodybuilding gym), in the absence of arbitrary reinforcers. In Experiment 1, abdominal exercises of two participants occurred in programmed sessions under a multiple fixed-ratio schedule, alternating between large (30 repetitions) and small (6 repetitions) amounts of exercise series. Joint effects of discriminative stimuli and magnitude of executed series were found, with longer pauses prior and after larger components. In Experiment 2, components of multiple and mixed fixed-ratio schedules were alternated in conditions similar to Experiment 1. All three participants exhibited longer pauses prior to larger components when under multiple schedules, while under mixed schedule the longer pauses occurred after large components for two participants and no important differences in pauses were found for the third participant. The results are consistent with those from highly controlled experimental designs, despite procedural differences, demonstrating a generalization of the effects from pauses on fixed-ratio schedules and expanding the conclusions to healthy adults on usual everyday life activities. |
|
|
31. The Role of Lever Location and Post-Reinforcement Pauses on Fixed Ratio Performances in Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ERIC JAMES FRENCH (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to assess the role of the post-reinforcement pause in the formation of the Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement (MPR) function. The coupling coefficient in the model carries the theoretical implication that rich schedules garner lowered response rates due to incomplete response-reinforcer coupling. The current research explores the possibility that rates are reduced due to competing behaviors occurring during post-reinforcement pause. Four rats first experienced an increasing progression of fixed-ratio schedules across sessions (2, 4, 16, 32, 64, and 128) under a condition with the lever near the food hopper, followed by a condition where the lever was distal to the hopper. MPR was used to assess both response rates and run rates (post-reinforcement pauses excluded). The model adequately described the data. The rate measures in three rats were distinctly lower with the lever distal from the food hopper. Parameter estimates for the coupling coefficient suggest that the post-reinforcement pause is a large determiner in the ascending limb of the function. However, the longer pauses recorded in the distal lever condition do not fully explain the reduced overall response rates in three of the four rats. |
|
|
32. A Comparison of Response-Contingent and Noncontingent Pairing in the Conditioning of a Reinforcer |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SARAH J. MILLER (Louisiana State University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), George H. Noell (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Two pairing procedures were compared in the conditioning of a secondary reinforcer with three typically-developing preschoolers. Pairings of neutral stimuli (colored cards) and primary reinforcers were delivered either contingent upon a participant response or noncontingently (i.e., independent of a participant response). Maintenance of responding when responses resulted in the neutral stimulus alone was compared prior to and throughout pairing using progressive-ratio probes. Results yielded undifferentiated responding between the contingently-paired and noncontingently-paired stimuli and a stimulus never paired with reinforcement (a control card), indicating that no conditioning effect occurred. Potential factors in producing this lack of differentiation are discussed, including differences in methodology between this study and past studies. |
|
|
33. Adjustment of Behavior Under Short Functionally Different Temporally Defined Schedules |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIO SERRANO (Universidad Veracruzana), Guadalupe Azamar Gonzalez (Universidad Veracruzana), Jose Francisco Dominguez Barrera (Universidad Veracruzana), Zaira Jacqueline GarcÃa Pérez (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: Using a within subject design rats were exposed to non-contingent (NK), contingent (K), and conditional-contingent (CK) reinforcement (water) using 15 s long temporally defined schedules. The limited-hold period for reinforcement was signaled by tones. Adjustment of behavior to contingency arrangements was calculated using formulas that arithmetically related stimuli (i.e., scheduled and obtained) and functionally-defined different kinds of responses (i.e., required, contingent and persistent). As in previous experiments in which 60 s long schedules were used and lights served as signals, the performance under NK reinforcement was higher that under K reinforcement, which in turn was higher than under CK reinforcement. Adjustment, however, was lower than in previous experiments. These results are discussed in the context of the respondent-operant distinction and interbehavioral psychology. |
|
|
34. Adjustment of Behavior Under Two, Three, and Four Term Contingencies Using Tones as Correlated Stimuli |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIO SERRANO (Universidad Veracruzana), Jose Francisco Dominguez Barrera (Universidad Veracruzana), Zaira Jacqueline GarcÃa Pérez (Universidad Veracruzana), Guadalupe Azamar Gonzalez (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: Using a within subject design rats were exposed to non-contingent (NK), contingent (K), and conditional-contingent (CK) reinforcement (water) using 60 s long temporally defined schedules. The limited-hold period for reinforcement was signaled by tones. Adjustment of behavior to contingency arrangements was calculated using formulas that arithmetically related stimuli (i.e., scheduled and obtained) and functionally-defined different kinds of responses (i.e., required, contingent and persistent). As in previous experiments in which lights were used as correlated signals, the performance under NK reinforcement was higher that under K reinforcement, which in turn was higher than under CK reinforcement. These results are discussed in the context of the respondent-operant distinction and interbehavioral psychology. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
EDC Mon noon |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
35. Effects of Attendance of One Disruptive Student on Classroom Wide Rates of Inappropriate Behavior |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
SAMANTHA EVANS (Youngstown State University), Katie DiCola (Youngstown State University), Kristopher Brown (Youngstown State University), Stephen Ray Flora (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: How much trouble can one child be? High rates of inappropriate behavior by a child in educational settings will adversely affect that childs learning and socialization. When a student is behaving inappropriately, by default the student is not behaving appropriately the student is not learning. Compounding this problem is that, through various processes such peer imitation and social reinforcement, inappropriate behaviors of just one child may spread throughout the entire classroom resulting in high rates of inappropriate behavior by many, most, or all, of the other students in the classroom, i.e., whether or not the class as a whole is considered out of control may end up being a function of the presence or absence of just one student. Here pre-intervention data is presented from a fourth grade classroom in an inner city school for children with behavioral and developmental disabilities (ADHD, Autism, etc.) showing that high classroom wide rates of out-of-seat behavior and verbal disruptions were a function of just one students attendance. Thus efforts may need to be made to increase appropriate behaviors and thus decrease inappropriate behaviors of a single student, not just for that students wellbeing, but for the sake of the entire classroom. |
|
|
36. Noncontingent Reinforcement to Decrease Disruptive Classroom Behavior in a Student With Emotional/Behavioral Disorder |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER RUBOW (University of Florida), Christina F. Noel (Western Kentucky University), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) is the provision of reinforcing stimuli at fixed intervals, regardless of behavior, while simultaneously extinguishing a behavior that has the same reinforcing stimuli. Noncontingent reinforcement is an evidence-based practice for reducing maladaptive behaviors with a variety of maintaining stimuli in individuals with developmental disabilities (Carr, Severtson, & Lepper, 2009). Noncontingent reinforcement has previously been used to reduce disruptive classroom behaviors in students with emotional/behavioral disorders (EBD) in a psychiatric hospital setting (Rasmussen & O�Neill, 2006). The purpose of this study was to determine the effectiveness of NCR for decreasing disruptive classroom behaviors maintained by attention in a student with EBD. A secondary purpose was to determine the effects of NCR on teacher praise and reprimands. Using a withdrawal design, NCR was provided to a student with EBD during typical classroom instruction. Resulting data supported the effectiveness of NCR to decrease this student�s disruptive behaviors. Additionally, during intervention phases, teacher praise statements increased and teacher reprimands decreased. Results suggest NCR can be used to decrease disruptive classroom behaviors maintained by attention and improve student-teacher dynamics. |
|
|
37. Teachers' Reported Use of Evidence-Based Strategies Based on Applied Behavior Analysis When Dealing With Challenging Student Behavior |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Snaefridur Drofn Bjorgvinsdottir (University of Iceland), ANNA-LIND PETURSDOTTIR (University of Iceland) |
Abstract: This poster presents findings on Icelandic teachers' views about challenging behavior and teachers' reported use of strategies based on applied behavior analysis and positive behavior support when dealing with challenging behavior. Additionally, the preservice and in-service preparation for preventing and handling challenging student behavior was examined. Data was collected using a translated and adapted version of Westling's (2010) Questionnaire About Teachers and Challenging Behavior. Participants were 124 general education and special education teachers from nine schools in the capital region in Iceland. Participants answers indicated that they were most likely to use strategies directed to changing the antecedents of behavior and consequences of behavior, such as positive reinforcement. Only 12% felt they received adequate preservice preparation to deal with challenging behavior but one third felt they had received adequate in-service preparation to deal with challenging behavior. Finally, results showed a positive correlation between teachers' preparation in selected areas of applied behavior analysis and positive behavior support and their use of effective strategies when dealing with challenging student behavior (r(70) = 0,33, p = 0,005). The results indicate that there is room for improvement when it comes to teacher preparation in Iceland to deal with challenging behavior and that in-service preparation relates to teachers' use of effective strategies when dealing with challenging behavior. |
|
|
38. Challenging Student Behavior: Perceived Effects on Teachers'Well-Being |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Snaefridur Drofn Bjorgvinsdottir (University of Iceland), ANNA-LIND PETURSDOTTIR (University of Iceland) |
Abstract: This poster presents findings on Icelandic teachers' views about challenging behavior and their perceived effects on their well-being and job satisfaction. The study examined the extent of students' challenging behavior, as reported by teachers, as well as its impact on teachers and students. It also examined teachers' perceived support when dealing with challenging student behavior and level of emotional exhaustion, and whether these factors were related to students' challenging behavior. Data were collected using a translated and adapted version of Westling's (2010) Questionnaire About Teachers and Challenging Behavior, with an addition of questions about emotional exhaustion. Participants were 124 general education and special education teachers from nine schools in the capital region in Iceland. Participants reported about one in every four students showing challenging behavior and most teachers said they had to deal with it daily. In most participants' opinion, challenging behavior has negative impacts on themselves and their students. Teachers most often received support from co-workers when dealing with challenging behavior, but seldom from behavior specialists or professionals from outside their school. Finally, results showed that one to three teachers out of every ten experience symptoms of emotional exhaustion and more than half of teachers thought about leaving the profession due to student challenging behavior. Also, a positive correlation between how frequently teachers had to deal with challenging behavior and experience of symptoms of emotional exhaustion was observed (r(84) = 0,34, p = 0,001). The results indicate that challenging behavior of students is common and has a negative impact on teachers' well-being and job satisfaction. |
|
|
39. The Effect of Type, Frequency, and Severity of Children’s Problem Behaviors on Teachers’ Psychosocial Adjustment |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
SOYOUNG HEO (Yonsei University), Hyeonsuk Jang (Yonsei University), Harim Kim (Yonsei University), Dayi Jung (Yonsei University), You Na Kim (free-lancer), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to investigate the effect of type (aggression, self-injurious and stereotypic behaviors), frequency, and severity of children’s problem behaviors on psychosocial adjustment of special education teachers. Participants were 80 teachers (12m & 68f) and their age ranged from 23 to 50 (M=32.33, SD=7.6). Behavior Problem Inventory(BPI), PSS(Perceived Stress Scale), modified Parenting Stress Index(PSI), Maslach Burnout Inventory-General Survey(MBI-GS), and WHOQOL-BREF(World Health Organization Quality of Life Assessment Instrument Brief) were administered. Correlation analysis and backward regression analysis were conducted in this study.
The result showed that teachers' psychosocial adjustment, especially stress, was significantly influenced by frequency or severity of aggressive behaviors. The impact of self-injurious and stereotypic behaviors was relatively weak, though it varied across different psychological domains. For example, both behaviors significantly affected teachers' quality of life and job satisfaction. These results suggest that reducing aggressive behaviors should be prioritized when diverse problem behaviors co-exist. Although self-injurious behaviors do not affect significantly to teachers' psychosocial adjustment, it should not be less attended due to its impact on children. More research is needed to investigate the relative impact of other types of challenging behaviors including disruptive behaviors, pica, elopement, etc. |
|
|
40. Assessment of Supportive Behavior of Assistant Teachers in a Japanese Regular Classroom |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
YUKI DOJO (Kobe Gakuin University) |
Abstract: The purposes of the present study were (a) to demonstrate the supportive behavior of assistant teachers in group-oriented regular classrooms in Japan using direct behavioral observation and (b) to examine assistant teachers' descriptive assessment of off-task behaviors of children with special educational needs. Two regular classrooms in a public elementary school in Kobe City were used for this study. The participants of behavioral observation were two assistant teachers: teacher "A", a 40-year-old female supporting a first grade class; and teacher "B", a 43-year-old female supporting a second grade class. We used 30-second interval recordings to observe their supportive behaviors, and antecedent and consequent events. The results of the behavioral observation showed that the most practiced behavior for both teachers was "doing things together" with an average of 25.8%, e.g., letting the target child write in a notebook and read a textbook while at the child's side. "Sitting beside the target child" was the most conducted supportive behavior for teacher A (26.9%), whereas "checking" was the most conducted supportive behavior for teacher B (28.9%). The results of the descriptive assessment revealed that many assistant teachers focused on and supported inattentive behaviors of target children. |
|
|
41. CANCELLED: Teachers Understanding and Management of Challenging Behavior |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ANNE BUTLER (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Lisa Monda-Amaya (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine an intervention package on teachers understanding and management of challenging behavior. The study was conducted with five general educators in elementary grades with students with and without disabilities (K-4). A multiple baseline across participants was used to examine both student behavior and teacher behavior and observational data were recorded throughout all phases. After baseline, in Phase One, teachers were provided with an inservice to model typical professional development about function-based interventions and how to recognize and identify the antecedent (and setting events), the operational behavior, and the consequences. In Phase two, teachers were provided with coaching sessions collaboratively with the researcher, to develop interventions to match the function of each students behavior. Results indicate that when teachers were provided with coaching, student challenging behavior decreased and teacher behavior to use effective interventions increased. |
|
|
42. Teacher Praise and Reprimands Directed Toward Students With Problem Behavior: A Reexamination |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
TARA MOORE (The University of Tennessee, Knoxville), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University), Daniel M. Maggin (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Findings from classroom-based observations indicate recent trends of higher overall rates of teacher approval and lower overall rates of disapproval. However, further results indicate students identified to exhibit problem behaviors generally receive greater amounts of disapproval from their teachers in both general and special education settings. Teachers use of praise and reprimands was examined for 305 elementary-age students identified as exhibiting problem behaviors across two educational settings (i.e., self-contained special education classrooms and general education classrooms). Results indicated slightly higher median rates of teacher reprimands than median rates of teacher praise in both classroom settings, with evidence of high variability in rates of praise and reprimands received by students in the sample. Results also indicated students observed in both classroom settings typically received ratios of praise to reprimands that were much lower than recommendations for effective classroom management. Results of analyses of variance components indicated some teachers were more successful than others at providing high levels of praise to the students in their special education classrooms. This finding may indicate a need for focusing future research and intervention efforts at both classroom levels and within classrooms to increase implementation of positive behavioral interventions and supports for all students. |
|
|
43. The Effects of Response Cost and Self-Monitoring on the Off-Task Behavior of Two Fourth Graders During Large Group Instruction |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
TAYLEE ELESCANO (Weber State University), Natalie Allen-Williams (Weber State University) |
Abstract: This poster will present data from two function-based behavioral interventions that were implemented to decrease the occurrences of off-task behavior by two fourth-grade students with moderate disabilities. Both students were receiving services under IDEA 2004 having been identified with Learning Disabilities. Off-task was defined as any occurrence of the following: looking away from the board, teacher or unfinished work for longer than five seconds, eyes closed and head on students' desk, out of seat, vocal verbal non-content related statements or noises to adults or peers, eyes away from the teacher or text at the time of the observation or playing with items not related to the current lesson. The students were engaging in this behavior in order to escape unwanted tasks and/or gain peer and adult attention. A reversal design was used to verify the effectiveness of the intervention selected. For Chris, whose behavior was maintained both by escape and attention, response cost was implemented using an ABAB design. During baseline his off-task behavior occurred an average of six times during a 15-minute observation. During intervention the students average off-task behaviors decreased to 1.5 occurrences. During the return to baseline, the average off-task behaviors increased well above the initial baseline levels to an average of 11 occurrences. The final implementation phase resulted in an average of 1.68 occurrences of off-task behavior. For David, whose behavior was escape motivated an ABA design was implemented using a self-monitoring system with the MotivAider. During baseline, this student averaged 11 occurrences of off-task behavior and during intervention averaged 4 occurrences, using momentary time-sampling. At the time of submission, data for the return to baseline phase were being collected. |
|
|
44. The Effect of Daily Reinforcement on Student Behavior in a Private Academic School |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
JODI DUGAN (Wesley Spectrum Services) |
Abstract: Students attending a private academic school for various reasons; onsite therapeutic support, smaller classroom size/ student population, or alternative placement, pose challenges in meeting the varying needs while maintain motivation. The school is a safe and comfortable environment for students so the week leading up to break present challenges as students prepare for unstructured days equaling increase in inappropriate behaviors. The study examined the effects of daily reinforcement the week leading to break. The study consisted of an ABAB design across the student population of 76 students as well as a focus on 5 students (regular and special education, with varying diagnoses). The dependent variable is the percentage of students earning 80% or more of daily points, which are earned in the classroom by being respectful, responsible, and safe. During baseline, students had no access to a reward. During the experimental phase, students were reinforced with snacks based on having 80% or more points from the day before. Findings thus far show that the number of students earning 80% or more points increased. The 5 students also showed an increase daily through the week. Further data will be collected to confirm the functional relationship. |
|
|
45. Teacher Consultation as an Intervention to Improve Classroom Behavior |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
TERYN BRUNI (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University), Jessica Sevecke (Central Michigan University), Seraphim Mork (Central Michigan University), Maria Alejandra Ramirez (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: Using behavioral consultation, off-task behavior of a five-year-old girl measured by the number of redirections by the teacher was decreased using environmental modification (i.e., moved to a different seat in the classroom), differential reinforcement, and token economy. Controlling variables were assessed and baseline data were collected. Variables maintaining the behavior included attention from peers and teacher. Results show that after moving the student away from reinforcing peers, off task behavior reduced dramatically. Reinforcement procedures and the token system was also introduced and seemed to help further reduce and maintain behavior. A natural reversal was implemented when a substitute teacher was present in the classroom. During this time, the number of redirections increased to baseline level. Upon return of the classroom teacher and reinstatement of the intervention, the number of redirections returned to post-baseline frequency. |
|
|
46. Decreasing Talking Out Behavior Using Differential Reinforcement, Response Cost, and Token Economy Through Teacher Consultation |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
SERAPHIM MORK (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University), Maria Alejandra Ramirez (Central Michigan University), Jessica Sevecke (Central Michigan University), Teryn Bruni (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: Through teacher consultation “talking out” behavior of an eight-year-old boy was targeted. Goldstein and Goldstein (1990) operationally defined talking out as “spoken words, either friendly, neutral, or negative in content which are directed at either the teacher without first obtaining permission to speak or unsolicited at classmates during inappropriate times or during work periods”(pp. 94-95). His behavior was maintained by teacher and peer attention. The teacher was asked to use a response cost procedure in combination with a token system and time-out from reinforcement as the intervention for a 40-minute duration during the second period of class, when reading was usually taught. Additionally a differential reinforcement procedure using attention from peers was introduced. A replacement behavior of “hand raising” was also instituted. The reinforcers used were praise, peer attention, time with the computer, and reading breaks. Despite the difficulties with fidelity, the intervention was useful in reducing the frequency of talking out in the target student. |
|
|
47. A Multi-Site Efficacy Trial of the Class-wide Function-related Intervention Teams-CW-FIT: A Research to Practice Agenda for Students with and At Risk for EBD-Year 2 Findings (IES # R324A120344) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
DEBRA KAMPS (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Rose Mason (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University), Terrell McGuire (Vanderbilt University), Paul Caldarella (Brigham Young University Positive Behavior Support Initiative), Leslie Gunter (Brigham Young University), Blake Hansen (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the project is to conduct a multi-site efficacy trial of the Class-wide Function-related Intervention Teams Program (CW-FIT) for elementary school students including students with and at risk for Emotional/Behavior Disorders (EBD). The CW-FIT Program includes four elements designed from hundreds of empirical studies: (1) teaching socially-appropriate communicative skills, (2) differential reinforcement using an interdependent group contingency, (3) extinction or eliminating potential reinforcement (attention, escape) for problem behavior, and (4) Tier 2 using self-management, help cards, and functional assessment. The study is based on strong prior evidence of the efficacy of the CW-FIT intervention in seventeen schools. In the current study, schools in Missouri, Utah, and Tennessee are participating in a randomized trial over four years. Year 2 findings will be highlighted with overall outcomes for the first two years as well which include improved class-wide on task behavior and decreased disruptive behaviors for at risk students. Figures present data for the first semester for four classes and at risk students at the Missouri site. Final data will be presented from classes and students across the three national sites for intervention classrooms and for individual students. |
|
|
48. A Comprehensive Intervention to Support Students With Emotional Disturbance Transition to Public Education Placements |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
TRACI ELAINE RUPPERT (University of Oregon), Rohanna Buchanan (Oregon Social Learning Center), Tom Cariveau (University of Oregon), Marilynn Porritt (University of Oregon), Michael Schwartz (University of Oregon), Jill Kornelis (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Students with emotional disturbance are at-risk for multiple negative outcomes including school failure. Statistics from 2003 show that 56% of students with emotional disturbance dropped out of school (USDED, 2005). Prior research has shown that students with emotional disturbance benefit from individualized behavior interventions that include parents and data to inform treatment decisions (Vernberg et al., 2004). The Students with Involved Families and Teachers program incorporates these findings to support parents and students who are placed in treatment settings and transition back into public education placements. The goal of the current study is to increase school success and maintain or increase levels of prosocial behavior during school transitions for students with emotional disturbance. The current project supports parents and students through the development of routines, differential reinforcement, and manipulation of consequences using modeling, shaping, and role-playing during weekly sessions. Coaching sessions are informed by teacher and parent data that rates student behavior across 21 prosocial and 35 challenging behaviors. The results showed that student participants had high rates of challenging behavior before entering the current study with decreases in challenging behavior and increases in prosocial behavior during intervention. These outcomes inform educational practices during transitions for at-risk students. |
|
|
49. Acceptability of Functional Assessment Procedures to Special Educators and School Psychologists: Data From National and State Samples |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ROBERT E. O'NEILL (University of Utah), Kaitlin Bundock (University of Utah) |
Abstract: Functional behavioral assessment (FBA) procedures have been widely researched, disseminated, and practiced for over 30 years. However, there are relatively little data concerning the acceptability of such procedures to various practitioners. This study reports data from both national and state level samples of special education teachers and school psychologists. They were surveyed with regard to their acceptance of various types of FBA procedures (e.g., questionnaires/interviews, observations, experimental functional analyses), their level of familiarity with such procedures, and perspectives on their suitability for students exhibiting milder and more severe problem behaviors. Results will summarize participant demographic characteristics, perceived acceptability of different procedures, and open-ended comments made by participants. (Please note: the attached data tables are a subset of all of the tables that will be presented/available at the poster presentation). |
|
|
50. CANCELLED: Teacher Consultation: Decreasing Student Office Referrals using Self-monitoring and Token Economy |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
JESSICA SEVECKE (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University), Teryn Bruni (Central Michigan University), Maria Alejandra Ramirez (Central Michigan University), Seraphim Mork (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: Through teacher consultation, an intervention was implemented to decrease student office referrals that were a result of excessive "blurting out" in the classroom. "Blurting out," which was defined as speaking out of turn, typically resulted in the teacher sending the student to the office. The teacher identified that referrals were highest during the 90-minute reading block period. A self-monitoring intervention and token economy reward system was implemented by the classroom teacher. Additionally, the teacher was instructed to attend to the student only if he raised his hand before speaking. If the child demonstrated "blurting" behaviors, the teacher was instructed to ignore the student. Results indicated that there were a variable number of referrals during baseline. Referrals dropped to zero per week over several weeks after the intervention was implemented. Additionally, treatment integrity observations indicate that the intervention was performed with integrity. Overall, the implementation of self-monitoring and use of a token economy reward system delivered through a consultation model improved classroom behavior. |
|
|
51. Knowledge and Implementation of ABA Strategies: Perceptions of Rural Teachers |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Suneeta Kercood (Butler University), JANICE A. GRSKOVIC (Indiana University Northwest), Devender Banda (Texas Tech University), Jasmine Begeske (Purdue University) |
Abstract: This survey explored rural educators knowledge and application of applied behavior analysis and barriers to implementation. Results can guide the design of training materials and planning of professional development in rural schools. Teachers from three Midwestern rural districts participated in the survey. We currently have 64 responses but expect to collect at least 200 by April. Current survey completers were mostly general education secondary teachers (66%) from rural schools (90%). Most (50) were experienced teachers, female (76%), and half had Masters degrees. About 55% taught in inclusion classrooms. About half had taken a college course on behavior management; only 30% had taken a course in applied behavior analysis. When questioned about their knowledge of ABA, 100% of respondents rated that they were knowledgeable about positive reinforcement using teacher praise and food. More than half rated themselves as knowledgeable or very knowledgeable for each of the 17 items. A few respondents had no knowledge of 8 of the principles. Three strategies were used most: praise and social reinforcement, modeling, and prompting. Least used were over correction, group contingencies, primary reinforcement, and token economies. Identified barriers included lack of knowledge and feedback and a lack of understanding of effective use. (198 words) |
|
|
52. Outcomes of Training School Personnel in Brief Experimental Analysis |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
BARBARA A. PLINE (Keystone Area Education Agency), Michelle Hinzman (Keystone Area Education Agency), Chamoni J. DeLong (Keystone Area Education Agency), Pamela A. Fields (Keystone Area Education Agency), Doug A. Penno (Keystone Area Education Agency) |
Abstract: For this project, a model of professional development was developed and implemented to train 33 school personnel (i.e., school psychologists, educational consultants, social workers) to conduct Brief Experimental Analysis (BEA) in school settings. Trainees each selected two students (for a total of 66 students) who struggled in the area of reading fluency for whom to complete BEA and implement a BEA-identified intervention for an extended period. Training occurred in five sessions spanning five months with continued support throughout that time period. In addition to instruction in the tenets of experimental analysis, trainees were provided instruction in the following topics: foundations of reading instruction, evidence-based interventions, progress monitoring, data analysis, and intervention integrity. Several sources of data were analyzed to determine the effectiveness of the training in addition to student outcome data. One source of data was a survey administered as a pretest/posttest measure to determine trainees understanding of the content covered in the training. Second, the Behavior Intervention Rating Scale (BIRS) was administered to each teacher who provided instruction to students with BEA-identified interventions. This survey data was used to measure the acceptability and perceived effectiveness of the BEA-identified interventions. Finally, student data was analyzed to determine whether implementation of BEA-identified interventions produced positive reading outcomes for students. Oral reading probes were administered weekly to determine students rate of progress and intervention effect sizes. Additionally, the Gray Oral Reading Test (GORT-5) was administered as a pretest/posttest measure of reading growth. This study will be completed with final data collected March 2014. |
|
|
53. The Effects of Teacher Training Program for Functional Behavior Support |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KENICHI OHKUBO (Hokkaido University of Education, Asahikawa Campus) |
Abstract: In Japan, many schools struggle with behavior problems. These problems are not only in the field of special education but also in a wider context. These problems include violence and bullying by students at school and the use of corporal punishment by teachers. The purposes of the present study was examination of effects of teacher training for FBA skills that enable to organize information and design BSPs properly. We evaluated effects of training program by AB design. 3 teachers who worked in preschool, elementary school, and special school participated in this study. I conducted "lectures" about basic principles of ABA, FBA, and designing BSP by using on-line video clip. And I conducted "exercises" for organizing information and designing BSP by using checklist and feedback. As a results, knowledge pertaining to Behavior Analysis of all teachers improved, and problem behavior of all students decreased and appropriate behavior of all students increased. Furthermore the points of CBCL(Child Behavior Checklist) and depressive tendency of teachers improved. These findings suggest effectiveness, validity, and necessity to train typical school personnel for conducting functional behavior support. Implications, limitations, and directions for future research are presented. |
|
|
54. An Evaluation of the Overjustification Effect Based on Task Preference in Typically Developing Preschool Children |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JEREMY DASHIELL (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Shawn Fox (Penn State Harrisburg), Catherine Cordaro (Penn State Harrisburg), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Penn State Harrisburg) |
Abstract: The overjustification effect, a concept from self-perception theory, states that an individuals intrinsic motivation to engage in activities is lost following reinforcement. However, previous research suggests the level of intrinsic motivation may be an important variable in the occurrence of the overjustification effect. An individuals intrinsic motivation (or preference) may be measured directly through preference assessments. Because reinforcement is commonly used in educational settings, for activities of varying preference, it is important to evaluate this phenomenon and the effects of different preference levels. For the current study, participants preference for various tasks was evaluated using a modified-MSWO procedure. Next, an evaluation was conducted to determine if this initial preference (high, moderate, or low) would affect the prevalence of the overjustification effect following reinforcement. For one participant, the overjustification effect occurred for the high-preferred task, but it did not occur for the second participant with any task. Based on these data, it is unlikely that the overjustification effect will occur following moderate- and low-preferred tasks, the tasks for which reinforcement is most likely to be provided. |
|
|
55. An Evaluation of the Reinforcing Efficacy of General Praise and Behavior-Specific Praise in Typically Developing Preschool Children |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
NINA CARRAGHAN (Penn State Harrisburg), Angela Nestico (Penn State Harrisburg), Amanda Cleveland (Penn State Harrisburg), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Penn State Harrisburg) |
Abstract: Research on problem behavior has indicated that attention will function as a reinforcer, and that certain types of attention may function as stronger reinforcers than other types. One type of attention that may function as a reinforcer is praise. It has also been suggested that behavior-specific praise, or praise that described the target behavior, is more effective than general praise, which does not describe the target behavior. The purpose of the present study is to evaluate whether behavior-specific praise will result in higher levels of behavior than general praise in typically developing preschool children. A multielement design was used to compare behavior-specific and general praise delivered for correct responses on a maintenance task. Our data indicate that both behavior-specific and general praise functioned as a reinforcer; however, behavior-specific praise resulted in slightly higher levels of correct responses. This indicates that behavior-specific praise may be a more effective reinforcer than general praise; therefore it may be beneficial for therapists and teachers to use behavior-specific praise to increase classroom and academic behavior. |
|
|
56. An Evaluation of the Effects of Reinforcer Preference on the Value of Choice in Typically Developing Preschool Children |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN RHETT (Penn State Harrisburg), Samantha Dubs (Penn State Harrisburg), Szu-Chi (Jennifer) Liu (Penn State Harrisburg), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Penn State Harrisburg) |
Abstract: Recent research on choice has shown that it, in itself, is a reinforcer. However, there is little research on variables that may affect the reinforcing efficacy of it. One variable may be the preference level of the reinforcers provided. Providing choices may be more reinforcing, or only reinforcing, if the items provided are high-preferred items. The current study replicated and extended previous research on the reinforcing value of choice by evaluating the effects of reinforcer preference in isolation to determine if there is an effect on participant’s preference for making choices. Results suggest that when the reinforcers presented are of moderate- and low-preference, the participant selected the child-choice option at a high frequency and at a low frequency when the reinforcers presented were high-preferred. This indicates that choosing may be more valuable in situations in which the reinforcers provided are less-preferred. One reason may be that when low- and moderate-preferred items are available, the participant has learned the act of choosing their reinforcer increases the likelihood that the reinforcer consumed will be better than when someone chooses for them. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
OBM Mon Noon |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
57. The Effects of Visual Graphic Feedback, Performance Feedback, and Goal Setting on Increasing Staff Performance With Data Collection Procedures |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
PAMELA GIL (Texas Tech University), Stacy L. Carter (Texas Tech University), Jim Forbes (Department of Aging and Disability Services) |
Abstract: The current study investigated the effects of providing visual graphic feedback, performance feedback, and goal setting with supervisory staff at a state supported living center for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. The dependent variable being measured was direct care staff’s compliance with submission of behavior data cards to document the implementation of behavior support plans. The facility had been experiencing on-going difficulty ensuring proper documentation of the implementation of behavior interventions prescribed within behavior support plans. The interventions were implemented in isolation and as a package intervention and analyzed within a multiple baseline across residential homes format. Data collected over a period of more than 12 months determined that a packaged intervention including: performance feedback, goal setting, and visual graphic feedback resulted in increased levels of data card submission and subsequently improved the documentation at the facility. A discussion of the relevant effectiveness of the procedures along with potential barriers to implementation will be discussed. |
|
|
58. Reducing Electricity Use on Campus: Using Feedback to Decrease Unnecessary Classroom Lighting |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SAMANTHA NESNIDOL (Youngstown State University), Michael C. Clayton (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: Energy conservation is an important component in the effort to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and reduce company overhead costs. Energy consumption itself represents the greatest environmental impact associated with college campus operations. Previous efforts towards increasing energy conservation have included instituting energy awareness campaigns on college campuses (Simpson, 2003) as well as instituting programs using monthly group-level feedback to employees and educators to increase awareness and promote energy conservation among businesses (Carrico and Riemer, 2010). The current study used a multiple baseline design to decrease excessive lighting in a large public university building. A visual prompt containing the school mascot was placed in each classroom. The sign asked users to help save energy by turning off the lights and provided visual feedback of the room's performance compared to the average performance of the building. Baseline data identified two floors (out of 5) as particularly problematic and it was those floors to which we directed our efforts. |
|
|
59. Improving a Psychology Association´s performance with Behavioral Systems Analysis |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
GUILLERMO E. YABER OLTRA (Universidad Simon Bolivar) |
Abstract: Complexity and selection analysis were used along with the total performance system in order to develop the Venezuelan Federation of Psychology associations´ plans, monitor their progress and improve the performance of the system. . By 2011, the Federation has no major financial resources to cover it expenses, the infrastructure of the building had some problems and only two out of 20 states chapters were operating across the nation. After two years working with the CEO members, the financial income improved; seven states chapters were re-instated; a new contract agreement with the government in the health sector was signed; and three annual meetings of the Federation with universities and state chapter’s collaboration were held after several years without meetings. Current efforts are made for developing the receptors feedback system, as well as to provide more and better services to the Venezuelan Federation of psychologists 8000 registered members, in order to guarantee the behavioral system’s maintenance and sustainability. |
|
|
60. Effects of Graphic and A-B-C Recording Feedback on Decision-Making in a Japanese Foster Home |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
GINGA SASAKI (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba) |
Abstract: Performance feedback has been effective in improving a variety of staff's performance. But effects of performance feedback on decision-making during the meeting has not been clear. In this study, we attempted to develop the automatic performance feedback tool so that staffs could make data-based decision during the meeting of living support in a Japanese Foster Home. It consisted of graphic feedback about a child's performance and A-B-C recording about events when a child's target behavior is occurring or not occurring. We evaluated decision-making during the meeting using (a) concreteness scores of descriptions for a child's target behavior that written after the meeting, (b) percentage of words that staffs said during the meeting, and (c) times spent until the end of the meeting. Results showed that (a) concreteness scores of descriptions for a child's target behavior increased, (b) statements for evaluation and proposition of living support that made during the meeting increased, and (c) meeting times decreased after graphic and A-B-C recording feedback. In conclusion, the results suggest that the automatic performance feedback tool is useful for improving decision-making during the meeting for living support. |
|
|
61. Effects of Positive-Positive feedback and Positive-Negative Feedback on Work Performance and Emotional Response |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
EUNJU CHOI (Chung Ang University), Kyehoon Lee (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University) |
Abstract: The current study examined the effects of two types of feedback sequence on work performance and emotional responses. Participants were asked to work on a simulated quality control task. Twenty eight undergraduate students participated in this study and they were randomly assigned into two groups: 1) positive-positive (P-P) feedback condition, 2) positive-negative (P-N) feedback condition. The dependent variable of this study was the number of correct response. In addition, emotional responses of feedback recipient were measured at the end of the experiment. The results showed that the average number of correct responses under the P-P feedback condition was higher than that under the P-N feedback condition at the intervention phase. For the emotional responses, the score of positive emotional responses under the P-P feedback condition was higher than the P-N feedback condition. On the other hand, the score of negative emotional responses under P-N feedback condition was much higher than the P-P feedback condition. |
|
|
62. Effects of Rule with Deadline on Performance, Stress and Task Interest |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JAEHEE LEE (Chung Ang University), Seul Kim (Chung-Ang University), Kwangsu Moon (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of deadline on work performance, stress, and task-interest. Participants were asked to work on a simulated banking task. The dependent variable were performance quantity, quality, perceived stress and task interest A between-subjects design was used and 80 participants were randomly assigned to one of three experimental groups: (1) rule only, (2) rule with deadline, (3) no rule. The results showed that rule only and rule with deadline group were higher performance quantity than no rule group, but difference between rule only and rule with deadline groups were not significant. However, rule with deadline group was lower performance quality, task interest, and higher than rule only group. |
|
|
63. Effects of Feedback Timing on Performance Quality and Feedback Acceptance. |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
HWANG KYONG IN (Chung Ang University), Jaehee Lee (Chung Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of feedback timing on performance quality, and feedback acceptance between delivering feedback after task performance and feedback before the next task performance. Between subjects design with counterbalancing was adopted. Ten participants were randomly assigned to one of two groups. They attended 7 sessions and performed ten tasks per session. One group received feedback after performance until five sessions and feedback before performance in the following two sessions. The other group was counterbalanced. Participants were asked to work on a computerized product selection task. The dependent variable was error rate of the completed tasks. The results showed that there is no difference between groups of feedback given after and before condition on performance quality. However, perceived feedback acceptance was higher in case of feedback before condition than after condition. Also, the majority of participants in both groups revealed a preference in favor of feedback before condition. |
|
|
64. The Effects of Individual vs. Group Monetary Incentive Systems on Work Performance at a Gas Station |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
HANGSOO CHO (Chungang University), Kyehoon Lee (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University) |
Abstract: This study examined the relative effects of individual and group monetary incentive systems on work performance at a gas station. The number of participants were three employees at the gas station. Four critical services and one up-selling behaviors were identified and measured daily. ABC within-subject design was adopted for this study. After baseline (A), the group monetary incentive system (B) was introduced. In the next phase, individual monetary incentive system (C) was introduced. Results showed that both monetary incentive systems were effective in increasing all target behaviors. |
|
|
65. Transfer of Function in Consumer Choice |
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research |
Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), ASLE FAGERSTROM (The Norweigan School of Information Technology), Gordon R. Foxall (Cardiff University) |
Abstract: Today, consumers are faced with a number of choices. For companies, creating strong brands have become a management imperative. The ability to understand consumer brand choice is crucial to its legitimacy for academic marketing as well as it is important to marketing practice. In the present experiment, we present stimulus equivalence as a framework for understanding consumers' brand choice. Hence, we asked if preference for specific stimuli is influenced by a test for transfer of function. In the present experiment, 15 college students were trained to form three 3-member classes with arbitrarily related stimuli in a many-to-one training structure (AC/BC). Following conditional discrimination training, a test including directly trained, symmetry, and equivalence trials were implemented. Then, a face (smiling (D1), neutral (D2), or sour D3)) was trained to the nodal stimulus (A1). A test was implemented to see if the functions were transferred to all the stimuli within the class. Finally, the participants were exposed to preference test in which the stimuli from the B set (B1, B2, and B3) were attached to three bottles water. The results showed that most of the participants picked the bottle with B1, indicating that the transfer of function test had influence the preference. |
|
|
66. The Relative Effects of Objective Feedback and Social Comparison Feedback on Work Performance
according to Feedback Recipients' Performance Levels |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KYEHOON LEE (Chung-Ang University), Kyounga Lee (Chung-ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the relative effects of objective feedback and social comparison feedback on work performance. In addition, the interaction effects of feedback type and the feedback recipients’ performance levels were examined. Participants were twenty one voluntary college students and attended 9 experimental sessions in total. We adopted a counterbalanced ABC/ACB within subject design (A=baseline; B=objective feedback; C=social comparison feedback) in which eleven participants were exposed to ABC sequence and the remaining ten participants were exposed to ACB sequence. The participants performed a simulated work task on the computers. The dependent variable was the number of work task completed. The results showed that the social comparison feedback was more effective than the objective feedback for the high performers, while the objective feedback was more effective than the social comparison feedback for the low performers. |
|
|
67. The Importance of a Systems Approach to Analyze Organizations and Manage Performance |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JÓHANNA JÓNSDÓTTIR (University of Iceland), Z. Gabriela Sigurdardottir (University of Iceland), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The aim of this study was to use a systems approach to analyze a private company that sells and services computers and related products on the open market. The analysis took into account the structure of the organization, the connections between departments and units, employee performance, and work flow. With such an analysis one can identify disconnects in the organization and a possible problem in work flow that can lead to poor service and customer dissatisfaction. The tool that was used for the analysis is called The Behavioral Systems Analysis Questionnaire (hereinafter called BSAQ). This is an integrated tool with the purpose of collecting all the appropriate and relevant information in order to analyze the structure of the workplace, important processes and behaviors, and use that information to design an intervention to produce a better workplace and a more profitable system. The premise of the BSAQ and the systems approach is based on the idea that workplaces are systems that must adapt to their environment and there are many external variables that affect the performance of the system. The systems consist of people, processes, and the physical environment of the workplace. Each system is composed of many smaller systems that are all interconnected and dependent on each other and the communication pathways that link them together. In this study, the workshop was the focus of the analysis. Data was collected through interviews with staff and managers. Staff members where put into teams for each process to work together and come to a conclusion using BSAQ tool. The unit was mapped and Total performance system drawings and process maps were made. Such mapping allows the visualization of the service process and leads to improvements and necessary changes that allow the system to operate with greater success. The results of the analysis were in line with the premise and changes and implementation were made based on the information and teamwork achieved with the BSA analysis process. |
|
|
68. The Effects of Self-Monitoring on Participant Fidelity of Reinforcement-Based Procedures |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA L. DOUCETTE (The University of Kansas), Sarah R. Jenkins (The University of Kansas), Jason M. Hirst (The University of Kansas), Amy J. Henley (The University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (The University of Kansas), Robin Codding (University of Massachusetts Boston) |
Abstract: This use-inspired basic research investigation sought to (1) evaluate the effects of self-monitoring on the procedural fidelity of reinforcement-based procedures using a multi-element design, (2) measure participant accuracy of different self-monitoring recording procedures, and (3) assess participant preference using a concurrent chains arrangement and a social validity questionnaire. Following baseline, undergraduate participants were trained to implement three reinforcement-based procedures (DRA, NCR, DRO) each associated with a different self-monitoring procedure. Self-monitoring procedures included completing a checklist during the session, at the end of the session, or while watching a video of the previous session. Fidelity increased or maintained during self-monitoring, but idiosyncratic differences were observed across participants. In addition, fidelity was highest during NCR regardless of the self-monitoring procedure. Mean self-monitoring recording accuracy was highest while watching a video of performance and lowest during post-session recording. Results of a concurrent chains arrangement documented a clear preference for a particular self-monitoring procedure for two of three participants. Participants indicated that post-session recording was the least preferred procedure. Fidelity improved or maintained during a follow-up probe. Mean IOA and fidelity was at least 85%. Note that data collection is ongoing. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
CBM Mon Noon |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
69. Compliance to Mothers’ Instructions With Medical Treatment |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ROBSON ZAZULA (Universidade Estadual de Londrina), Márcia Cristina Gon Caserta (Universidade Estadual de Londrina) |
Abstract: The atopic dermatitis is a skin chronic disease with unknown etiology and high incidence in childhood. Although the response of following medical recommendations is an important behavior to control the symptoms, there are high rates responses of non-following prescriptions, that are often described as noncompliance. In addition, less importance is assigned to the antecedent environmental variables of following medical prescriptions, especially verbal instructions. This study aimed to evaluate, in a brief direct assessment, the control exerted by direct and indirect instructions, verbalized by mothers, in compliance with treatment. Four typically developing 9- and 14-year-old girls and their mothers were evaluated. All assessments were conducted according to a brief multielement experimental design, in three phases: baseline, direct instructions condition and indirect instructions condition. The results indicated that a direct assessment procedure could be conducted with chronic diseases outpatients, and assess compliance during treatment interactions. During all outpatient assessments were identified high levels of compliance with treatment during direct instruction conditions. On the other hand, when mothers requested most frequently with indirect instructions, the children demonstrated low percentages of compliance behaviors. The results of this study can be important to identify most important variables and to develop groups or individual intervention programs. |
|
|
70. Evaluating the Effects of "The Sleep Fairy" for Bedtime Problems in Typically Developing Children |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CATHERINE NIEDERMEYER (Behaven Kids), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brett R. Kuhn (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Lisa Kelly-Vance (University of Nebraska-Omaha), Lisa St. Clair (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Concerns about disruptive behaviors at bedtime by children are frequently reported by parents during visits with primary care physicians. An intervention that appears easy to implement and is also child friendly is The Sleep Fairy, a story book intervention used to decrease disruptive bedtime behaviors. This investigation involved a controlled evaluation of The Sleep Fairy as a treatment for disruptive bedtime behaviors. Parents of five typically developing children (m = 3, f = 2) and their parents participated. In a multiple baseline design, the independent variable was introduced sequentially. Results indicate that three out of the five childrens behavior showed substantial improvements immediately. A fourth showed improvements after further exposure to the independent variable. A decrease in sleep onset latency was also observed in four children. Results were maintained at one month follow-up. Finally, parents indicated that The Sleep Fairy was acceptable and that they would recommend it to others. |
|
|
71. The Impact of Children With Chronic Disease or Disorder on Marital Satisfaction |
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research |
DAYI JUNG (Yonsei University), Euihyun Kwak (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to investigate the impact of a child’s disease on marital satisfaction amongst mothers of children with pediatric cancer survivors (PCS), developmental disability (DD) and typical development (TD). All mothers (PCS=172, DD =114, TD=157) completed the Korean-Marital Satisfaction Inventory (K-MSI). The results showed that mothers of each group have different levels of dissatisfaction across different domains. For example, mothers of DD scored significantly higher on child-care related subscales including conflict over child rearing and dissatisfaction with children. Mothers of PCS had significantly higher scores on subscales related to aggression and conflict with in-laws. Lastly, mothers of TD scored significantly higher on subscales measuring role orientation and family history of distress than those of DD and PCS. These results imply that the causes of marital dissatisfactions can differ depending on a child’s chronic disease or disorder. Different strategies for marital satisfaction should be required to overcome marital problems. Clinical research implications and limitations are discussed. |
|
|
72. Acceptance and Commitment Training for Pervasive Developmental Disorder Staff: Intra-Subject Study |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ANGELA ROCIO MUÑOZ TORRES (Horizontes ABA Terapia Integral), Oscar Cordoba (Horizontes ABA Terapia Integral), Monica Maria Novoa Gomez (Pontificia Universidad Javeriana) |
Abstract: Pervasive developmental Disorder staff presents high rates of occupational distress and burnout syndrome (Skirrow & Hatton, 2007), this factor may contribute to high rates of staff turnover and absenteeism. In this study, five psychologist working on PDD intervention design and caretakers complaints attention were involved in a four half-day sessions intervention based on acceptance and commitment therapy (designed using a protocol by Bond and Hayes, 2004). Pretest, Posttest and Follow up data were taken using a Spanish version of Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI) and a Spanish version of AAQ-II was used to take session per session measures. Participants with high level of emotional exhaustion showed a reduction in this variable after the intervention, while participants with lower level of emotional exhaustion showed little effect. It is hypothesized that behaviors related to emotional exhaustion in this study were part of an experiential avoidance pattern in vital areas different from occupational. For this reason, changes in emotional exhaustion may be related to an increased use of acceptance strategies and a related engagement in other vital areas. |
|
|
73. Caregiver Impact of Autism Spectrum Disorder: Assessing Stress, Sense of Competence, and Relationship Satisfaction |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
NICOLE KLINE (Florida Institute of Technology), Ivy M. Chong Crane (Florida Institute of Technology: The Scott Center for Autism Treatment) |
Abstract: While the impact of psycho-social variables has been evaluated for children with chronic illness and related disabilities, questions remain unanswered for families affected by ASD. Participants included 68 primary caregivers seeking services for a child aged fifteen months to 12 years suspected of or diagnosed with an ASD. Assessment tools included: 1. Parenting Stress Index-Fourth Edition-Short-Form (PSI-4-SF; Abidin, 2012), 2. Parenting Sense of Competence Scale (PSOC; Johnston and Mash, 1989), and 3. Relationship Assessment Scale (Hendrick, 1988). Independent samples t-tests were conducted to determine differences with a nonclinical control population (60 participants with a typically-developed child) regarding perceptions of stress, competence and relationship satisfaction. ASD caregivers reported experiencing significantly higher stress than Control caregivers (p=.000). A hierarchical multiple regression analysis was used to assess whether perceived competence and relationship satisfaction variables were predictors of overall stress in the clinical sample. Results indicate that these variables significantly impact parenting stress (p <.001). Implications for parent involvement in treatment and child outcomes are discussed. |
|
|
74. The Effects of Written Instructions and Verbal Feedback on Caregiver Performance of Pediatric Feeding Procedures |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
MARK GRANGER (McNeese State University), Alfred Royal Tuminello Jr. (McNeese State University), Charlotte Lynn Carp (McNeese State University) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated high levels of treatment integrity in controlled clinical settings for multicomponent training packages aimed at pediatric feeding disorders implemented by parents (Mueller et al., 2003). The present study replicated and extended this research by including after session feedback in a training package designed for food refusal with two relatives of a 2 year old blind child. During baseline, participants were exposed to written protocols before each session explaining the procedure, then conducted the procedure with the child on their own. Following baseline, participants continued to be exposed to written protocols and continued to conduct the procedure alone; however, feedback of their performance was given following each session. For one participant, results showed high levels of treatment integrity with both written instructions alone and with feedback. For the other participant, results showed high levels of treatment integrity with the written instructions only within the first couple of sessions; however, those high levels were not consistent until feedback following the session was included. These data are consistent with previous research in demonstrating high levels of treatment integrity for behavioral feeding protocols implemented by parents, and suggest that feedback may be an important component to the training package. |
|
|
75. Teaching PCIT-Based Parent Skills Prior to Parent Conducted Behavioral Treatment Evaluations |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
GREGORY YOUNG (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Joslyn Cynkus Mintz (Little Leaves Behavioral Services), Ashley Murphy (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Emily Hemler (Kennedy Krieger Institute), R. J. Boyd (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) is an evidence-based treatment, yet there is limited research on the utility of modified PCIT-based parent skills in combination with additional individualized behavioral treatments. The current study examined the utility of incorporating PCIT-based skills into parent training prior to conducting an individualized behavioral treatment evaluation for John, a 12 year old male diagnosed with ADHD, Asperger's Syndrome, and Oppositional Defiant Disorder. John was admitted to an outpatient clinic for the assessment and treatment of aggressive (verbal and physical) and disruptive behavior. A multiple baseline across skills design was used during pre-treatment parent training with Johns mother. Results indicated that the parent training intervention produced significant reductions in this parents negative interactions (e.g., questions and criticizing statements) and increases in positive interactions (e.g., use of labeled praise and planned ignoring of problem behavior). Following this parent training, an individualized levels system (e.g., Hagopian et al., 2002) was evaluated across three conditions with Johns mother serving as the therapist across all treatment settings. Rates of problem behavior were reduced by 80% or greater across each condition and also during demand fading procedures; thus, supporting the utility of teaching PCIT-derived skills prior to initiating parent-conducted treatment evaluations. |
|
|
76. Utilizing In-vivo Feedback to Train Caregivers to Implement Pediatric Feeding Protocols |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA L. GIBSON (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Courtney Mauzy (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jonathan V. Mariano (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Diane Berth (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Although caregivers are responsible for feeding their children, systematic examinations of procedures to train caregivers to implement feeding protocols are lacking. A few researchers have examined the effects of multicomponent behavioral skills training (BST) packages that include combinations of verbal instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback to increase the procedural integrity of caregivers implementing feeding protocols (e.g., Mueller et al., 2003; Sieverling et al., 2012). In-vivo feedback, without the use of other BST components, has been shown to be effective in training caregivers to implement other behavioral protocols (e.g., Shanley & Niec, 2010). The purpose of the current study was to examine the effectiveness of using only in-vivo feedback to increase the correct delivery of prompts and consequences by caregivers implementing feeding protocols. We used a multiple baseline design across caregiver dyads. Interobserver agreement was conducted on at least 70% of sessions. Agreement was above 90% for each dyad. Percentage of correct prompts and consequences were low during baseline (written instructions only), increased to clinically acceptable levels following in-vivo feedback, and remained at high levels during post-training and follow-up sessions for all dyads. Implications of these findings will be discussed. |
|
|
77. Examining The Validity Of Indirect Functional Behavior Assessment Methods: How Accurate Are They? |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER S. KAZMERSKI (East Carolina University), Ryan Ford (East Carolina University), Jessica Buzenski (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: This study replicates and extends previous research on the convergence of the Functional Assessment Interview Record for Parents Checklist (FAIR-P-CL) with all phases (descriptive, interpretive, verification, implementation and monitoring) of functional behavior assessment. The FAIR-P-CL is an indirect descriptive assessment that aims to define the target behavior, identify potential environmental factors that enable the target behavior, and identify maintaining consequences. To evaluate convergence, five children between three and five, who were referred for displaying disruptive behavior frequently in the home, were selected. A multiple baseline across participants was used to expose each participant to baseline, experimental functional analysis, intervention analysis, and intervention verification. Alternating treatment designs were used to evaluate changes in participant behavior across conditions during experimental functional and intervention analysis phases. Results indicated convergence of FAIR-P-CL data across all phases of the functional behavior assessment. This extends previous research regarding convergence of the phases of a functional behavior assessment (Lewis & Sugai, 1996; Yarbrough & Carr; 2000). Further research is underway to determine if the FAIR-P-CL is sensitive enough to identify appropriate function-based interventions with the absence of a verification phase. Results from the present study extend the utility of indirect functional behavior checklists. |
|
|
78. The Effectiveness of Parent Training Program About Acceptance Process |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
GÜLEFSAN ÖZGE AKBEY (Anadolu University), Fidan Gunes Gurgor (Anadolu University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to search the effectiveness of parent training program about acceptance process. The sample of this study consists of 30 parents of children with intellectual disabilities attending special education schools. The study has 15 parents in control group and 15 parents in experiment group in the city center of Eskisehir during the academic year 2013-2014. This study consists of two phases. In the first phase of the study, Family Resilience Scale-FRS was applied two groups and we started to apply to parent training program for experiment group.In this program,we used e-abdep(e-FISEP, being family information and support program, is a scientific research project supported by TBITAK and Anadolu University), bulletins and handbook.The program has four session.First session,orientation to defiency;second session,understanding of childrens defiency and statement;third session;family supporting models and four session; orientation of environment and living together.For control group,we only applied Resilience Scale-FRS. Finally,we started this program but we will finish the program on April.We will show results with graphics on our Poster. |
|
|
79. PT for PT: How Precision Teaching Helped Me With Physical Therapy |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
SHOSHANA STEIN (Stein Homeschool), Sorah Stein (Partnership for Behavior Change) |
Abstract: Physical therapy is not the most desirable activity for the average teenager, however, at times, it is needed. In the present study, a 13-year-old girl with Mitochondrial disease required physical therapy to address muscle weakness and pain. The physical therapist administered the Functional Movement Screen to assess movement patterns, provided manual therapy, supervised therapeutic exercises, and assigned home exercises. The teen and her mother broke down the assigned composite exercises into component movements and conducted frequent, timed exercise sessions and charted them on standard celeration charts. By doing this, the teen grew stronger in some areas and her mother and the physical therapist were able to identify subtler component areas of weakness from looking at celerations and implement exercise modifications that were needed to increase safety. By breaking down composite exercises into component movements and collecting data frequently, we helped physical therapy treatment to be more effective and safe, and were able to better track progress towards overall strengthening. |
|
|
80. Tackling Terms and Conditioning Confusion: Sexual Behavior and Applied Behavior Analysis |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
SORAH STEIN (Partnership for Behavior Change) |
Abstract: When working within sexual health and with people who engage in varying topographies of sexual behavior, the first thing to remember is that sex is behavior: its something we do and it follows the same rules as all other topographies of behavior. However, regarding communication, of particular difficulty are defining terms of sexual desire and arousal (Pfaus, et al., 2003). This study evaluates a hypothetical vignette involving a teenage boy who, upon encountering female staff at an autism center, egressed to masturbate in specific areas of the center. In defining his arousal and masturbatory behaviors, clinicians hypothesized several combinations of potential functions of the behavior, the various roles of conditioned and unconditioned stimuli, and responding between the presence of the female staff, the erection, and ejaculation. Using three- and four-term contingency presentations, there are several possible configurations of this behavior based upon looking at the sequence of the behavior as operant or respondent. The purpose of this discourse is to stimulate further investigation and discussion into the contingency models for sexual arousal and desire that can be utilized by both the behavior analysis and sexual health care communities. |
|
|
81. The Errorless Teaching of Swallowing for a Child Vomiting Every Meal |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KENJI OKUDA (Academy of Behavioral Coaching) |
Abstract: A case of psychogenic vomiting in the context of phobia was treated by a combination of exposure, the errorless teaching approach, and differential reinforcement of incompatible behaviors. Subject: A 4-year-old girl who began a difficulty of swallowing since she had some accident while eating at home was trained by a behavior therapist. Design: Change was assessed on the basis of her mother's records at home of daily frequency of vomiting and monthly weight within a single case multiple baseline across settings design. Procedures: The therapist demonstrated these procedures on hers behavior in front of her mother just one time. Result: The girls vomiting behavior was no longer occurred immediately. By contrast, a normal swallowing behavior has occurred even if tough meat. This outcome has been maintained for 5-months follow-up. And the girl's weight was recovered. These procedures, exposure, the errorless teaching approach, DRI, and some techniques of respondent conditioning were discussed. |
|
|
82. CANCELLED: The Validity Of Indirect Functional Behavior Assessment Methods: How Accurate Are They? |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
RYAN FORD (East Carolina University), Jennifer S. Kazmerski (East Carolina University), Jessica Buzenski (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: IV. This study replicates and extends previous research on the convergence of the Functional Assessment Interview Record for Parents Checklist (FAIR-P-CL) with all phases (descriptive, interpretive, verification, implementation and monitoring) of functional behavior assessment. The FAIR-P-CL is an indirect descriptive assessment that aims to define the target behavior, identify potential environmental factors that enable the target behavior, and identify maintaining consequences. To evaluate convergence, five children between three and five, who were referred for displaying disruptive behavior frequently in the home, were selected. A multiple baseline across participants was used to expose each participant to baseline, experimental functional analysis, intervention analysis, and intervention verification. Alternating treatment designs were used to evaluate changes in participant behavior across conditions during experimental functional and intervention analysis phases. Results indicated convergence of FAIR-P-CL data across all phases of the functional behavior assessment. This extends previous research regarding convergence of the phases of a functional behavior assessment (Lewis & Sugai, 1996; Yarbrough & Carr; 2000). Further research is underway to determine if the FAIR-P-CL is sensitive enough to identify appropriate function-based interventions with the absence of a verification phase. Results from the present study extend the utility of indirect functional behavior checklists. |
|
|
83. An Evaluation of a Brief Behavioral Workshop for Caregivers |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
KARIN STERN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Emily Sangkavasi (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Urszula Wojciechowska (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa Luke Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: A brief behavioral workshop is traditionally offered at the Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program at Kennedy Krieger Institute. The goals of the workshop are to equip caregivers with effective strategies to recognize behavioral functions and provide specific tools to implement function-based interventions. The aim of this study was to assess change in caregivers' knowledge following participation in the workshop and their ability to apply it into everyday situations. We implemented pre- and post-tests to assess whether caregivers' responses changed following participation in a 4-hour behavioral workshop. We generated a questionnaire comprised of three scenarios, each related to a different behavioral function (attention, escape, and tangible). Majority of caregivers had higher post-test scores suggesting an increase in knowledge related to behavioral principles. Analyses of the data by behavioral function revealed that increases in post-test scores were only observed for caregivers who attended the specific meeting addressing the relevant function; increases were not observed for those caregivers who did not attend that meeting. All caregivers had some previous knowledge on the subject matter, suggesting that a Needs Assessment should be conducted. Future research should assess change in caregivers' behaviors using more direct methods, such as role-play and direct observations on caregiver-child interactions. |
|
|
84. Evaluating the Clinical Effectiveness and Generalization Effects of Treatment for Problem Behavior Maintained by Compliance with Mands |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
LENA V. WILLSE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Molly Gemp (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: A primary goal of most treatments is to bring behavior under a level of stimulus control that permits individuals to interact appropriately with their peers, particularly during times when they are not able to access desired reinforcers. However, there is a lack of research evaluating generalization by having individuals with functionally equivalent problem behavior interact with each other in situations that previously evoked such behavior. For the current study, the severe problem behavior of two participants with autism spectrum disorders was targeted for assessment and treatment. Results of functional analyses indicated that both participants' problem behavior was maintained by other's compliance with mands, particularly in a leisure context. The use of a multiple schedule that alternated between differential reinforcement of other behaviors and noncontingent reinforcement was sufficient to produce a significant reduction in problem behavior for one participant; the addition of a token economy system was necessary for the second participant. After identifying effective treatments, we emphasized generalization by implementing each participant's treatment concurrently while they interacted with each other. Results show that each participant's treatment was successfully generalized across a variety of interactive activities, as evidenced by low to zero rates of problem behavior. |
|
|
85. Rapid Acquisition of Pill Swallowing |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
WILLIAM J. WARZAK (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Michelle Grimes (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: We describe a pill swallowing protocol for a 16 year-old typically developed female (Jill) whose historical baseline for pill swallowing was zero. Jill was medicated (liquid) for ADHD but her history was otherwise unremarkable. During Session 1 we identified the target behavior, ascertained that Jill’s personal protocol of filling her mouth with water and then inserting her medication was ineffective, and, determined that she could, with much effort (i.e., long latency, elevated SUDS), swallow a sprinkle, the smallest item on her hierarchy. A six-step pill size hierarchy was established using various cake decorations and candies. Each item was scaled for subjective units of discomfort (S.U.D.s) to ascertain its place in the hierarchy and ultimately ranged from cupcake sprinkles to a placebo of her ADHD medication in capsule form. For each trial, we recorded the a) latency (in seconds) from “pill in hand” to swallow, b), pre-trial SUDS, c) problem behaviors (e.g., refusal, gagging, etc.), and, d) ultimate success or failure. We report successful pill swallowing following a change in pill insertion and subsequent shaping of pill swallowing as a function of graduated pill size over trials. We include a table of her data and will provide figures at ABAI. |
|
|
86. Treating Packing: A Comparison of Nuk Re-distribution and Nuk Presentation |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY L PROSKOVEC (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jennifer M. Kozisek (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Janelle Butler (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Packing (holding food in the mouth without swallowing) may occur if a child lacks the oral motor skills and/or motivation to swallow. Two interventions investigators have evaluated for the treatment of packing are altering presentation method (i.e., presenting bites with a Nuk brush or flipped spoon; Sharp, Harker, & Jaquess, 2010) or re-distribution (i.e., collecting packed food from the child's mouth and replacing it on the child's tongue; Gulotta, Piazza, Patel, & Layer, 2005). Although studies have shown that both procedures increase mouth clean, it is not clear whether one procedure is more effective than the other. The purpose of the current investigation was to compare the effects of re-distribution using a Nuk relative to presenting bites using a Nuk on packing and mouth clean for a 2-year-old girl who packed thickened liquids and pureed food. We used a reversal and multielement design to evaluate the procedures with thickened liquids and a multielement design to evaluate the procedures with pureed food. For liquids and solids, presenting the bite using the Nuk was more effective, resulting in decreased packing and clinically meaningful levels of mouth clean. |
|
|
87. CANCELED: Inappropriate Verbalizations |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (HABA) |
Abstract: The following study focuses on an individual who displays verbal behavior that is often perceived as teasing, harassing others or simple disruption to a hospital unit. The intervention applied a technique to reinforce productive verbal behavior, while at the same time assist the patient in learning how to acquire social attention in a more acceptable manner. This patient has had behavior problems for many years and the theme is invariably about poor interactions with his peers. Based on a review of the literature a definition was developed to address a problem identified as inappropriate verbalizations. Using this definition, the patient was observed for inappropriate verbalizations, during the daily routine. This addresses the research question by directly viewing the patient in a social interaction in the very type of setting where he has had altercations in the past. During the treatment phase, the patient had the opportunity to read a joke, previously selected by the author, to an audience of fellow patients during this line-up process. An A-B-A-B design made a comparison of the patient in the baseline and treatment phases. |
|
|
88. A Conjoint Consultation Bio-behavioral Intervention to Treat Encopresis in an Eight-year-old Male |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
MARIA ALEJANDRA RAMIREZ (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University), Seraphim Mork (Central Michigan University), Teryn Bruni (Central Michigan University), Jessica Sevecke (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: A bio-behavioral encopresis intervention was designed and implemented in the school and home for an 8-year-old second grade male who had been experiencing encopresis since kindergarten. The intervention consisted of a home only phase, and a home and school phase. The purpose of this intervention was to decrease his smearing and bowel movements in his pants from one to two per day to zero, and increase bowel movements in the toilet from zero per day to at least one per day. Components of the intervention included administration of Miralax, per doctor recommendation, at least three scheduled sittings lasting between three to five minutes, praise and access to tangibles following scheduled sittings, and positive practice following bowel movements in the pants. The results showed that after the school component was added, and Miralax was administered consistently, there was an increase in medium sized bowel movements on almost a daily basis. Treatment integrity however was a major obstacle in this intervention. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
VRB Mon Noon |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
89. Comparing the Efficacy of Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing and Behavioral Momentum to Increase Vocal Behavior |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
VINCENT E. CAMPBELL (University of Oregon), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Patricia Zemantic (University of Oregon), Shaji Haq (University of Oregon), Brittany LeBlanc (University Of Oregon), Marilynn Porritt (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Some children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) infrequently emit vocal behavior. Stimulus-stimulus pairing and behavioral momentum are effective interventions for increasing low-probability behavior. The present investigation compared the effects of both interventions on increased levels of target vocalizations. The efficacy of both interventions were compared using an adapted alternating treatments design, embedded in a multiple probe across stimulus sets design with one participant with an ASD. The dependent variables included the rate of target vocalizations (stimulus-stimulus pairing) and the percentage of trials with echoic behavior (behavioral momentum). Mean interobserver agreement exceeded 95% for all dependent variables. In the first intervention comparison, the results indicated that stimulus-stimulus pairing increased the rate of the targeted sound. Behavioral momentum did not result in increased levels of the target sound. In the second intervention comparison, the results indicated that stimulus-stimulus pairing increased the rate of the target sound and behavioral momentum resulted in increased levels of the target sound. Our results indicate that stimulus-stimulus pairing produced more consistent increases vocalizations across stimulus sets. Additional research should evaluate whether increased vocalizations associated with the use of either of these procedures can be subsequently trained as mands. |
|
|
90. Functional Analysis of Verbal Behavior for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Partial Replication and Treatment Investigation |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
AILA K. DOMMESTRUP (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Campbell (University of Kentucky), Scott P. Ardoin (University of Georgia), Ashley H. Dubin (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Functional and social communication impairments are common symptoms of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Improving assessment of the functional use of language within this population of children is ongoing and the clinical utility of linking intervention to specific assessment results is growing. The purpose of the experiments included in the current study was to investigate these lines of research for children with ASD. The first experiment sought to replicate and extend use of a functional analysis methodology of verbal behavior (Lerman et al., 2005). Results suggested that this methodology is applicable to implement with children with ASD, and can be successfully completed in a non-clinic setting (e.g., the participant’s home). In the second experiment, the link between assessment results and subsequent intervention was investigated. The sensitivity of the functional analysis of verbal behavior methodology was assessed by conducting a post-intervention assessment in Experiment 3. Findings provided limited evidence supporting the use of assessment results to select more efficient intervention strategies. Post-intervention functional analysis results were also inconsistent but provided helpful information for future directions of this line of research. The limitations and implications of these experiments are also discussed. |
|
|
91. CANCELED: The Effects of a Rolling Time Delay Procedure on the Frequency of MO Controlled Mands: A Replication |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
KRYSTL GIORDANO-PADILLA (BEACON Services of Connecticut), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Research has identified the rolling time delay (RTD) procedure as an effective strategy for transferring control of manding from environmental variables (multiply controlled mands) to mands under the exclusive control of movitational variables (Sweeney-Kerwin et al., 2007). However, the methodology employed by Sweeney-Kerwin et al., 2007, left room for questioning the source of control over the mand. The purpose of this study was to determine whether the use of the RTD procedure resulted in the acquisition of MO controlled mands or mands under the control of other environmental variables (specifically history of reinforcement in the instructional setting). An ABABC design was used and the data on the frequency of MO controlled mands for various items was collected. Once the manding was acquired, mands were assessed under novel stimulus conditions (different instructor, setting and activities) as was done in baseline to determine if manding was under the control of other stimuli or exclusively motivational variables. A return to the stimulus conditions in the RTD was conducted to compare rates with the baseline condition. Results demonstrated that the mands taught using the rolling time delay procedure were not MO controlled but multiply controlled mands. |
|
|
92. The Effects of Stimulus Control Transfer and Prompting on the Emergence of Pure Mands |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
LINDSAY MEHRKAM (University of Florida), Michele R. Traub (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Skinner (1957) suggested that mands and tacts are functionally independent verbal operants, in which acquiring one does not automatically result in acquisition of the other. Although several researchers have shown that mands and tacts are functionally independent (e.g., Lamarre & Holland, 1985), more recent research has demonstrated that mands may emerge following tact training. The extent to which stimulus control – both in terms of the presence of reinforcers in the direct environment as well as prompts delivered by a therapist – influence the emergence of mands without prior tact training has not been systematically examined. In the present study, we evaluated the effects of stimulus control transfer (leisure items present and absent) and prompting levels on the emergence of pure and impure mands in an adolescent girl with autism. An A-B-A design was used to first evaluate the relative levels of independent manding in the presence and absence of leisure items. Prompt fading was used once maintenance of independent manding was observed. Further research will examine the generalization of novel mands to other settings and stimuli. |
|
|
93. Assessing and Establishing an Abstract Relation Between Tacts and Mands in Early Learners With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
GENAE HALL (Behavior Analysis Center for Autism, Behavior Analysis & Intervention Services), Jennifer Elia (Columbia University Teacher's College), Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates) |
Abstract: Two early learners with autism were first trained to complete three enjoyable chains of behavior involving three necessary items each. Both participants were taught to make bubbles using a battery-operated bubble machine and assemble and use a ball-rolling toy. Participant A also learned to operate a CD player with headphones and Participant B learned to make a milkshake with a child-sized blender. After the chains were acquired, participants were trained to tact the three items targeted in each chain (nine total). After meeting criterion on all tacts, Participant A was probed on mands for the same items and they did not emerge. Tacts were again probed and since some were weak or the response forms were somewhat unconventional, all tacts were re-trained. Mands for all items were again probed and they did not emerge. One mand for an item in chain #1 (bubbles) was then trained, and the others did not emerge. A second mand in chain #2 (ball run) was then trained, and the others did not emerge. Currently, a third mand in chain #3 (operating CD player) is being trained. This process will continue until untrained mands begin to emerge or all mands are trained directly. Participant B has received training on the nine targeted tacts and has not yet met criterion, apparently due to inconsistent attendance and interfering behaviors. The number of tact targets for this participant has therefore been reduced to three (one for each chain). When she meets criterion, mands for the same items will be probed, then trained (if necessary), as with Participant A. This process will then be repeated with the second and third sets of three. |
|
|
94. High and Low Preference Items Strengthens the Emergence of Mand for Children With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
NASSIM CHAMEL ELIAS (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos
), Valeria Mendes (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos
), Giovana Escobal (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Children with autism greatly benefit from the early learning of mands and other verbal relations. Studies have investigated variables that may contribute to a more effective learning of these skills. One of these variables is the strength of non-verbal stimulus being tacted measured by preference assessment procedures. This study investigated the emergence of mand relations after teaching tacts for high (HP) and low (LP) preference items. Three 5- to- 10-year old children with autism and intellectual disabilities participated, with limited vocal tacts and mands. The procedure consisted of: (1) two paired choice preference assessment to identify a HP and a LP items, (2) teaching the mand task with non-experimental stimuli, (3) mand pre-tests with experimental stimuli, (4) teaching tact with echoic prompt, and (5) mand post-test with experimental stimuli. The results indicated the participants had no prior mand relations for the HP and LP items and, after learning to tact these items, manding emerged for HP and LP items, with a higher frequency for the HP items. The results strengthen previous findings which showed the potentials for the preference assessment procedures and showed that the identification and use of HP stimuli enhances tact acquisition and the emergence of mand relations. |
|
|
95. Replication of Shillingsburg's et al. (2009) Evaulation and Training of Yes - No Responding Across Verbal Operants |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
SEBASTIAN GARCIA ZAMBRANO (Horizontes ABA), Omar David Chaves Hernandez (Horizontes ABA Terapia Integral), Laura Carolina Suarez Ordonez (Horizontes ABA Terapia Integral) |
Abstract: The main objective of this poster was to replicate Shillingsburg, Kelley, Roane, Kisamore and Brown (2009) study of the effect of the training program of yes and no responses across contexts in a child with autism.. A pre-post design was implemented. Initially a pre-assessment with the Basic Language and Learning Skills Revised (ABLLS-R) was conducted to ensure that the verbal operants were present in the childs verbal repertoire. During the pretest phase, we evaluated the yes and no responses under mand, tact, and intraverbal conditions. The intervention was designed based in the Shillingsburg, et al. (2009) study in which the correct response was modeled by the experimenter followed by participants independent response. The criterion for training was 80% in all conditions. For the generalization of the responses, the participant was exposed to the generalization test with a new set of stimuli. Finally a posttest was presented to evaluate the acquisition of discrimination of yes and no responses within verbal operants. The results replicated the results of Shillingsburgs, et al. (2009) study. In the conclusion we discuss the findings of the study and the benefits on multiple exemplar training for the discrimination of yes and no responses with verbal operants. |
|
|
96. The Motivating Operation and the Development of Expressive Language Repertoires in Children With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
ODERAY ALONSO SANCHO-DAVILA (ABA) |
Abstract: The common behavioural approach to teaching language skills to children with autism is mostly based on a "receptive-before-expressive" instructional model, whereby receptive language is considered to be highly influential in the development of expressive verbal behaviour and as such an - all important pre-requisite when teaching expressive protocols. Based on Skinner's (1957) analysis of verbal behaviour, and specifically on the functional relation between the Motivating Operation (MO) and the mand it can be argued that children with autism are able to acquire a specific form of expressive language (i.e., mands) without prior receptive training (e.g., Michael, 1988; Bondy, 2001; Sundberg & Michael, 2001). The present study used an alternating treatment design to assess the above statement and determine if the manipulation of the MO was sufficient for 2 pupils with autism to learn to request using colour attributes, that were not yet part of their receptive repertoires. Results suggested receptive language training should not necessarily be considered a mandatory requirement for children with autism to acquire manding repertoires and highlights the importance of a behavioural analysis of the MO in language training. This study is currently being replicated using additional target attributes and an additional manding response form to address for any methodological issues. |
|
|
97. Selection-Based Instruction and the Emergence of Topography-Based Responses to Interview Questions: A Dismantling Strategy |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
JOHN O'NEILL (Southern Illinois University), Andrew Blowers (Southern Illinois University Rehabilitation Institute), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The interview process is an important aspect of vocational training and a well executed interview can be very useful when seeking employment. Three individuals with learning disabilities were exposed to a selection-based instructional protocol with a topography-based component intended to teach participants to identify accurate responses to interview questions. A dismantling strategy was employed in order to identify the necessary and sufficient components of the protocol. Participants were exposed to a selection-based protocol, selection-based protocol with audio feedback, and selection-based protocol with audio feedback and a topography-based component, respectively. Prior research suggests that responses are acquired with minimal exposure to the protocol including selection-based responding, audio feedback, and a topography-based component. At posttest, all participants engaged in higher levels of accurate topography-based responses to mock interview questions. Findings suggest that responses may not be readily acquired in the absence of a topography-based component. Results are discussed in terms of the multiple control of verbal behavior and of the distinction between selection-based and topography-based responding. The potential of automated instructional protocols to be included as an aspect of vocational training for young adults with learning disabilities is considered. |
|
|
98. Establishment of Naming Trough Multiple Exemplar Instruction in Children With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
HEIDI SKORGE OLAFF (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences
), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Hanne Nordvik Ona (Haukeland University Hospital) |
Abstract: Naming is a higher order verbal operant (Catania, 2007) and is considered a developmental behavioral cusp or verbal capability (Greer & Longano, 2010; Rosales-Ruiz & Baer, 1997). When a higher order operant is established, new behaviors emerge that previously have not been reinforced (or trained directly). Naming has been defined as "a verbal phenomenon wherein a child can emit both listener and speaker responses following occasions in which a child hears a novel tact spoken by another as the child attends to the stimulus that is tacted." (Greer et al., 2007. p. 1) Other researchers (Horne & Lowe, 1996) Have also defined Naming in a similar manner and have shown how Naming is involved in emergent categorizations. This study is a systematic replication of Greer, Stolfi, Chavez-Brown and Rivera-Valdes (2005), and was conducted in Norwegian kindergartens. The experimental design is a non-concurrent multiple baseline design, and the results showed improvement in pure- and impure tacting skills, and listener responding due to multiple exemplar instruction. |
|
|
99. The Effectiveness of Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) to Induce Naming in the Applied Setting |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates), KATIE ARTIANO (Verbal Behavior Associates), Gretchen Grundon (Verbal Behavior Associates) |
Abstract: Contemporary literature suggests that to be truly verbal, the speaker must simultaneously behave as a listener (Greer & Speckman 2009, Barnes-Holmes, Barnes-Holmes & Cullinan 2001, Greer & Ross 2008, Horne and Lowe, 1996). Because these two functions of language are initially independent of one another, language development involves the process of joining these two capabilities (Greer, 2009). Multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) has been used as an independent variable to teach Naming-a verbal developmental learning capability that allows a child to simultaneously acquire speaker and listener vocabularies incidentally (Greer & Speckman, 2009). For this poster, we analyzed MEI sample data collected by interventionists delivering ABA services in the home and school based setting. The purpose of this review was to determine the effectiveness of MEI in the applied setting to induce naming in learners with Autism. Of the seven students sampled, six of them acquired the listening component (point to response) of naming, while four of them acquired the speaker responses (pure tact and impure tact). |
|
|
100. Effects of Echoic Instruction on Emergence of Listener and Speaker Naming |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
SUKHEE KIM (Kongju National University), Hyejin Shin (Kongju National University), Keynghee Kim (Kongju National University), Keyngsuk Sang (Kongju National University), Nanyoung Kim (Kongju National University), Sunhee Park (Kongju National University), Hye-Suk Lee Park (Kongju National University), Youngmo Yang (Kongju National University) |
Abstract: The present study tested if teaching to echo names of stimuli during instruction on matching as listener responses to the stimuli would induce untaught pointing as listener Naming and untaught tacts and intraverbal as speaker Naming. A multiple probe design was utilized . A 5-year old male and a 7-year old male with developmental disabilities participated in Experiment I and in Experiment II respectively. Five picture sets of four unknown items in Experiment I and five picture sets of five unknown items in Experiment II were used. Participant A didn't show a clear emergence of speaker Naming after he received 10-trial echoic matching instruction in which he was required to echo twice when he emitted listener responses. Participant B was required to reach to a criterion (90% accuracy for two consecutive sessions) during echoic matching instruction. IOA were obtained 25% of sessions with Participant A and Participant B. The mean of IOA was 86.3% with Participant A and 97% with Participant B. Participant B demonstrated a clear emergence of listener and speaker Naming after he received intervention. Participant B demonstrated a clear generalization of Naming with novel sets of unknown items. Key words: listener Naming, speaker Naming, echoic, matching. |
|
|
101. Using Multiple Exemplar Instruction in a Lecture-based Format and the Emergence of Untaught Verbal Operant |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University), Jinhyeok Choi (The Faison School for Autism), JOHN TOLSON (Faison School for Autism), Josh Raughley (The Faison School for Autism) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction across selection (listener) and production (speaker) responses, presented in a lecture-based format, and subsequent increases in the complexity of untaught verbal operants for four middle school students diagnosed with autism and language delays. The lecture content was based on the Virginia State Standard Curriculum subject areas. The dependent variable was the number of novel written responses to probe trials. During the pre and post-probe sessions, the participants watched an instructional video and were required to answer questions related to the topics presented. The results showed that Multiple Exemplar Instruction, across the topographies measured, was functionally related to the emergence of complex novel verbal operants. |
|
|
102. The Training and Assessment of Relational Precursors and Abilities (TARPA): A Correlation With the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test (PPVT-III) |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
YORS A. GARCIA (Fundacion Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Sebastian Garcia Zambrano (Horizontes ABA), Liliana Cristiano (Fundacion Universitaria Konrad Lorenz) |
Abstract: The aim of this study was to establish a correlation between the Training and Assessment of Relational Precursors and Abilities (TARPA) which is a protocol for the measurement of relational skills underlying language in typically developing children and the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test -Third Edition (PPVT-III). In the first stage, receptive language evaluation was performed using the PPVT-III to six typically developing children with ages between 4 and 6 years old. In the second stage, the TARPA assessment procedures were administered to children in several sessions due to students attention and motivation. For each assessment session, the child and the teacher sat down in front of the computer in which the TARPA was presented. In the third stage, the training sessions simple and conditional discriminations with visual stimuli were implemented, where generalized reinforcement on a continuous schedule and social reinforcement provided by the teacher were included. A preliminary result supports the results of Kishita, Ohtsuki & Stewart (2013) with regard to TARPA as a valid protocol for measuring and training derived relational responding. |
|
|
103. An Examination of the Effects of Verbal Stimuli, as Identified by the IRAP, on the Rate of Revolutions Pedaled on a Stationary Bicycle |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
JOVONNIE E-LEAL (Fresno State), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to examine the use of pictorial stimuli and the effect they have on exercise behavior in an analogue setting. The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure was used to assess preferred outcomes of exercise for each participant. Current research in Relational Frame Theory suggests that stimuli related to these outcomes should function as motivational augmentals, a type of rule-governed behavior that can temporarily alter the value of a reinforcer and increase behavior related to it. Participants were undergraduate students at California State University, Fresno. Photos of preferred outcomes of exercise were presented on a screen positioned directly in front of a stationary bicycle and the rate of revolutions was recorded. An imagery condition was also examined; it prompted participants to imagine preferred consequences to examine whether imagining consequences in the absence of photos had similar effects. An alternating treatments design was used in the study. Results suggest revolutions pedaled did not increase significantly across participants in the presence of the pictorial stimuli. There was a slight increase in revolutions pedaled within imagery conditions but the increase was not significant. The study raised a number of issues and suggests future directions for the use of pictorial stimuli as motivational augmentals in exercise settings. |
|
|
104. Contextual Control of Roulette Through the Use of Natural Contingencies |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
RACHEL ENOCH (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The present experiment investigated the impact of contextually trained discrimination on gambling behavior using the game of roulette. Four recreational novel roulette players were exposed to the roulette game and bet on either red or black. The participants contacted the natural contingencies for win and loss depending on where the wheel naturally landed. Results of the study indicate that after being exposed to the relational responding task, participants allocated the majority of their betting to red, which was paired with positive stimuli opposed to black, which was paired with negative stimuli. |
|
|
105. The Effects of Category Tact Training on the Emergence of Analogical Reasoning |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
CAREEN SUZANNE MEYER (California State University, Sacramento), Charisse Ann Lantaya (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Danielle LaFrance (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Previous research suggests that analogical responding, as measured by the formation of equivalence-equivalence classes, can be produced in the laboratory via tact training of stimulus compounds, as long as participants can also differentially respond to separate components. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of tact training of individual components of stimulus compounds on the emergence of analogical reasoning. Three undergraduate students were presented with individual images belonging to one of two three-member classes, and trained to tact components with membership in class one (e.g., A1) as "vek" and class two (eg., A2) as "zog." Participants were then presented with tact and matching-to-sample analogy tests for emergent baseline (AB and BC), symmetry (BA and CB), and transitivity (AC and CA) relations with compounds comprised of both class-consistent and class-inconsistent components. In addition, participants completed a component relations test to assess equivalence class formation among individual components of these compounds. All participants passed without remedial training. Results suggest that speaker training, specifically category tact training was sufficient for establishing discriminative control over components in a compound, two distinct equivalence classes, and analogical responding (equivalence-equivalence). |
|
|
106. Teaching Children with Autism to Derive Rules |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA NISSEN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: The present study taught children with autism to derive rules of antecedent and behavior specifying contingencies in the form of if/then rules. Using multiple exemplar instruction (MEI), the current study trained multiple sets of rules and assessed emergent responding of rule derivation to untrained sets of rules. Participants were placed in dyads, to assess the validity of those derived rules, investigating if a peer with autism would follow the rule derived by the fellow peer with autism. The flexibility of the rule was also assessed using an intraverbal rule reversal. For both participants, MEI was effective and highly efficient in teaching rule-derivation and emergent responding was observed to untrained sets of rules. In the dyad, one participant did derive rules independently, while the other did not show rule derivation. One participant showed strict rule rigidity, while the other showed flexibility in the order of the rule. Avenues for future research are discussed. |
|
|
107. Further Analysis of Rule Construction and Rule Following Repertoires |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
JONAS FERNANDES GAMBA (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Ana K. Arantes Leme (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos
) |
Abstract: Distinct theories have discussed how rules can be a high complex and important class. In a verbal episode, rules can benefit the speaker, e.g., when the speaker uses the rules to control the environment at his/her own favor. The listener, in his/her turn, can benefit from rules when it allows him/her to act faster than when the said behavior is mainly modeled from direct contact with the contingencies. Our goal in this study is to present a conceptual analysis about rule construction and following repertoires acquisition based on behavioral terms. After that, we intend to discuss how this repertoire is established as a high order operant behavior. For this, we are considering jointly the definitions of tact, mand, listener behavior, and motivational operation as a starting point in order to provide functional analysis of rule acquisition and rule following behavior. Furthermore, we canvass the experimental verbal behavior protocols to find whether it can be used to investigate rule acquisition and to which extent they are consistent with Skinners Verbal Behavior interpretation. Finally, we discuss how this analysis integrates with other behavioral theories of language such as the Naming Theory and the Relational Frame Theory. |
|
|
108. Verbal Behavior Developmental Theory: The General Outlines of the Theory |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
DJENANE BRASIL DA CONCEIÇÃO (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos - UFSCar), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College), Jennifer Lee (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: Verbal Behavior Developmental Theory (Greer, 2009) offers an account of how verbal behavior evolves within the individual’s lifespan as a result of experiences in the environment, including how untaught verbal behavior emerges. The theory was recently developed from the applied research with typically and atypically developing children, and points out milestones, cusps and capabilities which are the critical components of verbal behavior. The verbal developmental path begins with a preverbal child, moves toward the emergence of independent listener and speaker functions, and reaches the joining of the listener and speaker functions, related to more complex verbal behavior. Going further than just describing the milestones, the theory shows how to induce missing cusps and capabilities through research-based protocols, thereby advancing the child’s verbal development, one of its most important achievements. This work aims to present the general outline of the theory, including the Naming capability, and its related protocols, a powerful model that has proven to be efficient in inducing improvements in the verbal behavior of children with and without disabilities. |
|
|
109. Computer-Based Instruction of Contextually Controlled Stimulus Equivalence Classes and Topography-Based Responding in University Students |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
SADIE L. LOVETT (Central Washington University) |
Abstract: The use of a computer-based stimulus equivalence protocol in the instruction of advanced learners was examined. Additionally, the emergence of topography-based responding following a selection-based training procedure was evaluated. Participants were trained on relations between the names, pictures, and chemical compositions of three different minerals. Tests for equivalence and tests to evaluate the emergence of topography-based tact responses to each stimulus were then administered. Participants were then trained and tested on relations for three additional minerals. Training on relations between members of the separate sets of mineral classes was then conducted using contextual cues identifying that the minerals were similar in regards to belonging to the same mineral class or having the same hardness rating. Participants were then tested to evaluate contextual control of the merger of the equivalence classes. Results show that equivalence relations emerged between the stimuli with contextual control shown for one of the two contextual cues, and selection-based training is sufficient to produce proficiency in a topography-based response format. |
|
|
110. Using SAFMEDS to Promote Fluency with Skinner’s Verbal Behavior Terms in Undergraduate Students in Saudi Arabia |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHELLE P. KELLY (Dar Al-Hekma College) |
Abstract: This research study was a replication and extension of “A Case Study Using SAFMEDS to Promote Fluency with Skinner’s Verbal Behavior Terms” by Fawna Stockwell and John Eshleman (2010), published in the Journal of Precision Teaching and Celeration. Using a deck of 60 Say All Fast a Minute Every Day Shuffled (SAFMEDS) cards, the aim was for each student to establish a fluent verbal repertoire related to the key terms of Skinner’s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior. Each of the six students in the undergraduate course Analysis of Verbal Behavior participated. Five participants speak and write English fluently as second-language learners and one participant is bi-lingual with fluent English and Arabic repertoires. By utilizing see definition/ say term SAFMEDS to reach a fluent performance in terminology from the course (at least 40 correct responses with 2 errors or less in one minute), specific products of fluency were achieved. These outcomes included the retention of information, stable responding in distracting settings, application of material to novel situations, and the ability to meet performance standards (Stockwell & Eshleman, 2010). Standard Celeration Charts and video footage will be utilized to demonstrate performance gains. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
DDA Mon Noon |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
111. Evaluating Instructor Preference in Children With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
FORREST TOEGEL (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Lauren Speckin (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Elizabeth Sansing (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Leah Verkuylen (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Matthew Thompson (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Kylie Gutknecht (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire) |
Abstract: Many children with developmental disabilities lack the ability to communicate with therapists; therefore it is difficult for therapists to evaluate the components of teaching procedures the children may prefer. The current study utilized a forced choice paired stimulus procedure to determine whether children diagnosed with developmental disabilities demonstrate a preference for instructions delivered by a parent or those delivered by a program therapist and the relative effectiveness of preferred and non-preferred instructors. Experimental sessions consisted of instructor choice trials followed by blocks of maintenance tasks. Instructor choice trials consisted of a combination of forced- and free-choice trials in which researchers instructed participants to select a picture of either a parent or a therapist. Following the instructor choice trials, the selected instructor delivered a block maintenance tasks to the participant. Instructor preference was evaluated through instructor choice during free-choice trials. Instructor effectiveness was evaluated through the percentage of maintenance trials correct throughout the experimental session. Results suggest that the current procedure is a successful indicator of preference for and effectiveness of instructors. |
|
|
112. Effects of Baseline Sample Size on Proportion of Baseline and Interpretation of Behavioral Persistence |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHEN E. RYAN (The University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Alyssa N. Suess (The University of Iowa), Anna Ing (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Behavioral momentum theory provides a framework to study persistence of behavior when challenged by extinction. A behavior's persistence is evaluated by dividing response rate during a challenge condition by mean response rate during a baseline condition. This calculation is called proportion of baseline. The current study addressed applied issues that may affect interpretation of proportion of baseline. The participant, a 2-year old boy with developmental delays, engaged in problem behavior maintained by positive reinforcement. Functional communication training (FCT) for tangibles was implemented across two mand modalities (i.e., manual sign for please; vocal "please") within a multiple schedules design. Visual cues signaled which modality would be reinforced during each session. After establishing similar reinforcement histories, both mand modalities were placed on extinction. Proportion of baseline was calculated using all FCT sessions for both modalities, all FCT sessions for both modalities including errors in manding, and the final three FCT sessions for both modalities. A manding error was defined as a manual sign occurring during a vocal extinction session and vice versa. Interpretations of the persistence of manding varied depending on how proportion of baseline was calculated. Interobserver agreement was calculated for 30% of each condition and averaged above 90%. |
|
|
113. Impact of Psychotropic Medication Changes on Functional Assessment Outcomes |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Annette Haas (Drake University), Madison Cirks (Drake University), Raizel Small (Drake University), Madalyn Troske (Drake University), Meara Henninger-McMahon (Drake University), Danielle Mroz (Drake University), Elizabeth Schieber (Drake University), MARIA G. VALDOVINOS (Drake University) |
Abstract: Introduction: Pharmacological interventions are common for treating problem behaviors in individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID) (Matson, Sipes, Fodstad, & Fitzgerald, 2011). The purpose of this study was to determine if changes in problems behavior were predicted by changes in psychotropic medication. Methods: The participants were Caucasian males, Randy (28yr; diagnosed with severe ID, Autism, Bipolar Disorder; discontinued thioridazine, escitalopram, started lurasidone hcl) and Bart (35yr; diagnosed with severe ID and Autism; decrease in seroquel), and Caucasian females, Lola (53yr; diagnosed with moderate ID; increase in valproic acid) and Stella (32yr; diagnosed with moderate ID and Autism; changes in olanzapine and risperidone dosage). Experimental functional analyses (FA) were conducted at the beginning of the study and at least 2 weeks after any medication changes were made. Additionally, weekly one-hour observations were conducted in the home (videotaped and scored later using Noldus Observer XT). The FA conditions included standard conditions (i.e., control, tangible, demand, ignore, attention) (Iwata et al., 1994) and additional probes to assess possible side effects (i.e., thirst, edible, fine motor, headache). Lag sequential analyses were conducted with direct observation data to identify the probability with which any given antecedent predicted problem behavior. Results: Attached are Stella’s data. In general, changes in FA results and lag sequential outcomes were observed after medication changes; however, changes were not always uniform across behaviors or antecedent conditions. Discussion: Behaviors assessed for all participants presented with different patterns across antecedent conditions and assessment types. Nonetheless, these antecedent conditions changed when medication alterations were made. Further analyses of all participant data will be conducted in order to confirm patterns across participants. References: * Matson, J.L., Sipes, M., Fodstad, J.C., & Fitzgerald M.E. (2011). Issues in the management of challenging behaviours of adults with Autism Spectrum disorder. CNS Drugs, 25(7), 597-606. *Iwata, B.A., et al. (1994). The functions of self-injurious behavior: An experimental – epidemiological analysis. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27(2), 215-240.
* This research was supported by NICHD: 1R15HD072497-01 |
|
|
114. The Effects of Different Adults as Feeders During Functional Analyses of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
EMILY G. BLINN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Courtney Mauzy (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Diane Berth (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Numerous studies have validated the use of pretreatment functional analyses as the basis for the development of highly effective interventions for a variety of problem behaviors. Several studies have reported instances in which experimenter-conducted functional analyses yielded rates of problem behavior too low to be interpretable and subsequently demonstrated that inclusion of caregivers as therapists in the sessions resulted in increases in problem behavior (e.g., Huete & Kurtz, 2010; Ringdahl & Sellers, 2000; Tiger et al., 2009). We trained caregivers to conduct functional analyses after low or no responding was observed during experimenter-conducted functional analyses of the inappropriate mealtime behavior of 2 children diagnosed with feeding disorders. In a pair-wise design, we used procedures similar to those described by Piazza, Fisher, et al. (2003). Interobserver agreement was above 80% for at least 33% of sessions for both children. Treatment integrity during parent conducted sessions was above ----% for both children. Inappropriate mealtime behavior increased during caregiver-conducted functional analyses resulting in successful identification of function. Results will be discussed in terms of potential operant mechanisms responsible for the differential outcomes and implications for research and clinical practice for the evaluation of pediatric food refusal. |
|
|
115. Reducing Rapid Eating Using a Pager Prompt: A Replication of Anglesea, Hoch, and Taylor |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TRACI LANNER (Springbrook), Brandon Scott Nichols (Springbrook), Michele Myers (Springbrook), Hannah Jacobsen (Springbrook), David McAdam (University of Rochester) |
Abstract: Rapid eating is a common feeding problem displayed by persons with developmental disabilities. Rapid eating is concerning because it can result in health problems (e.g., aspiration) and can be socially stigmatizing. Anglesea, Hoch, and Taylor (2008) demonstrated that a pager prompt (i.e. a pager set to vibrate according to predetermined time interval) combined with response blocking successfully reduced the rapid eating of three teenage boys with an Autism Spectrum Disorder. The current study is a systematic replication of Anglesea et al. (2008) conducted with a 14 year old boy with an intellectual disability and autism. An ABAB reversal design will be used to evaluate the efficacy of the intervention package and both interobserver agreement and treatment integrity data will be presented (Note: we are currently in the process of completing the ABAB reversal design. The data collected to date are attached). The degree to which the findings of Anglesea et al. (2008) are replicated and suggestions for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
116. Assessing the Effects of Antecedent Management Techniques on Masturbatory Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
John Demanche (Melmark New England), ERICA DEMARTINO (Melmark New England), Freddie Scibelli (Melmark New England), Jill Marie Harper (Melmark New Englnad) |
Abstract: The purpose of this evaluation was to assess the effects of an antecedent intervention in the form of scheduled intervals of exercise and wrist weights on the masturbatory behavior of a young man diagnosis with Childhood Disintegrative Disorder. All sessions throughout the assessment and treatment were conducted in the context of ongoing daily activities within a classroom setting. Prior to the start of the evaluation, sensory extinction was in place in the form of a sporting cup worn throughout the school day. However, upon removing the cup the behavior re-emerged at high levels across the day. The initial assessment demonstrated that the masturbatory behavior was not sensitive to social consequences. The treatment package resulted in an immediate decrease in masturbatory behavior to near zero levels. A component analysis showed that although wrist weights alone produced significant decreases in behavior, all components (exercise and weights) resulted in the greatest reduction of behavior. Therefore, the treatment package was reintroduced with a plan to systematically fade the wrist weights across sessions. Reliability data was collected during 51% of assessment sessions and 27% of treatment sessions and mean agreement scores across sessions were 94.5% and 96.4%, respectively. |
|
|
117. Descriptive Assessment of Token and Food Reinforcement During Discrete Trial Instruction |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JANICE CORONEL (Florida International University), Yanerys Leon (Florida International University), Claudia Campos (Florida International University), Beatriz Urcuyo (Florida International University) |
Abstract: A token economy involves the delivery of a previously neutral stimulus that has been paired with, and can be exchanged for a variety of backup reinforcers (e.g., food or tangibles). Previous researchers have suggested that token economies present several advantages to direct food or tangible reinforcement (e.g., ease of delivery, maximizing work time). Although these advantages have been suggested, there are currently no data that have compared these outcomes using token economies and direct food and/or tangible reinforcement in discrete trial training (DTT). Therefore, the purpose of this study was to conduct a descriptive assessment evaluating the consistency with which early intervention therapists deliver tokens, food, or tangibles during DTT. We measured latency to the delivery of the reinforcer, number of responses completed, time in reinforcement, and time in work during DTT. Results indicate that a) latency to token delivery was shorter than direct food and direct tangible delivery and b) the number of responses completed and time spent working was higher when food was the programmed reinforcer compared to tangible items regardless of whether or not tokens were used as immediate reinforcers and exchanged for these items or if the items were delivered directly following a response. |
|
|
118. Use of a Change-Over Delay During Differential Reinforcement of Appropriate Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Jolene R. Sy (Saint Louis University), OLIVIA GRATZ (Saint Louis University), Kathleen Mack (Saint Louis University), Sarah Koerkenmeier (Saint Louis University) |
Abstract: Although the efficacy of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA; Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson, 2001) has been repeatedly demonstrated with individuals with intellectual disabilities, is unknown whether it is possible to suppress problem behavior and increase appropriate behavior if appropriate behavior occurs close in time to problem behavior. In these cases, it may be necessary to program a change-over delay (COD; i.e., an interval of time following problem behavior in which appropriate responses could not produce reinforcement). Although a COD has been included in some studies (e.g., Hagopian, Fisher, Sullivan, Acquisto, & LeBlanc, 1998), it's effects have never been systematically evaluated. The purpose of this study is to systematically compare DRA with and without a COD. Two children diagnosed with intellectual disabilities participated in the study. The results of the study indicate that both versions of DRA decrease the rate of problem behavior and increase the rate of independent appropriate behaviors. |
|
|
119. The Effects of Delayed Punishment on the Choices of Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research |
JOLENE R. SY (Saint Louis University), Olivia Gratz (Saint Louis University), Kathleen Mack (Saint Louis University), Sarah Koerkenmeier (Saint Louis University) |
Abstract: Woolverton, Freeman, Myerson, and Green (2011) found monkeys were more likely to select reinforcers that were not followed by punishment. However, this became less likely as the punisher was delayed. Less is known about the effects of delayed punishment on human choice. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of delayed punishment on the choices of three individuals with autism. Subjects chose between a small magnitude reinforcer or a large magnitude reinforcer followed by a 0-, 5-, 10-, 20-, 30-, or 60-s delayed punisher. Punishment was unsignaled, briefly signaled, or signaled for the entire delay. For one subject, the reinforcing efficacy of large magnitude reinforcement competed with the punishing efficacy of a “no” statement. For two subjects, punishment was most effective when the signal lasted the duration of the delay. However, there was some variability in results and the effectiveness of the punisher appeared to decrease over time. |
|
|
120. Effects of PECS on the Acquisition of Mands for Adults with ID and Severe Communication Deficits. |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARY VON WITZLEBEN (Benchmark) |
Abstract: Communication skills are necessary to meet basic needs; to express wants and desires; and to exercise self-determination and independence. When an individual does not speak functionally, alternative and augmentative communication (AAC) devices may be employed to provide a functional communication system. The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) is an AAC system that is based on the principles of ABA and was originally used with young children diagnosed with Autism. Recently studies have examined the use of PECS with adults with developmental disabilities. Overall, these studies have found PECS to be effective in increasing the requesting skills in this population.
This study examined the effects of implementing PECS with 6 adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities that did not have functional communication skills. A multiple baseline design across participants was implemented to evaluate the effects of PECS on requesting skills and reduction in problem behaviors. Results demonstrated a significant increase in mands and a decrease in undesirable behaviors. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
AUT Mon Noon |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
|
121. Teaching An Adolescent with Autism to Complete Short Response Chains Using Observational Learning |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHEIBA KOSHY (Alpine Learning Group), Jason Stambaugh (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: A common rationale for inclusive education is the opportunity for observational learning. However, individuals with autism show deficits in skills that may be associated with observational learning such as imitation and sustained attention. Taylor, DeQuinzio, and Stine (2012) demonstrated that as a result of learning to monitor (i.e., attend to and imitate) the reading responses of their peers, children with autism could acquire unknown sight words. In current study, we extended this research by examining the effects of learning to monitor the responses of a peer on the acquisition of three short response chains by a non-verbal adolescent male with autism. A multiple baseline design across three responses was used to evaluate the effects of monitoring training. During baseline test sessions, the participant was instructed to either sort silverware, wash a table, or refill a napkin dispenser. Following baseline, we simply exposed the participant to a peer model engaged in the sorting silverware task and measured acquisition 10 minutes after exposure in the absence of the peer. The participant could not demonstrate any steps in the response chain. We then started monitoring training for the sorting silverware response category, which consisted of delivering verbal, gestural prompts, and reinforcement to the participant approximately every 4 seconds for watching the peer. Correct responding during the test sessions quickly increased to 100%. We staggered the implementation of monitoring training across the two remaining tasks (washing a table and refilling a napkin dispenser. Responding did not increase for the washes table task, so we made a modification in which we required the peer to pause after before and after engaging in each of the component responses of the response chain. Responding increased to 100% for both tasks. Results imply that simply exposing the participant with autism to a peer did not result in behavior change, rather acquisition of the response chains required that the participant learn to monitor the responses of the peer, and that the responses modeled were conducted slowly. |
|
|
122. Acquisition and Generalization of Spontaneous Wearing Skills for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SAORI MAEDA (Keio University), Jun-ichi Yamamoto (Keio University) |
Abstract: It is difficult for the children with ASD to learn wearing skills in naturalistic environment because of their difficulties in fine motor skills. Usually, their parents have hard time to have them acquire the independent ADL skills because they dont know how children with ASD learn to wear by themselves and it may increase child-care stress. In this study, we examined whether four children with ASD could acquire and generalize spontaneous wearing skills by total-task-presentation procedure. The multiple baseline design across participants was used. We divided wearing skills into 17 elements such as slipping smock and fastening buttons. During the intervention, the therapist used verbal and physical prompts and prompts were gradually faded. Their mother observed how the therapist presented and faded the prompts and took the role of the therapist in generalization test. We calculated the percentages of correct responses (elements) that the child could achieve spontaneously. Results showed that three of four children could acquire and generalize the spontaneous wearing skills. Results were discussed in that the total-task-presentation procedure was effective for children with ASD to acquire the spontaneous wearing skills and that the fluency of motor skills would be the prerequisites to acquire the wearing skills. |
|
|
123. A Comparison of the Effects of Errorless vs. Error Correction Procedures on Skill Acquisition |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA NIEMEIER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center ), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Children with autism often make frequent errors and have considerable difficulty when acquiring new skills. Terrace (1963, 1974) suggested that procedures that allow errors to occur frequently (e.g., error correction) produce negative emotional behaviors, which can in turn interfere with skill acquisition. However, teaching procedures that prevent errors (e.g., Touchette & Howard, 1984) have not been directly compared with those that permit and then correct errors (e.g., Grow et al, 2011) in children with autism. The current study compared an errorless teaching procedure similar to the one developed by Touchette and Howard (1984) with a commonly cited error-correction procedure in two children with autism spectrum disorder. A receptive identification task was used as the dependent measure. In the errorless condition, the prompt delay was moved in 1 s increments contingent on the participants responding. In the error-correction condition, trials were repeated until the participant responded independently and correctly. Results indicated that the errorless procedure was more efficient for one participant and error correction was more efficient for the other. Further research should be conducted to assess the mechanisms that facilitate skill acquisition using each of these procedures. |
|
|
124. Community-Based Intensive Behavioral Intervention for Preschool Children with Autism: A Retrospective Effectiveness Study |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Lisa M. Wright (University of Manitoba), CT YU (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (St. Amant Research Centre), Carly Chand (University of Manitoba), Leslie Thorne (St. Amant Research Centre) |
Abstract: Intensive behavioral intervention has been shown to be effective in well-controlled studies for children with autism. However, relatively few studies have evaluated its effectiveness when delivered in the community often under less than ideal conditions. We conducted a retrospective effectiveness study of such an intervention and compared outcomes between children with higher versus lower adaptive behavior scores at intake. The intervention consisted of 31 weekly hours of individualized instructions using applied behavior analytic procedures. Archival data examined included standardized measures of adaptive behavior, language, autism symptoms, and cognitive development. Children included in the study (n = 100) must have intake standard scores on adaptive functioning and intake and year-1 scores on at least one measure. Mean intake-age of the participants was 46.75 months, and diagnoses included autism, autism spectrum disorder, and pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified. After one year of intervention, statistically significant improvements (p < .05) on all measures were observed. Moreover, a computed rate of development in adaptive behavior also reached statistical significance. Higher functioning children (Group A in Figure) consistently outperformed the lower functioning children (Group B in Figure) on average on all measures. The community-based intensive behavioral intervention based on applied behavior analytic procedures was effective. |
|
|
125. On-Task Intervention Using a Motivaider Across Multiple Settings |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MOLLY ANN MCGINNIS (May Institute), Lauren Eaton (The May Institute), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute), Courtney L. Keegan (May Institute) |
Abstract: The intervention demonstrates the use of a Motivaider during multiple settings to prompt on-task behavior. CW is a 12-year-old boy and is diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified (PDD-NOS) and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). During baseline, data was collected by the observer during a 30-minute time period. The observer wore the Motivaider to complete data using 3-minute momentary time sampling to track the presence or absence of on-task behavior at the end of each interval. During the intervention training, the Motivaider was present so that the trainer and the participant could hear the vibration. At the end of the interval, the trainer would prompt the participant by saying, Are you doing what youre supposed to be doing right now? The trainer then used least-to-most prompting to teach appropriate responding. During intervention, data was collected using a 3-minute momentary time sampling procedure. Data regarding on-task versus off task behavior was collected during this phase as well as whether CW successfully self-redirects at the end of the 3-minute interval if he was off-task. The percentage of self-redirects within 10s are demonstrated in the attached graph as well as overall on-task behavior. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data was collected during 1 session during the intervention in the home at 100% agreement. Further IOA data will be taken as this study continues. At the time of submission, CW demonstrates significant progress regarding on-task behavior in the home environment and some progress regarding on-task behavior in the social studies setting. The trainer hopes to implement the same intervention training present in the home environment at the school setting to promote high rates of on-task behavior in another environment. Further implementation will also occur in other settings to demonstrate generalization across multiple settings. |
|
|
126. Blocking and Redirection Towards Competing Items to Decrease Destructive Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CAITLIN FULTON (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center
), Kasey Thomas (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Angie Christine Querim (Ball State University), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: A 10-year-old boy diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder, Nate, was referred to a severe behavior disorders clinic for the assessment and treatment of destructive behavior; specifically, the breaking of light bulbs, light fixtures, outlets, and lamps. Functional analyses indicated this destructive behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. In 1996, Piazza et al. demonstrated that providing access to tangible items as well as social attention reduced the rate of automatically maintained dangerous behavior for an individual diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Paired stimulus preference assessments (Fisher et al., 1992) were conducted to evaluate Nates preference for light bulbs and other leisure items. The final treatment included blocking Nate from touching light bulbs, fixtures, and wall outlets while providing access to highly preferred items contingent on compliance to a specified number of household tasks. If Nate engaged in destructive behavior, he was immediately transitioned to a timeout room with a 2 minute calm criterion. Nates attempts to interact with the lights, fixtures, and outlets decreased to near zero levels while his compliance with the tasks given and interaction with the alternative items increased to high levels. |
|
|
127. Using Digital Stimulus Superimposition and Fading to Establish Sight Reading With Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
EDGAR D. MACHADO (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Barbara C. Etzel (The University of Kansas), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College) |
Abstract: Research suggests that stimulus superimposition with fading may successfully transfer stimulus control of vocal labeling from pictures to text for a variety of learners. Schilmoeller, Schilmoeller, Etzel and LeBlac (1979) demonstrated that criterion related cues (i.e., stimulus features of the initial stimulus complex contained the same or similar features as the terminal discriminative stimuli) were better than non-criterion related cues for shifting stimulus control. The current study extends this body of work, in particular, the work of Birkan, McClannahan and Krantz (2007), by fading the superimposed stimuli that appears outside the target S+ first and then fading the superimposed stimuli that appears inside the target S+, using Microsoft Word to gradually shift responding from pictures to corresponding text to teach sight-word reading to people with autism. A multiple-baseline design across pairs of words was used with two children with autism (data are shown for 1 participant). Over the course of the stimulus superimposition of words over pictures and stimulus fading of the pictures, continuous probes of the text alone words were presented to assess when transfer of control of reading from pictures to text occurred. During baseline, no sight reading occurred but all picture stimuli evoked correct vocal tacts. During intervention, all sight word pairs came to occasion correct reading. Sight reading also generalized to words written in fonts that differed from those used during training. Sight reading also maintained following the completion of training. Thus, these results provide an effective method to errorlessly teach sight reading. |
|
|
128. The Effects of Pairing on Response Allocation to Staff Members |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KELLY DELLA ROSA (Alpine Learning Group), Janell Scheuer (Alpine Learning Group), Lindsay Barth (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Some research indicates that children with disabilities will choose to work with staff members who are more preferred. The current study evaluated procedures for conditioning staff as reinforcers by pairing staff members with preferred activities. A multi-element design was used to assess the effects of pairing on response allocation to each staff member. Prior to baseline, a reinforcer assessment was conducted to identify social reinforcers (e.g., hugs, tickling). Neutral exposure and test sessions served as the baseline. During neutral exposure sessions, the participant spent 3 minutes with each staff member in an empty room. No prompts or reinforcement were delivered. Following two neutral exposure sessions, neutral test sessions were conducted, where pictures of two staff members were positioned randomly on a table. The participant was instructed to “Pick who you want to work with” and response allocation to each staff member’s picture was measured. The participant was then required to earn five tokens with that staff member. Following baseline, pairing intervention sessions began. During these sessions, staff members A and B were randomly assigned to one of two conditions: paired and non-paired. In the pairing condition, the staff member delivered social reinforcement on a FT-15 s schedule. Conversely, the non-paired condition featured staff that did not provide reinforcement, initiate interactions and remained neutral when responding to the participant. Test sessions were conducted 45 minutes following two pairing intervention sessions. Pictures of staff members A and B were positioned on a table and the participant was instructed to “Pick who you want to work with.” The participant then worked with that staff member until he earned five tokens. It is anticipated that the participant will allocate the most responses to the staff member paired with preferred social activities indicating that staff can be conditioned as reinforcers. |
|
|
129. Duration-Reduction of Treatment Sessions as Reinforcement for Appropriate Behavior in Young Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
EMILY SKORZANKA (University of Nevada, Reno), Ainsley B. Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Daylee E. Magnison (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Before a child exits treatment, it is often important to fade the use of a token economy in favor of more naturalistic behavior management techniques. Little research has been conducted in this area and, as such, a session reduction procedure was developed to fade the use of a token economy and other tangible reinforcers, and decrease the rate of problematic behaviors that interfere with instruction with young children with autism who are transitioning out of EIBI treatment. All participants experienced a change in session structure whereby a token economy was replaced by a session reduction procedure in which a childs treatment session was terminated contingent upon the completion of a predetermined number of curriculum responses. In this way, the discontinuation of a childs treatment session was directly related to on-task behavior, rather then a pre-scheduled time. Results and suggestions for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
130. Evaluating the Use of Catalyst Application on the iPad for Data Collection |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHAELA BRUCE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center, CASD), Jessica Niemeier (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nitasha Dickes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to compare the use of a standard data collection (e.g., paper and pencil data) and management (e.g., enter data via Microsoft Excel, writing progress notes via Microsoft Word) to the use of technology-based data collection and management (i.e., Catalyst). Catalyst, created by DataFinch Technologies is a customizable applied behavior analysis (ABA) data collection platform. The application is available for use on the iPad. Two therapists participated in this evaluation. Each therapist has a bachelor's degree and both have prior training in ABA therapy. Both therapists reviewed the online manual prior to using the system. First, we assessed the total duration of the standard data collection and data management method (i.e., graphing using excel, creating a changes sheet for the following therapy day using Word, and creating a progress note using Word). Time-stamped emails were sent to mastered level supervisors when each task (graphing, progress notes, and changes sheets) was started and finished. Next, Catalyst was utilized to measure data collection and management via the application. We compared these two methods using a within subject reversal design. Results, suggested that on average, the standard data collection and management method took 20 minutes longer than when the Catalyst system was used. When using the Catalyst system, time spent on graphing, progress notes, and changes sheets was decreased to an average of 10 to 15 minutes. |
|
|
131. Evaluating the Use of Two Seating Arrangements on Skill Acquisition |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HEATHER DOLL (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center ), Amber R. Paden (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nitasha Dickes (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that several variables, such as the seating arrangement, influence skill acquisition for typically developing children during discrete-trial training (Van Houten and Rolider, 1989). Van Houten and Rolider demonstrated that a knee-to-knee seating arrangement increased children's accuracy with correct responding to flashcards. The purpose of the current study was to extend the findings of Van Houten and Rolider (1989) by evaluating the effects of two seating arrangements, table seating and knee-to-knee seating, on the accuracy of responding during discrete-trial teaching in children three children with autism. During the knee-to-knee arrangement, both the therapist and child sat with knees touching and no table or distractors were present. In the table seating arrangement, the therapist sat adjacent to the child at a table. Following low levels of correct responding during baseline, the two seating arrangements were implemented using a combination multiple-baseline/alternating-treatment design to compare skill acquisition. Reinforcement was provided on a fixed-ratio 1 (FR1) schedule for correct responding in each teaching arrangement. The study is ongoing but preliminary results showed that there was a larger and more rapid increase in correct responding with the table seating arrangement relative to the knee-to-knee condition for at least one participant. |
|
|
132. Project iCAN: Using the iPad to Communicate and Access Needs |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
ELISA CRUZ-TORRES (Florida Atlantic University Center for Autism & Related Disabilities) |
Abstract: Lack of access to enriching resources may hinder language acquisition and opportunities for social engagement, as well as mediate problem behavior. Children from lower socioeconomic backgrounds with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) that have severely impaired communication skills and no access to stimulating learning materials may face even more adversity than their typically developing peers.
With funding support from Autism Speaks, Project iCAN provided iPads and a communication app, called Proloquo2Go, to underprivileged families who have children with ASD and limited communication skills. Four families attended three 6-hour workshops in which they were trained how to navigate and customize the iPad and Proloquo2Go. The Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment & Placement Program (VB-MAPP) was used to assess each child’s language skills. Target goals were derived based on the pre-study results. To provide further support, in-home consultations were conducted bi-weekly for three months.
This presentation will review the rationale for this project, as well as procedures utilized in training and consulting with multicultural and multilingual families. Pre- and post-parent surveys regarding the training and its impact on their technology competence will be discussed. VB-MAPP results of the each child’s language development will also be shared. |
|
|
133. Moderate Effect of Early Intensive Behavioural Intervention in Rett syndrome |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTINE TITLESTAD (Norway ABA), Hege Aarlie (Norway ABA), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: Background: Rett syndrome is a neurodevelopmental disorder, almost exclusively occurring in females. After a period of normal development Rett children loose speech and purposeful hand use, and develop stereotypic hand movements and gait abnormalities. No specific therapy is advised for Rett syndrome. Aim: May early behavioural intervention be an effective intervention for children with Rett syndrome. Methods: Twin girls with Rett syndrome received early intensive behavioural intervention for 33 months, from the age three. Up to 35 hours intervention was given one-to-one and in small groups. Effects of teaching were assessed using The Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills- Revised and the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales, Parent/Caregiver Rating Form. Results: Vineland and The Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills- Revised showed that both girls maintained and learned new skills. Skills that were systematically targeted where maintained and a number of new skills where established. Conclusion: Our results indicate that early intensive behavioural intervention may have some moderate positive effects in Rett syndrome. |
|
|
134. Effectiveness and Generalization of an Intensive PRT Professional Training Program |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KATRINA OSTMEYER (Virginia Tech), Angela Scarpa (Virginia Tech), Daniel Adam Openden (Southwest Autism Research & Resouce Center), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida), Brent Seymour (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center), Rachel McIntosh (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center) |
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are likely to be served by professionals through a variety of mental health, medical, and school-based community systems; however, the training needs of these professionals are often unmet due to inadequate training in evidence-based practices and lack of funding (Stahmer, Collings, & Palinkas, 2005; Simpson, 2005). For these reasons, cost-effective training methods for community professionals need exploration. The current study examined an intensive four-day training workshop in evidence-based Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT: Koegel, Koegel, Harrower, & Carter, 1999) on the ability of professionals working with children with ASD to apply PRT techniques with a target child and generalization of learned techniques to another child. Two community professionals working with children with ASD completed the training and video probes working with a child targeted during the training and another child for generalization. Data were coded for the correct implementation of each of five PRT strategies (shared control, providing opportunities, interspersing trials, reinforcing attempts, and reinforcing behavior) from 10-minute videos collected at baseline before the training as well as one week, one month, and two months after the training. Data show that professionals learned to apply PRT techniques with each target child and skills also generalized to working with another child not directly targeted in training. One provider maintained her level of performance while the other did not during maintenance probes. Results and implications for policy and training in evidence-based practices will be discussed. |
|
|
135. Identifying Function of Problem Behavior and Classification of Repetitive Behavior by Hospitalized In-Patients |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MAEGAN PISMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Outcomes of indirect assessments and functional analyses do not always produce the same conclusion regarding the function of a behavior (Toogood & Timlin, 1996; Paclawskyj, Matson, Rush, Smalls, & Vollmer, 2001; Iwata, DeLeon, Roscoe, 2013). Research evaluating indirect assessments that measure defining features of autism (e.g., repetitive behaviors, inflexibility) and comparing those features to outcomes of functional analyses may help determine the utility of these indirect measures in the assessment of problem behavior. In this study, we examined differences in the severity of repetitive behavior using the repetitive behavior scale revised (RBS-R; Bodfish, Symons, & Lewis, 2000) and severity of inflexibility using the behavioral flexibility rating scale revised (BFRS-R; Scheffer et al., 2008) for individuals admitted to an inpatient hospital and diagnosed with autism only and autism with comorbid ID. In addition, we identified the percentage of participants with automatic and tangible functions that fell within a range of scores on the indirect measures. Results indicate that the BFRS-R may be a good indicator for identifying social vs. automatic reinforcement for various problem behaviors. Results also indicate no statistical significance between the scores for the low functioning autism and high functioning autism groups on these indirect assessments. |
|
|
136. An Evaluation of Response Latency to Predict Behavioral Function |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANNA ING (The University of Iowa), James Green (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Recent studies have evaluated the efficacy of using latency to problem behavior as an alternative to response rate to identify the function of problem behavior within a functional analysis. Latency analyses have been shown to have high correspondence to functional analysis outcomes, but require less time and fewer instances of problem behavior than functional analyses (Thomason- Sassi, Iwata, Neidert, & Roscoe, 2011). This study evaluated the correspondence between behavior functions identified by a standard functional analysis (calculated using response rate) and behavior functions identified with three variations of latency analyses. Post hoc latency analyses were conducted with functional analysis data sets for 12 participants who attended an extended outpatient service for assessment and treatment of problem behavior. Participants ranged in age from 2 to 21 years old. Each data set was reviewed for latency to first target behavior, latency to the second occurrence of target behavior, and latency to any problem behavior. High levels of correspondence were found between the functional analysis and latency to first target behavior (83%), latency to first problem behavior (83%), and latency to second target behavior (75%). Results will be discussed in terms of the utility of different latency analyses as an alternative to functional analyses. |
|
|
137. A Comparison of Data Presentation Methods for Functional Analysis Data |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SORAH STEIN (Partnership for Behavior Change), Jonathan Amey (AIMS Instruction), Joseph Baird (Indiana University South Bend), Justin McCammon (Partnership for Behavior Change) |
Abstract: Determining function of behavior for people with developmental disabilities is typically achieved via functional analysis. Functional analysis data can be represented and thus analyzed in various ways. Traditionally, we looked at condition(s) with highest percent of intervals in which behavior occurred to determine the function of a behavior (Iwata et al., 1982). More recently some researchers and clinicians started to look at frequency of behavior within conditions to determine function (Kahng & Iwata, 1999). In the present study, researchers examined the high-frequency vocal stereotypy of a fifteen-year-old boy. Analyses were carried out across 15, five-minute conditions, then data were analyzed and compared using percent of intervals, aggregated rate per condition, and rate per minute within conditions using the timings (standard celeration) chart. Pre-analysis, we hypothesized the behavior to be automatically maintained, which was supported by analysis of data by percent of intervals. Rate per minute and per session revealed the behavior to be attention-maintained, and enhanced by data tracked via audible clicker; this finding was not revealed by analysis of percent of intervals. Rate per minute data reveal trends in the behavior not revealed in per-session presentation. Thus, we recommend analyzing functional analysis data in rate per-minute. |
|
|
138. Pairwise Functional Analysis of Pica: Measuring Within-Session Patterns of Responding Utilizing Placebo Pills |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA ENGASSER (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center), Delia Sequeira (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center), Michael Hitchcock (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center), Sarah Cohen (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center) |
Abstract: Few studies have been completed to better understand pica of prescription medication. This study sought to assess the dangerous behavior of drug ingestion pica of a 10-year-old male child. A pairwise variation functional analysis was completed in order to determine the function of the behavior. A set of 10 items, which included both preferred edibles and edible items that resembled inedibles, were systematically presented. Placebo pills created by a compounding pharmacy were utilized to take the place of prescription medication. The conditions tested involved the presence of a person versus the absence of a person in the assessment room while the set of multiple stimuli without replacement were presented. Also tested was the availability of attention and no attention to the child from the person in the room. Within the pairwise variation, the following information was also attained: the order of item preference, latency of ingestion of items, and frequency of pica behavior. The results confirmed the hypothesis that the maintaining function of pica was access to socially mediated attention. |
|
|
139. The Use of Within-Session Patterns of Self-Injury to Clarify Behavioral Function |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ERIC BOELTER (Seattle Children's Hospital), Amber Persons (Seattle Children's Autism Center) |
Abstract: Functional analysis methodology has been shown to effectively identify the behavioral function of disruptive behavior. Analyses of within session patterns of behavior have been used to augment the results of the functional analysis. The use of within-session patterns of behavior, which may help clarify the results of a functional analysis, are important to replicate. This study examined within session patterns of behavior to clarify behavioral function following a functional analysis with two participants diagnosed with autism who engaged in self-injury. For each participant, a functional analysis was conducted that yielded undifferentiated results. For one participant an additional functional analysis was conducted to control for an idiosyncratic independent variable. Subsequently, an extended alone/ignore phase was conducted with both participants and suggested that an automatic behavioral function may be present. However, follow-up analysis of within-session patterns of self-injury during the extended alone/ignore phase suggested that an automatic function was not present for either participants. Inter-observer agreement was obtained on 30% of all sessions for each participant and average agreement was 95% and 90%, respectively. These results are important because they add to the literature on the use of within-session patterns of behavior to help clarify behavioral function. |
|
|
140. Play-Based ABA Using Mother as Co-Therapist: Pilot Data on 4.5 Hours per Week of Therapy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
E. AMANDA AMANDA BOUTOT (Texas State University), Samuel DiGangi (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: This case study presents results from a play-based applied behavior analysis intervention used with a two-year-old diagnosed with autism. The intervention was implemented in a play setting, with the child's mothers serving as co-therapist. Success was noted in the areas of play, language, social interaction, cognition, and adaptive behaviors over six months. Suggestions for continued research are discussed. |
|
|
141. Investigating Changes in Parent Knowledge about Obsessive Compulsive Behaviour Following Group Function-Based Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Children with High Functioning Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL KOFFMAN (Surrey Place Centre), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Naomi Johnson (Brock University), Heather Yates (Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Centre for Applied Disability Studies, Brock University) |
Abstract: This study investigated improvements in parent knowledge of effective intervention strategies following participation in a group function-based CBT treatment (GFbCBT) package for children with comorbid OCD and ASD. Nineteen parents of children ages 7-12 years with High Functioning Autism (HFA) participated in the 9-week treatment program. Key components of treatment included psychoeducation and mapping, cognitive-behavioural skills training, function-based interventions and exposure and response prevention (ERP). Treatment sessions also included direct parent education, which followed a behavioural skills training model (Miltenberger, 2008). Parent knowledge (N = 19) was measured pre and post treatment using a vignette about a child demonstrating obsessive-compulsive behaviour. Results of a one-tailed pairwise t-test indicated statistically significant changes (p=.036) in overall parent knowledge following participation in treatment. Statistically significant changes were also found in parents ability to generate ERP and function-based intervention strategies. These results provide preliminary evidence that parents benefit from active involvement in the GFbCBT treatment package. |
|
|
142. Behavioral Assessment and Treatment of a Severe Feeding Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER TUNG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha R. Young (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Shari M. Pincus (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: It has been estimated that up to 90% of children with autism have some form of feeding issue (Kodak & Piazza, 2008); however, there is a lack of literature on the fading and generalization of treatments for complex children with both medical and behavioral issues. For the current study, a 10-year-old male, diagnosed with autism, feeding disorder, and gastroparesis, was admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of chronic problem behavior during mealtime. Results of a functional behavior assessment suggested that problem behavior may be maintained by escape from the meal context. Treatment for consuming food consisted of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA)/differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), and escape extinction; treatment for consuming drinks consisted of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR). Results indicated a 92.20% reduction of problem behaviors during the meal context and stable consumption of food. Although stable rates of responding were achieved after generalizing treatment across a small number of care providers, effects were not maintained. Additionally, a shift in response allocation was observed during mealtimes from full expulsion of the food to rumination. After applying contingencies for rumination, rates during the meal dropped to near zero. |
|
|
143. Increasing the Reinforcing Efficacy of Edibles and Removing Competing Protective Equipment in Treating Meal Refusal |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CHELSEA R. FLECK (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The purpose of this analysis was to identify the variables controlling meal refusal and consumption in a residential student with autism who wears protective gloves to decrease the likelihood of tissue damage from self-injurious face-pinching. During baseline, the regular school lunch was presented and the participant was required to remove his protective gloves before eating. We conducted a paired-stimulus preference assessment to identify a highly reinforcing meal. In the high preference alternative condition (HP Alt), the highly preferred meal was presented simultaneously with the school lunch, and the participant was instructed to choose one. During those sessions, the participant was also required to remove his protective gloves. In the final condition (Gloves), the participant was instructed to place latex gloves over his protective gloves and was subsequently presented with the school lunch and allowed to eat without removing his gloves. Both the use of more reinforcing meals and allowing the participant to continue to wear protective gloves during meals resulted in increases in meal consumption, suggesting that meal refusal was impacted by both the relative reinforcing efficacy of the meal and negative punishment in the form of required removal of protective equipment. |
|
|
144. The Effects of Behavioral Approach Art Therapy on Social Interaction of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
WAN-CHI CHOU (National ChangHua University of Education), Hua Feng (National ChangHua University of Education) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of behavioral approach art therapy on social interaction abilities of two children with autism spectrum disorders. A single-subject experimental design of multiple probes design across behaviors was used. The independent variable of this study was behavioral approach art therapy, which included EO, token economic, prompting and modeling. The dependent variables were the percentage of verbal communication (i.e., responding to other, requesting for material and initiate questions), displaying and showing, and eye contact. Visual analysis method was used in this study to analyze the results. Evaluation questionnaires and interviews of the parent and teachers were used to collect the data for social validity. Main results of this study were as follows: (1) The behavioral art therapy programs could enhance, maintain and generalize outcomes of verbal communication for children with autism spectrum disorders. (2) The behavioral art therapy programs could enhance, maintain and generalize outcomes of displaying and showing for children with autism spectrum disorders. (3) The art therapy programs could enhance, maintain and generalize outcomes of eye contact for children with autism spectrum disorders. (4) Behavioral approach art therapy could enhance the art performance and creation of children with autism spectrum disorders. (5) Social validity data showed favor results for this outcome. |
|
|
145. Preference Between Massed and Alternating Trials to Teach Word-Picture Relations to Children With ASD |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
PAULO GUILHARDI (Beacon ABA Services), Jennifer Smith (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: The goal was to assess efficacy and preference between massed vs. alternating matching-to-sample trials by children with autism. Children were presented with a matching-to-sample procedure to teach multiple sets of words -picture stimuli relations on a computer screen. Each set was composed of three words and pictures and two sets were taught at a time. Sessions were initiated by the selection of a participant to a colored square stimulus on the screen which indicated how two sets of 18 trials each were interspersed within a session (conditions). During the massed-trials condition, 18 trials from one set were followed by 18 trials from a second set. In the alternating condition, 18 trials from each set alternated. Children were exposed to both conditions following an ABAB design during the (Pre-exposure phase). A preference for massed vs. alternating trials phase was assessed. Sessions started with a choice between the two stimuli previous associated with the massed vs. alternating conditions and trials were presented accordingly. Once preference was assessed, the stimuli associated with each condition were reversed. Results will determine the most appropriate procedure to be used when teaching word recognition to children with autism, and whether assessment of procedure choice should be conducted. |
|
|
146. The Effects of Work Schedules on Performance and Preference in Students With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MAGDALENA BUKALA (Queens College, City University of New York), Meng Yao Hu (Queens College, City University of New York), Ronald Lee (QSAC), John Claude Ward-Horner (Beacon ABA Services), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: This study investigated performance under and preference for continuous and discontinuous schedules of work in three students diagnosed with autism. In the continuous schedule, participants completed five independent work activities and received five minutes access to the preferred activity. In the discontinuous schedule, work and access to preferred activities were broken up into smaller units such that participants completed one independent work activity followed by one minute access to a preferred activity, repeated five times. During the forced choice phase, the researcher selected the work schedule that the participant completed. Later, participants completed the free choice phase where the participant chose the schedule. The researchers measured session duration, task duration, and transition durations under the respective work schedules. All three participants preferred the continuous work schedule. Sessions were shorter during the continuous schedule for two of the three participants. These results suggest that continuous schedules are more preferred and efficient. |
|
|
147. The Effects of the Conversation Box on Initiation of Social Questions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL DACOSTA (Beacon ABA Services), John Claude Ward-Horner (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Students with autism often display limited or significantly delayed social interactions, which are essential to developing and maintaining social relationships. The purpose of the current study was to teach a school aged student with autism to initiate social interactions using a conversation box. During baseline, the participant was instructed to talk with his peers while sitting at a group of desks during snack time. No programmed consequences were followed. During intervention, a box containing textual cues was used to prompt interactions between peers in a classroom during snack time. Data were collected on the percentage of independent asking and answering of WH questions, as well as on the frequency of any other appropriate social communication occurring in the context of the experimental sessions. A multiple baseline design across social initiations was used to demonstrate experimental control. Inter-observer agreement data and procedural fidelity data were collected on 30% of the experimental session and were above 90% on both measures. Results indicate that the use of the conversation box increased the number of social interactions between the student with ASD and his classroom peers. |
|
|
148. Variables Involved in Parental Choices for Treatments in their Child’s Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY N. FRAME (University of Memphis), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis) |
Abstract: How do parents choose treatments for their child’s autism spectrum disorder (ASD)? Parents of children with ASD are confronted with a myriad of choices to treat their child’s autism. The following research will extend the literature on what treatments are being used with children with ASD, what the parent’s expectations for treatments are on the symptoms of ASD, as well as, add to the literature on the decision making process parents use to select interventions to treat ASD. In addition, this study will attempt to educate parents on ASD, the evidence-based treatments available for ASD, and how/why to use an evidence-based approach in lieu of an alternative therapy to see if education alone can modify parent’s decision making criteria when selecting treatments for their child. |
|
|
149. Parents Taking Action: A Psycho-Educational Intervention for Latino Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
WENDY A. MACHALICEK (University of Oregon), Sandy Magana (University of Illinois at Chicago), Kristina Lopez (California State University Long Beach) |
Abstract: Recent studies show that Latino children with autism or another developmental disability, compared to White children, have a consistent pattern of worse health care access, utilization, and quality. Additionally, Latino children are more likely to be diagnosed later and are less likely to receive specialty autism services including ABA-based treatments than white children. This pre-test post-test pilot study examined the feasibility, acceptability and preliminary outcomes of a culturally derived intervention for 14 Spanish speaking mother of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The 16 week intervention was delivered to mothers in their home by trained Latina women who were also mothers of a child with an ASD. Module I provided parents with basic information about autism, advocacy, and navigating service delivery and public school systems. Module II provided parents with information about evidenced-based interventions, largely ABA-based intervention strategies, to improve their childs social communication and play skills and to decrease and prevent challenging behaviors. Paired sample t tests were used to compare outcome variables for Module II parent and child outcome variables. Parents completing Module I reported significantly greater knowledge of ASD, their child's strengths and needs, their rights and how to advocate, and better information about child development, support systems and community access. Parents completing Module II reported a significant increase in the efficacious use of targeted strategies. In addition, parents answering a social validity questionnaire rated the intervention as acceptable, feasible, and effective. Suggestions for future research are discussed. |
|
|
150. Parental Perception of the Transition Process and the Role of Non-School Affiliated Professionals |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHELLEY MCDERMOTT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Maureen van Stone (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The number of children receiving special education services under the diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) has been steadily increasing over the years. As a result, the educational system is faced with the challenge of preparing this growing population for the transition to adulthood. Research examining the effects of transition out of high school on the behavior of individuals diagnosed with an ASD indicates that behavioral and adaptive functioning may be negatively impacted (Taylor & Seltzer, 2010). Because many individuals diagnosed with an ASD receive behavioral services outside of the school, it may be helpful to include these providers in the transition process to make it as smooth as possible for the individual. The purpose of this study was to gather information from Maryland families with a child diagnosed with an ASD who have been through, or are currently involved in the transition process to identify ways in which transition services can be improved. Families completed an online survey and provided suggestions for improving the transition process. Results indicate that the majority of families feel unprepared for the transition of their child, and they would appreciate support from service providers unaffiliated with the school. |
|
|
151. Early Versus Late Autism Spectrum Disorders Diagnosis (ASD) and Parental Stress, Anxiety, and Coping Skills |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ALBERT KNAPP (Argosy University), Stephen Berger (Argosy University), Bina Parekh (Argosy University), Mark Hume (Argosy University) |
Abstract: The purposes of this study were (a) to determine how the age at which a child is given an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) diagnosis affects parental stress and anxiety and (b) to determine the differential stress reactions and coping styles between mothers and fathers of a child with ASD. Sixty-one parents who have a child with a diagnosis of ASD was used for this study, and were separated into three groups: Mothers, Child Diagnosed at age four years or older (n=12); Mothers, Child Diagnosed before age four years (n=40); and Fathers, all of whom had a child diagnosed before age four years (n=9). Participants were administered the Parenting Stress Index, III Edition (PSI), the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI), and the WAYS of Coping Scale-Revised (WAYS-R). Results supported the main hypothesis of this study that mothers with a child diagnosed with ASD at age four years or older exhibited higher levels of stress than did parents whose children were diagnosed before age four years. Mothers of a child diagnosed with ASD at either age level reported significantly greater stress than did fathers. Mothers of children diagnosed at age four years or older made the most use of the three coping styles. |
|
|
152. Applied Studies of Lag Schedules of Positive Reinforcement on the Behavioral Variability of Children with Autism: A Literature Review. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BRYANT C. SILBAUGH (The University of Texas at Austin), Summer Gainey (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: Basic experimental research on lag schedules of positive reinforcement and their effects on behavioral variability have inspired applied research on the effects of lag and lag-like schedules to increase the behavioral variability of children with autism. Differences in methods and procedures between studies suggest a critical review may be useful for interpreting the current body of research and designing future studies. All existing studies of lag schedule effects on variability in behavior of children with or without autism were reviewed. Studies of verbal and non-verbal behavior were analyzed separately. For each study, it was determined if procedures used to increase variant behavior matched the definition of a lag schedule from basic research. Next, internal and external validity were evaluated and ranked, and procedural descriptions were evaluated for adequacy and clarity. It is concluded that the data from these studies converged to suggest lag schedules can increase variant and novel responding by children with autism and/or intellectual disability. The review concludes with recommendations for future research. |
|
|
153. Social Interaction Interventions for Individuals With Autism: A Review of the Literature |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
LACI WATKINS (The University of Texas at Austin), Michelle Kuhn (The University of Texas at Austin), Cindy Gevarter (The University of Texas), Heather Gonzales (The University of Texas at Austin), Deanna Longino (The University of Texas at Austin), Laura Rojeski (The University of Texas at Austin), Nicolette Sammarco (The University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to review the characteristics of interventions designed to increase social interaction behaviors in individuals with autism. Forty-five studies published in peer-reviewed journals between 2008-2013 were included. The studies presented a variety of interventions which were categorized as behavioral, naturalistic, parent training, video modeling, visual, and peer-mediated approaches. Findings are summarized in terms of: (a) participant age and functioning level, (b) primary intervention type, (c) additional intervention components, (d) intervention outcomes, and (e) an appraisal of the study's design and methodological rigor to determine certainty of evidence. The relative efficacy of each different intervention approach is analyzed, and results suggest that there is empirical evidence to support a variety of treatments for increasing social interaction in individuals with autism. Findings suggest that some intervention approaches (behavioral, video modeling, visual, and peer-mediated) have been evaluated more adequately than others (parent training and naturalistic). Recommendations for educational practice and possible areas for future research are highlighted. |
|
|
154. Utilizing Webcam Technology to Evaluate the Efficacy of a Parent-Implemented Treatment Package to Improve Sleep |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KAREN M. ZELTMAN (ABC Consultants at Rowan University), Philip L. Concors (ABC Consultants at Rowan University) |
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders have a higher prevalence of comorbid sleep disturbance as compared with non-disabled children of the same age (Liu et al., 2006). Although evidence-based behavior-analytic interventions can be readily implemented by parents and caregivers in the home setting, direct observation data is often difficult to capture for a variety of reasons. Caregiver sleep-checks are not only demanding on their own sleep schedules, but can inadvertently cause sleep interference for the child. Video monitoring and recording via an internet-integrated webcam system offers the potential for non-intrusive real-time data-collection for intervention evaluation and progress-monitoring. In this study, an infrared webcam programmed to detect motion and sound was utilized to monitor the sleep behavior of an eight-year-old child with autism with frequent night wakings, including disruptive behavior (e.g. screaming, throwing items, leaving bed, leaving room). A multi-component treatment package including sleep hygiene supports and a bedtime pass was implemented by her parents through a conjoint behavioral consultation model. |
|
|
155. Parenting Stress and Sleep Problems in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder in South Korea |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
EUIHYUN KWAK (Yonsei University), Jihyeon Seo (Yonsei University), Chunmae Lee (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: The present investigation examined the relationship between parenting stress and sleep problems in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in South Korea. Forty-six parents with children with autism spectrum disorder participated in this research, and diagnosis of their children is as follows: 24 with autism, 4 with Asperger syndrome and 18 with PDD-NOS. Participants completed the Childs Sleep Habits Questionnaire (CSHQ) and Korean-Parenting Stress Index-Short Form (K-PSI-SF). Results revealed the positive correlation obtained between overall parenting stress and overall child sleep disturbance scores of CSHQ. Overall scores of parenting stress are also related to bedtime resistance and daytime sleepiness subscales in CSHQ. In subscales, the score of difficult child in K-PSI-SF was associated with bedtime resistance and daytime sleepiness in CSHQ. These results showed clearly that sleep problems of children with ASD contribute to the stresses of parent in South Korea. Findings suggest that behavioral treatments to modify settling problems and improve daytime functions of children with ASD would be helpful to alleviate stress of caregivers. |
|
|
156. Investigation of Sleep Patterns Among Children With PDD in Korea |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
CHUNMAE LEE (Yonsei University), Dayi Jung (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: Childrens sleep problems affect daytime behaviors and the sleep quality of the other family members. Sleep disturbance were reported by almost 40~80% young children with Pervasive Developmental Disorders (PDD). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the sleep problems in Korean children with PDD. Mothers of 154 children with PDD and 169 typically developing children (age 4-12) completed Childrens Sleep Habits Questionnaire (CSHQ). Our study showed that sleep problems are found in most children with PDD and are not related to age excluding daytime sleepiness. Consistent with previous findings, children with PDD showed significantly higher scores on Bedtime resistance, sleep onset delay, sleep anxiety, night waking and sleep disordered breathing than TD group. On the contrary, sleep duration in PDD group (M=9.51, SD=1.83) was longer than TD group (M=9.05, SD= 1.98), which was against to advanced research. Then we divided the group into two groups (preschool, school age) according to the age. In the school age children (7-12 years), the PDDs total score and the score of sleep onset delay, sleep anxiety were higher than TD group but in the preschool children there were not significant difference excluding sleep onset delay. Preliminary findings suggest that the most frequent sleep problems were difficulty falling asleep and sleep anxiety across all age levels in the PDD group. And the CSHQ was a good questionnaire to distinct the group of pathology. |
|
|
157. What Interventions Do Arabic Websites Promote For IndividualsWith Autism Spectrum Disorders? |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
FAHAD ALNEMARY ALNEMARY (CSULA/UCLA), Faisal Alnemary (University of California, Los Angeles), Abdulrahman Alamri (University of North Texas, Denton) |
Abstract: Background: Given the limited access to services and experts, many parents of children with autism in the Arab world may find the World Wide Web as the only source to obtain information to help them understand and address their childrens needs. Objectives: We aimed to examine the characteristics (i.e., attribution, currency, purpose, description of autistic symptoms, and promotion of interventions) of Arabic websites that provide information about autism. Methods: We entered the word autism to locate 200 websites utilizing two search engines (i.e., Google & Yahoo) in September 2013. Our final sample included 131 websites (after eliminated those overlapped). Results: Although 47% of these website were updated in 2013, less than three percent of all websites (n = 3) attributed the information provided to peer-reviewed materials. The most frequently coded website purpose was individuals site, forum, or blog (35%), followed organizations (17%), and news site (15%). In addition, while sixty-six percent provided definitions or descriptions of autistic symptoms, 63% promoted various types of treatments as effective, including: behavioral interventions (39%), educational (11%), medical and related interventions (40%), allied health (34.8%), and complementary and alternative medicine (5.8%). Conclusions: Based on these preliminary findings, we conclude that the available online information is not only insufficient, but also not empirically validated. Developing websites under the supervision of experts that provide reliable and trusted information is an important step to mitigate the limited access to experts and services for children with ASD in the Arab world. |
|
|
158. Family Factors Related to Children’s Outcomes in Intensive Behavioural Intervention |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECCA SHINE (York University), Adrienne M. Perry (York University), Odette Weiss (York University) |
Abstract: Intensive Behaviour Intervention (IBI) is a time-intensive program utilizing Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA) techniques and has been shown to be an effective treatment for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) (Perry et al., 2008). While IBI has become the treatment of choice for children with ASD, there is still a large amount of variability in children’s outcomes. This variability may be due to many different factors including, those related to the child, the intervention, and the family. This poster will examine different family factors that are related to children’s outcomes in IBI in a sample of 28 parents whose children are receiving publicly funded IBI in Ontario.
The family variables being examined in this poster are Socioeconomic Status (SES) which was moderately correlated with children’s outcomes (P = .33), maternal employment status which was strongly correlated with children’s outcomes (P = .64), parental distress which was moderately correlated with children’s outcomes (P = -.41) and parent’s involvement in their child’s IBI program which was moderately correlated with children’s outcomes (P = .45).
These findings help us to begin to understand how family variables may be impacting children’s progress in this treatment. |
|
|
159. The Effect of Class wide Function-Related Intervention Teams (CWFIT) on Inappropriate Classroom Behavior on a Student With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARY ELIZABETH DANIELS (Missouri State University), Erin Wilson (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: A single-subject, ABAB withdrawal design was used to increase on-task behavior, decrease negative statements, and decrease inappropriate help requests in an third grade male diagnosed with Autism. Class Wide Function-Based Intervention Teams (CW-FIT) is an evidence-based classroom management strategy that has been proven to increase desired behaviors in students who engage in disruptive classroom behavior (Wills, Kamps, Hansen, Conklin, Bellinger & Neaderhiser, 2010; Kamps, 2012). The classroom management strategy Class Wide Function-Related Intervention Teams (CW-FIT) was employed to teach to the target students attention-seeking behavior in the special education resource room. CW-FIT taught to the function of the students inappropriate behavior by teaching the student how to appropriately obtain his teachers attention and reinforce the student when he engaged in the appropriate replacement behaviors. Results indicate a successful intervention, that increased the students on-task behavior by a mean of 52%, decreased the students negative statements from a mean of 26 to a mean of 1 per instructional period, and decreased the students inappropriate help requests by a mean of 20.2 to a mean of 0.8 per instructional period. |
|
|
160. FCT and Multiple Schedules of Reinforcement to Treat Challenging Behavior of Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
WENDY A. MACHALICEK (University of Oregon), Mallory Brown (University of Oregon), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Vincent E. Campbell (University of Oregon), Sarah E. Pinkelman (University of Oregon), Tracy Raulston (University of Oregon), Fahad Alresheed (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: This study examined the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior associated with the interruption of perseverative activities by 3 school age children with autism. Functional analyses indicated that challenging behavior occurred to the perseverative activity for each child. Individual adapted reversal (ABABC) designs were used to evaluate the effectiveness of functional communication training package with extinction and subsequent signaled multiple schedules of reinforcement on challenging behavior and appropriate communication. The multiple schedules of reinforcement consisted of: (a) schedule A which consisted of interruption of perseverative play every 30 s and termination of interruption contingent on appropriate communication), and (b) schedule B wherein perseverative play was continuously interrupted, but appropriate communication was placed on extinction. In both schedules challenging behavior was ignored. The FCT intervention decreased challenging behavior and increased appropriate communication for each child. The multiple schedules of reinforcement were effective in maintaining reductions in challenging behavior for each child when appropriate communication (i.e., FCT response) was under extinction. Two of the three children reached 80 s delays to reinforcement. Results suggest potential utility of signaled multiple schedules of reinforcement to fade reinforcement following FCT packages to treat challenging behavior maintained by reinstatement of a perseverative activity. Suggestions for future research are discussed. This study has been completed (one figure has been uploaded). |
|
|
161. Treatment and Evaluation of Tantrum Behavior and Vocal Stereotypy in a First Grader With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KATHERINE M. SHAW (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to decrease challenging behaviors in a 1st grade student with Autism using treatment package. The two challenging behaviors that were the target of this study were tantrums and vocal stereotypy. A functional analysis and an antecedent analysis were conducted to determine a function of the aberrant behavior, and from those assessments it was determined that tantrum behaviors were maintained by tangible reinforcers and vocal stereotypy was automatically maintained. A treatment package was implemented to address both topographies of challenging behaviors; Functional Communication Training (FCT) to target tantrum behaviors and Differential Reinforcement of Other behaviors (DRO) to decrease vocal stereotypy. Interobserver agreement was collected for 32.4% of the sessions with an average of 95% agreement. Results will be discussed in terms of treatment of the two topographies of behavior across various phases of the treatment package. |
|
|
162. Individualized Online Behavior Intervention Planning in Autism: The Effects on Child Behavior Challenges and Teacher Efficacy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
REGAN HEATH LINN (University of California, Riverside), Jan Blacher (University of California, Riverside), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Autism Research Group, Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Elizabeth Laugeson (University of California, Los Angeles Autism Research Alliance), Sara McCracken (University of California, Los Angeles Autism Research Alliance) |
Abstract: Title: Individualized, online behavior intervention planning in autism: The effects on child behavior challenges and teacher efficacy Collaborators: Regan H. Linn, M.Ed., BCBA, Jonathan Tarbox, PhD, BCBA-D, Jan Blacher PhD, Elizabeth Laugeson, PsyD, BCBA-D Sara McCracken, PhD, BCBA-D Contact: heath.regan0906@gmail.com, SEARCH Family Autism Resource Center, Graduate School of Education, University of California, Riverside, CA 92521 Program Area: AUT, EDC Submission Domain: Basic Research (Data-based) Abstract: The primary goal of the proposed study is to investigate the efficacy of a computer-based behavior intervention planning program for improving the behavioral challenges of young children with ASD. Secondarily, we will explore whether the involvement of teachers in this intervention will increase self-efficacy while improving their relationships with students. Method: Participating teachers received in-person tutorial on how to use the computerized intervention program. Pre-intervention measures, completed by the participating teachers, included: the Teacher Self-Efficacy Scale (TES) (Gibson & Dimbo, 1995), the Student-Teacher Relationship Scale (STRS) (Pianta, 2001) and the Classroom Climate Inventory (CCI) (Eisenhower, 2008). A multiple baseline design across 12 participants (6 teachers and 6 students) was utilized to determine the efficacy of the behavior intervention program. Baseline data on frequency of targeted behavior (different for each child) was obtained before intervention began (see Table 1, for two subjects). Teachers are currently involved in creating and implementing an intervention program for each student using the online Behavior Intervention Planner (BIP) over the course of a three-month intervention phase. At the conclusion of the intervention, the TES, STRS and the Teacher Climate Questionnaire (TCQ, Laugeson, 2012) will be completed. Results and Discussion: Analyses at pre-intervention indicated that teachers reported high levels of instructional and disciplinary self-efficacy as per the TES. They also reported significantly lower student-teacher relationships than the normative group, accounted for mainly by lower levels of closeness. Discussion will focus on levels and implications of intervention effectiveness. |
|
|
163. Use of Multiple Schedules With Reinforcement Thinning to Treat Perseverative Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DEWEY DELISLE (The New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Sassi (The New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Perseverative speech can be problematic when the speech occurs at such high frequency that it interferes with instruction or typical social interactions. Previous studies have shown that perseverative speech maintained by attention can be treated through the use of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA;e.g., Rehfeldt & Chambers, 2003; Wilder et al., 2001), however, DRA may produce high rates of approach speech and fading of these DRA schedules is not frequently demonstrated. Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson (2001) showed that use of multiple schedules can decrease problem behavior and maintain low levels of appropriate alternative responding. In this study, the attention-maintained perseverative speech of a 17-year old diagnosed with autism was treated with a DRA for appropriate speech. Treatment consisted of alternating between (a) reinforcement components during which appropriate speech was reinforced and perseverative behavior was ignored, and (b) extinction components, during which all speech was ignored. Schedules were gradually altered to increase the length of the extinction component. Interobserver agreement was collected in 41.6% of functional analysis sessions and 33.3% of treatment sessions. Agreement coefficients were 96.9% and 94.0% respectively. |
|
|
164. HANDS in Autism Intensive Week-Long Training for School Personnel: Outcomes across Nine Years of Implementation |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
J. BLAKE WAREHAM (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Tiffany Neal (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Naomi Swiezy (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Iryna V. Ashby (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University), Megan Marie Stevenson (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Anne Fletcher (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The HANDS in Autism Interdisciplinary Training and Resource Center initiated an intensive week-long training for school personnel in 2005 to support active learning and knowledge transfer through implementation in a simulated classroom environment. The HANDS in Autism Summer Training program represents the original foundation and delivery format for the HANDS Model. Summer training is offered in one-week sessions three times each summer utilizing the HANDS Model comprehensive curriculum. The HANDS Model combines information on Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and empirically-based practices presented using didactic instruction, observation, modeling, hands-on practice, and coaching. Through practical experimentation, the composition of the training has evolved while still focusing on main components of the HANDS in Autism Model training curriculum such as structure/choreography, assessment, planning/intervention, academic, and social skills. A number of evaluation tools have been developed to evaluate this training each summer with regards to increases in participant knowledge, application of knowledge as well as satisfaction and later use of the strategies taught. In this poster, we will provide a systematic evaluation of the training progression, assessment of knowledge, participant outcomes, and further transfer of skills to their workplace, consider potential improvements, as well as offer recommendations on transportability and training replication. |
|
|
165. Using a Tablet to Teach Children With Autism to Engage in Conversational Exchanges: A Script Fading Procedure |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANA BIBAY (IME MAIA - Paris, France), Neal N. Fleisig (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.), Marie Tiseire Penot (IME MAIA - Paris, France) |
Abstract: Script-fading procedures have been used to increase the communication skills of children with autism (Krantz &McClannahan, 1993 and 1998 ; Sarokoff, Taylor and Poulson, 2001) The study was completed to evaluate the effects of a scripted conversation with a scripted fading procedure to teach children with autism to engage in conversational exchanges. The scripted conversation and scripted fading procedure were facilitated by the use of a tablet. Two school-age students with Autism participated in the study. They were both readers and attended regular school 5 mornings a week with the assistance of a trained therapist. The present study was implemented in the treatment center (in Paris, France). Informed consent from the students family was obtained. A multiple baseline across 3 sets of stimuli was used to assess the effects of a script-fading procedure to teach 2 children with autism to engage in conversation statements about the stimuli. Scripts were elaborated based on the following stimuli: 1) set of edibles; 2) set of toys; 3) set of school materials. Each participant had his own script, with 5 statements to each participant. When each participant read his script for six sessions, a five-step script-fading procedure was introduced (based on Krantz & McClannahan study of 1993). In Step 1, 25% of the words were faded from back to front; in Step 2, half of each sentence was faded; in Step 3, the stimuli and first letter of each line remained; in Step 4, the tablet was presented with the stimuli; and in Step 5, only the stimuli was presented. Baseline data was collected on two behaviors: number of scripted and unscripted statements made by each participant. Scripted statements were verbalizations that were identical to the written script. It was not necessary for the textual script to be present for a statement to be scored as scripted. Unscripted statements were unprompted statements not present in the script but related to the stimuli. Data were collected once a day, during 2-min sessions. Both students stated all the scripted statements, and unscripted statements also increased. Generalization was assessed with novel conversational partners. In summary, this study supports the work of script-fading procedures to promote language in children with autism and presents a discussion in how the use of a digital tablet can facilitate the implementation of these procedures. |
|
|
166. Training Observational Learning and Social Responses in Children with Autism: The Effects of Vicarious Reinforcement |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE DENISCO (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Past research has demonstrated that children with autism can learn academic tasks by watching their peers earn reinforcers for correct responses during instruction implying a vicarious reinforcement mechanism (Taylor, DeQuinzio,& Stine, 2012). There is limited research on the effects of vicarious reinforcement on the acquisition of social behavior. This study evaluates procedures for teaching participants with autism to learn new social responses (i.e., to choose to play next to a peer) by watching peers earn reinforcers (i.e. praise) for those responses. Prior to the start of the study, reinforcer assessments confirmed that praise functioned as a reinforcer for all three participants. A multiple baseline design across participants is being used to determine the effects of vicarious reinforcement on the acquisition of social responses of three children with autism ages 7 years to 10 years. A small room is arranged so that there are two play areas, approximately 5-8 feet apart, consisting of identical toys. The trials are randomly arranged so that on each trial a peer is playing in one of the two play areas. During baseline, the participant is instructed to “Go play.” During the vicarious reinforcement condition, the participant observes a video clip prior to being instructed to play. In the video clip a peer is instructed to play, chooses the play area that contains the other peer, and the teacher provides descriptive praise for this response (e.g., “Good playing near a friend”). No additional prompts or reinforcement are provided. The participant is allowed to play in the chosen area for approximately 1-2 minutes. Data are summarized as the percentage of trials in which the participant allocated responses to a peer (i.e., chose to play with the toys in the play area with a peer). During baseline, participants are consistently choosing to play away from the peer. We anticipate that during the vicarious reinforcement condition they will allocate responses to the play area with a peer. |
|
|
167. Using Time Delay to Teach Conversational Initiations to Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AUBREY BYRNE (The Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Research targeting social skills in children with autism typically includes initiating social interactions as one response in a large class of social responses such as play, greetings, sharing, etc. Few studies have focused on teaching conversational initiations alone and in the context of a social event (e.g., snack). The purpose of this study was to determine the effects of using a time delay visual cue (various pictures of activities) and prompt delay on the acquisition of social initiations made within a 5 minute group snack time. A multi-element design was used to compare the training condition in which the visual cue and prompts were used with a baseline condition. During baseline, participants sat at a table with peers and were told, Its time for snack. No instructions or prompts to initiate were provided. Conversational initiations were scored as any comment or question directed at a peer or group of peers and required the use of a peers name, a general introductory statement (e.g., Hey everybody, guess what?), eye contact, or gaining peer attention in any way (e.g., saying Hey! tapping shoulder, etc). During baseline, conversational initiations were low and stable ranging from 0-2 for both participants. During training, every 30 seconds the instructor provides a visual cue, verbal prompts, and manual guidance to assist the participants in engaging in the conversational initiation. Initially reinforcement was provided for these prompted responses but was shifted to independent responses. For both participants, conversational initiations were higher during the training condition than during the baseline condition. In subsequent phases, prompts will be faded in the training condition using a time delay procedure. |
|
|
Keyword(s): poster session |
|
|
Myths and Autism Intervention: Hey, Whose Ritual is That? Part II |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
2:00 PM–2:20 PM |
W186 (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
|
Myths and Autism Intervention: Hey, Whose Ritual is That? Part II |
Domain: Theory |
MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College), Andy Bondy (Pyramid Educational Consultants) |
|
Abstract: In ABA intervention for autism, there is an emphasis on the use of evidence-based practices. Instructional approaches emphasize the use of empirically supported procedures. Many elements of instructional approaches have indeed been empirically supported, and many approaches have been empirically verified to be effective. However, a number of instructional emphases and approaches are based on clinician preferences and on training experiences that are not grounded in research. Ten years ago, we visited these "myths and rituals." We called behavior analysts to action in this context. Now, a decade later, we review where we stand on such rituals. We will explore which myths and rituals persist, which have been debunked, and which new ones have emerged. Ten years later, progress has been made. However, practices continue as a result of clinician familiarity and comfort. Many such "rituals" or rules of instruction are passed on through training, and are thus perpetuated. We will examine how myths and rituals continue to shape service delivery for individuals with autism. In particular, we will explore issues in the use of reinforcement and prompting and in the selection of targets of instruction. |
|
|
|
|
|
Managed Care, Autism, and Applied Behavior Analysis: Challenges and Opportunities |
Monday, May 26, 2014 |
2:00 PM–2:50 PM |
W184a (McCormick Place Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Terence G. Blackwell, Licensed School Administrator |
Chair: Terence G. Blackwell (Services for the UnderServed) |
RISHI CHELMINSKI (Services for the Underserved) |
JODI BOUER (Bouer Law) |
Abstract: Mandated insurance coverage for autism services is either in law or in the process of becoming law in 37 of the 50 states. This transition has resulted in a many states embracing Applied Behavior Analysis as an evidence-based standard in the treatment of autism and other intellectual disabilities. However, substantial divides remain throughout much of the country between the medical models of care embraced by most insurance companies, and the approaches inherent to the practice of ABA. Practitioners? experiences from the states where these laws are already in place may provide the field with critical information on what is working and is not. A panel that includes behavior analysts, an insurance attorney, and a managed care executive will discuss these topics toward providing practical guidance to practitioners, and informing relevant policy at the national level. |